End Time Doctrines

End Time Doctrines

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By Nate Richardson

A Member of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints

Available free at RichardsonStudies.com

Contact editor@richardsonstudies.com

 

 

Table of Contents

 

. 5

Chapter 1. Introduction to The End Times. 6

Chapter: Abbreviated End Scenes Timeline. 7

Chapter Dispensation of the Fullness of Times, Restoration of the Church & Priesthood, Keys to Never Fail consider adding some stuff from resto book. 9

Chapter Adam Ondi Ahman. 10

Chapter The 10 Lost Tribes / Remnant of Jacob: Ice Highway, Latter-day Missions, etc. The Remnant of Jacob: Lost from this world vs in this world. 11

The 7 Jewish Feasts pending. 13

Chapter 4. A Calendar of Completed & Forthcoming Last Days Events edit 14

Chapter Alternate Timeline of Events: Not in 7th Seal & Tribulation Yet edit 52

Chapter 5. Apocalyptic Themes of the Oct. 2020 General Conference shorten or delete. 53

Chapter 6. Who Won’t Abide the Day of Christ’s Coming. 64

Chapter 7. Who Will Abide the Day of Christ’s Coming –needs formatting. 67

Chapter 8. The Prophet Joseph: More Than We Know by the Joseph Smith Foundation – Documentary Highlights. 81

Chapter 9. Unlocking the Mystery of the 2 Prophets (Rev. 11) by The Joseph Smith Foundation – Documentary Highlights. 88

Chapter 10. Teenagers Guide to the Second Coming: How Awesome will it Be? by Robert McKenzie – Book Highlights. 95

Chapter 11. The Second Coming Happens Shortly After 2,000 AD: 5 Quotes to Explain. 96

Chapter The Little Season Between Opening of the 7th Seal Before the Lord’s Return. 99

Chapter 12. Timing of Christ’s Second Coming – Prophetic Insight 101

Chapter 13. A Marked Generation. 112

Chapter 14. Food Storage etc. for the Coming Famine – Call of the Prophets. 114

Chapter 15. The Book of Revelation: A Chronology of Events. 127

Chapter 16. The 144,000: Words of the Prophets. 133

Chapter 17. 50 Last Days Events: A Chronology from “Understanding the Book of Daniel” by Duane S. Crowther 137

Chapter 18. Lecture Notes on Signs & Wonders Presentations on Daniel & Revelation by Jodi Stoddard. 140

Chapter 19. Persecution Yet to Come. 148

Chapter We are Wicked as Sodom – Words of the Prophets. 150

Chapter 20. Events Preceding the Second Coming of Christ: Words of the Prophets. 154

Chapter 21. Time Changer Movie Review.. 163

Chapter 22. Plan for a Normal Life Despite World Chaos says President Boyd K. Packer (short) 164

Chapter 23. Guns, Freaks, & The Zombie Apocalypse: Hidden Anti-Conservative Agenda. 165

Chapter 24. Excited about The Future! 166

Chapter 25. Ice Shall Flow Down – Possible Interpretations. 168

Chapter 26. The Gathering of Israel by Joseph F. McConkie – Lecture Highlights. 169

Chapter 27. President Nelson’s Statements About the Return of Christ being Near. 170

Chapter 29. Emergency Preparation: Basic Equipment List 176

Chapter 30. Millennium / Signs of the Times, Additional Quotes – removed from online, sort 182

Chapter 31. Personal End Times Dreams eve temple one need insert see ~2.13.21. 183

Chapter 32. Comments: On 7th seal, half silence, etc. edit for sharability. 194

Chapter 33. Comments: The lost 10 tribes, traditional theory, etc. edit for sharability. 198

Chapter 34. Tribulations Will be Small for the Saints says Heber Kimball short 205

Chapter 35. On Daniel weeks calculations edit for sharability. 206

Chapter 36. Examples of Last Days Calling Good Evil, and Evil Good. 209

Chapter 37. Translation Quotes Compiled by Jodi Stoddard. 212

Chapter Perspective: If You Were Born in 1900. 215

Chapter 38. Comments: The Kingdom of God vs the Church of God edit for sharability. 215

Chapter 37. COVID Restriction Usurpation. 217

Chapter 38. Eclipses of 2017 & 2024: No Coincidence. 219

41.. Comment on 2020 Temple Closures & 144k Fulfillment 221

Chapter New Jerusalem: Not in Haste, Not Everyone, But Surely Many pending. 222

Chapter Enoch’s City Returns pending. 223

Chapter The 4 Quarters of the Earth, Pangaea, & Water Returning to the North pending. 224

The 3rd Temple of Jerusalem pending. 225

Chapter The Return of Joseph Smith pending. 226

Chapter Significance of Recent Eclipses of 2017/2024 & 2027/2034 pending. 227

Chapter Half Hour of Silence: 30 min vs 21yrs vs 3.5 yrs, possible book ends, etc. pending. 228

Chapter Blood Moon Tetrarch pending. 229

Chapter Daniel’s 70 Weeks pending. 230

Chapter The 2 Prophets in the Streets: Future or Past Characters? pending. 231

Chapter The 7 Seals: 1000yr Periods vs Events, etc. pending. 232

Chapter 144,000: Righteous Last Missionaries, Open Enrollment, Administrator Symbol, etc. pending. 233

Chapter Church’s Commission to take the gospel to all the world: Fulfilled? Fallen Trumpet, Elder Ballard, etc. pending likely delete. 234

Chapter Religious Holidays as Set Times pending. 235

Chapter The 7 Years of Tribulation: Famine after Plenty pending. 236

Chapter The Great Separation pending. 237

Chapter The Marvelous Work & A Wonder: Past & Future (causes temporal destruct) pending. 238

Chapter John the Revelator’s Latter-day Mission pending. 239

Chapter Ezra’s Eagle pending. 240

Chapter Famine & Hard Times pending. 241

Chapter Book of Mormon: Sign of the Gathering, Particularly As Lamanites Embrace, New pending Jerusalem is Near. 242

Chapter Egypt Events Repeat: Modern Passover, Plagues, & 7 Year Plenty/Famine pending. 243

Chapter Jews: Gathering, War, Mt. Olives, Then Conversion pending. 244

Chapter The 3rd / Forthcoming Jerusalem Temple: In City of David, Levite Preparations, etc. pending. 245

Chapter The Anti-Christ / Assyrian / Beast pending. 246

Chapter 2. The 144,000: Already Fulfilled?. 247

Chapter 3. 7th Seal Theory Overview edit 248

Meaning of Elder Featherstone’s Time Capsule for 2033 pending. 250

The Shmitah’s & Covenant Blessing Removal 2001-2022 Theory pending. 251

PART 2: TIMELINES & WRITERS. 253

Chapter President Nelson’s Urgent Messages About the Imminent Return of Christ 253

Chapter Calendar of Completed Prophecy. 253

Chapter Calendar of Forthcoming Prophecy. 253

Chapter Benson’s 40 Year Warning Fulfilled. 253

Chapter Bednar’s 5 Year Warning Fulfilled. 253

Chapter Events Preceding the Second Coming. 253

Chapter Prophets on the Approximate Timing. 253

Chapter: Lowell Taylor. 253

Chapter Pickerings. 253

Chapter Macro Timeline by. 253

Chapter Stoddards. 253

Chapter James T Prout Last Days Timeline. 253

Chapter Roger Young & Hyrum Andrus. 256

Chapter Masa Y & Jodi S & Sum Guy. 256

Chapter Book of Mormon Allegory Guy. 256

Chapter Michael Rush. 256

Chapter Robert Gagnon. 256

Chapter Rod Meldrum & Johnathan Cahn. 256

Chapter Tony Young. 256

Chapter Dan Christiensen. 256

Chapter Anthony Larson. 256

PART: VISIONS. 256

Chapter Gloomy Times Ahead. 256

Chapter Bright Times Ahead. 256

Chapter Visions of Glory Outline. 256

Chapter John Taylor. 256

Chapter George Washington. 256

Chapter Patriarch Evans. 256

Chapter Personal Dreams. 256

Resources to Study the Last Days. 259

 

Chapter 1. Introduction to The End Times

 

The last days began with the protestant reformation, the birth of America, then the restoration of the church and gospel of Jesus Christ through Joseph Smith. Now the ancient Book of Mormon coming forth is the sign that the final gathering of Israel has commenced. President Nelson says we are in “the latter part of the latter days”. The mandate to watch and be ready has never been more applicable. Though no one knows the exact time of the Lord’s coming, many are surprised to find ancient & modern prophets have extensively taught on this subject.

 

“Noah came before the flood, I have come before the fire.” – Joseph Smith

We are living in “the latter part of the latter-days” -President Russel M. Nelson (Becoming True Millennials, 2016)

“The trials in the last days will be numerous, but to the faithful they will be of but [a] small moment, for they will live above these things, they will increase in power.” (Heber C. Kimball, June 29, 1856, Journal of Discourses 4:6)

 

Precautionary note for studying last days topics: I do not call for a following, nor do I suggest inordinate last days preparations, gathering locations, etc. Studies of dreams or visions of lay members of the church is dangerous and isn’t the focus here. Such if tolerated at all is to be considered fictional, and only for imaginative exploration which can at times be fruitful. These can have deeper meaning for those to whom they are given. Non-fiction has its proper place in life. Members may have dreams etc. helpful for them, but such are generally not to be made public and they never represent Church doctrine.

Come, Lord Jesus!

Chapter: Abbreviated End Scenes Timeline

 

Though the 7 sections of the scroll contain events of 1000 year periods of earth’s history, the opening of those seals triggers a series of apocalyptic/end time events. Joseph Smith said the Book of Revelation is future tense from his day in the 1800s.

 

~2021-2030:

-Persecution of the righteous, commotion, famine, 7 years particularly hard as spoken of by Daniel.

-Civil war 2 in the US

-The eclipses of 2017-2024 may indicate the 7 years of plenty, followed by the 7 years of famine 2024-2031.

-Saints live off of food storage for around a year before deliverance to the New Jerusalem.

-Joseph Smith is resurrected and leads the saints back to New Jerusalem. He also translates the sealed portion of the Book of Mormon, & rules as king of Israel under Christ.

-The New Jerusalem is built by the saints and angels.

 

~2030/1:

-2033 open Elder Featherstone 50 year time capsule which says Christ will have already returned, BUT  doesn’t say which return. He has returned at New Jerusalem and resides there with the saints, but not yet to the whole world.

-Adam Ondi Ahman. Church of the Firstborn takes over The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints as the next stage since all keys were returned to Christ at AOA.

-The 6th seal is “opened”, there follows major earthquake, moon to blood, stars fall, etc.

-The 7th seal is “opened”, there follows a half hour of silence and major judgements upon the wicked

-People are gathered in Zion the New Jerusalem at Jackson County Missouri & thereabouts. All other places are at war with each other.

-The Ten Lost Tribes return from the north (underground? in space? not just scattered everywhere, somewhere as a body). Miraculous ice highway created for them to come to Zion.

-The 144,000 final missionary fleet are formed from the various tribes, including many from the 10 returned tribes. They team with angels in miraculous translated preaching effort.

-The half hour of silence (21 years) begins

-The city of Enoch is seen as a planet/comet approaching earth ominously day by day. Eventually it joins with the New Jerusalem. Joseph Smith said it will go in the Gulf of Mexico from whence it was taken.

 

~2047 (3.5 years before the half hour of silence ends):

-2 prophets in in Jerusalem for 3.5 years preaching, miraculously fending off violent enemies, eventually they die but are resurrected a few days later.

 

~2050:

-The half hour of silence ends.

-Christ to the Mt. of Olives saves the Jews in the battle of Armageddon.

-The resurrection of the righteous. They rise up to come with Christ in glory.

-The Great and Dreadful day of the Lord: he returns to all the earth, burning all the wicked.

-The Millennium begins and lasts 1000 years. No sickness or death. Earth is upgraded from telestial to terrestrial. Continents recombine forming Pangaea.

-2 centers of government are the New Jerusalem (Missouri) and the Old Jerusalem (Palestine).

 

~3050:

-The Millennium ends, Satan is loosed for a little season, final showdown of wicked vs righteous in battle of Gog and Magog, righteous lead by Michael win.

-Earth becomes an eternal celestial kingdom. Saints live there indefinitely and create new worlds for their ever increasing posterity.

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter Dispensation of the Fullness of Times, Restoration of the Church & Priesthood, Keys to Never Fail consider adding some stuff from resto book

Chapter Adam Ondi Ahman

 

Some say the return of the keys to Christ means there can’t be any more bishops, etc. This isn’t the case. The D&C lays out the order of how the church structure is and will continue to be throughout the millennium.

Only the righteous will know when this meeting takes place.

Chapter The 10 Lost Tribes / Remnant of Jacob: Ice Highway, Latter-day Missions, etc. The Remnant of Jacob: Lost from this world vs in this world

 

These Israelites returning will surely contribute to the 144,000 messengers of the final days.

When these return, it could be in an icey area such as Greenland. A dry path could be made as an effect of this landing, where they would come to the New Jerusalem. It appears they come to New Jerusalem, then later they go to the old world.

They are the lion that treads through, and spoils the reign of the anti-Christ.

Joseph Smith taught of the lost 10 tribes being not on this world any longer. This isn’t so strange when we remember the cities of Enoch and Salem have done the same thing, “zion is fled”.

Joseph Smith had a meeting with John the Revelator who said he was ministering to these ten tribes.

Some of them are scattered throughout the world, but others are as a group as indicated by the doctrine and covenants (ref) with their own records, prophets, etc. If they have prophets and were here on earth we would know about it.

Some have reasoned that the 10 tribes are in the north underground, but that seems unlikely when considering other evidences and scriptures.

The A Remnant Shall Return book by Michael Rush goes into great detail on this subject, but perhaps puts too much emphasis on the future mission of John and the ten tribes.

Elder Bruce R. McConkie taught that the 10 tribes were all scattered, contrary to the teachings of Joseph Fielding Smith and others who all taught that they are together as a body.

 

The 7 Jewish Feasts pending

 

Image from the-7-jewish-feasts2.jpg (1024×680) (wordpress.com)

 

Chapter 4. A Calendar of Completed & Forthcoming Last Days Events edit

 

Compiled by Nate Richardson, a member of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints

I welcome comments on additions I could make. I’ve tried to use a non-dogmatic approach, making room for several theories within reason.

There is an abbreviated version of this elsewhere.

 

Introductory Notes:

*We discard theories which contradict the words of modern prophets.

*One prophecy can have multiple fulfilments, as is common in the Hebraic system.

*We will list several possible times and ways of fulfilment of various prophecies.

*Note: a sign can have multiple meanings, such as indicating an impending event, indicating a series of events being set in motion, indicating symbolism that a spiritual or literal event has happened or is about to happen, etc.

*Note: Twice in the D&C, the Lord affirms that our calendar is correct, that Christ came into the world at year 0 AD, so seals opening at 1000 AD and 2000 AD makes sense. Some disagree with this, but I believe the Lord teaches us with what we are familiar with, which is the current calendar system.

*It appears that Rev. 1-7 are chronological, and the following Revelation chapters are not. However, verses close to each other are likely chronological in any chapter.

*Numbers 10, 7, 70, and 12 are some special biblical numbers. Combinations of these numbers like 144,000, 170, 100, 14, or half of 7 3.5 are also special.

*There are 7 Jewish (all scriptural?) holy days each year. When an event occurs on one of these occasions, it is more likely a sign from God.

*People tend to discount things as not being signs from God.

*Some fuss whenever prophets make predictions about the second coming timing, but it makes sense that they would know the season. We can all known the season, just not the day. Joseph Smith taught they would.  “Christ says, “No man knoweth the day or the hour when the Son of Man cometh.” . . . Did Christ speak this as a general principle throughout all generations? Oh, no, He spoke in the present tense. No man that was then living upon the footstool of God knew the day or the hour. But He did not say that there was no man throughout all generations that should not know the day or the hour. No, for this would be in flat contradiction with other scripture. For the prophet says that God will do nothing but what He will reveal unto His servants the prophets. Consequently, if it is not made known to the prophets, it will not come to pass.” (Joseph Smith’s Commentary on the Bible,112; 6 April 1843 James Burgess Notebook)

*The most important thing to do is keep the commandments. I was at a stake conference where Elder Ballard said something to the effect of ‘you want to know why we say the same things over and over, once you guys can get down the basics, then we will tell you where Kolob is or something like that.’

*Many people have personal revelations & patriarchal blessings speaking of profound events & timings. Those are not included in this article, unless they are from the prophets.

*A few good websites: End Times Herald, News section and Religion: Last Days section of RichardsonStudies.com by Nate Richardson, News & Commentary at WorldAffairsBrief.com by Joel Skousen, InfoWars.com

*Do an image search for “bible verses for the 7 Jewish holidays”. Notice how 3 are fulfilled, 3 are yet to be fulfilled. These yet to be fulfilled ie. millennium time will likely happen on or near the date of those remaining holidays.

*I often use US figures in Book of Mormon parallels as American is the land of the Book of Mormon, as Elder Perry & President Nelson have said, see BookofMormonEvidence.com by Rod Meldrum.

Image from the-7-jewish-feasts2.jpg (1024×680) (wordpress.com)

*The World At Large Doesn’t Know: The world at large has no knowledge of certain events being fulfilled. It is the privilege of the believers to have insight about what season we are in, when things will happen, etc. The essence of prophets is to prophecy of the future. God lets signs come to pass without people in general knowing on purpose. Eventually there will be great signs no one can ignore as well. The good thing about knowing signs coming to pass earlier on is so we have time to prepare, and we can be comforted that things we long for will happen soon. The signs remind us that God is real and in charge. Christians looking for certain signs will eventually be shocked to learn that the things they were looking for were already happening in the LDS temples, LDS conferences, etc. As the Jews look for the Christ that already came, so look the Christians for signs that have already happened among the latter-day saints. The Jews had truth but dropped the ball when Christ came, not recognizing him. The Christians had truth but dropped the ball when the signs came, not recognizing them. The latter-day saints have truth and can keep ahold of the ball all the way to the touchdown if they have faith. Scriptures speak of saints crying day and night for deliverance, only they see how bad things are. Most just go about shopping, business as usual, as it was in the days of Noah when the floods came. The passage of crying out day and night for deliverance is fulfilled. The world at large will never know of this.

 

The Calendar:

 

4000 BC 1st seal opens. Adam & Eve enter the telestial world. The bible dictionary places Adam & Eve around 4000 BC. D&C reveals the earth has a temporal lifespan of 7000 years. The seals open at the beginning of each 1000 year period. The last 1000 year period is the millennium where Christ reigns on earth.

4000 BC onward: Series of empires which fulfill Daniel’s dream. See Old Testament manual. See also this resource from BYU https://eom.byu.edu/index.php/Daniel,_Prophecies_of 

3000 BC 2nd seal opens.

2000 BC 3rd seal opens.

1000 BC 4th seal opens.

753BC– Roman Empire Founded: Ezra’s Eagle. Some say it was fulfilled in Rome, their animal symbol being an Eagle, etc. (see this video: https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=dN9YcBcPwpE) some say it is being fulfilled now by USA Presidents, the US symbol being an Eagle, etc. (See James Prout’s LastDaysTimeline.com https://www.lastdaystimeline.com/presentation-ezras-eagle-april-2020/ & Michael Rush’s A Remnant Shall Return). Note that dual fulfilments are common in scriptural/prophetic language.

0AD Birth of Jesus Christ the Savior of the world. Signs in sky fulfilled.

0 AD 5th seal opens.

1000 The 6th seal opens.

-1000-2000 In the 6th seal the signs of the times came to pass, as stated in the book of Revelation. Consider this evidence: The sun being darkened is fulfilled literally by all the solar eclipses and spiritually by the dark ages. 1095 to 1492 was when these last crusades were and then Columbus did his work, bringing light. 1918 the Spanish flu began suddenly killing 50 million; double the black plague deaths around 25 million in the 14th century. The Moon being turned to blood is fulfilled in lunar eclipses but also spiritually by warfare on the Earth and we had major world wars etc. 108 million people were killed in wars in the 20th century which makes it the bloodiest century to date. 138,370 million deaths occurred due to genocides in the 20th century. The heavens opening as a scroll symbolizes the restoration happening, and other knowledge (perhaps the renaissance, the enlightenment, etc.). Stars falling can mean apostacy. Leaves shaking off the tree blowing about in the wind is also symbolic of people going with whatever doctrine is popular. Mountains and islands moving can be slow and imperceptible an analogy a spiritual level for this is like the gospel moving forward sometimes it goes forward without much perception of the people at large. The mountain is also a symbol of the temple we have temples moving across the entire Earth. And they move wickedness out of their place. Who shall be able to stand and they moved into caves this actually happened after the 1202 earthquake they went to live in caves because they were tired of their houses collapsing on them. Hiding in caves on the metaphorical level is how people want to hide their sins from God at the time of his return etc. Hiding in the dens and the rocks is also symbolic of how rocks symbolize Jesus so a lot of people say they believe in God and they try to hide their lifestyles under that professed religion.
(These insights from Kent Blackhurst’s 6th seal lecture at https://youtu.be/q1rNdRhEAQc) (More on genocide statistics: https://ourworldindata.org/genocides)

1000-1200 Great earthquake as recorded in Anglo Saxon records, kills many. Fulfills prophecy of great earthquake which happens shortly after the 6th seal open. (Shared by Jodi Stoddard in Daniel & Revelation video series.)

1202 in Syria an earthquake where over a million people died this was at a time when there are only about 350 million people on earth. The kingdom of Jerusalem as it was called back then was hit very severely. (Shared by Kent Blackhurst in 6th Seal lecture https://youtu.be/q1rNdRhEAQc) Fulfills prophecy of great earthquake which happens shortly after the 6th seal opens.

1535 Spring: Suleiman the magnificent of the Ottoman empire decreed the rebuilding of Jerusalem temple wall etc., Initiating the 70-week prophecy of Daniel. 1535 + 490 = 2025. The 70 weeks prophecy is broken down into 62 weeks (accomplished by 1969), 7 weeks (accomplished by 2017), and 1 week (accomplished by 2024). The beginning of the 62 weeks was about rebuilding Jerusalem, and so was the end of it right around 1969 they were rebuilding Jerusalem from the aftermath of the many wars including the Six-Day war.

1600-1900~ Greatest human migration in history of people coming to the new world (the west, namely America) from the old world (the east). Some suggest this migration fulfills the prophecy of a bridge to bring the lost tribes from the north. See Joseph Smith Foundation documentary Mystery of the Two Prophets. Also Nephites in Europe documentary.

1620: 1st Ne. parallel: The Mayflower ship parallels Lehi’s voyage.

1820 March 27(?): the first vision. Beings the dispensation of the fullness of times, gathering together all things in one in Christ. Eph. 1:10. D&C 128:18.

1820- June 27 1844 Ministry of Joseph Smith mirrors the ministry of Alma the Younger in the Book of Mormon. Joseph restores the church, like how Alma built the church. Look at the JosephSmithFoundation.org chart.

1827 September 22: Joseph retrieves the Book of Mormon, simultaneously a great sign in the sky is given to Brigham Young and Heber C Kimball of soldiers seen marching in the sky. https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/ensign/2007/10/living-in-a-chapter-of-history?lang=eng

1827 Sep. 23: Kevin Prince shares these insights into another time when the Revelation Virgo Woman Sign in the Sky Was Fulfilled, at the time when Joseph Smith received the Book of Mormon: The September 23 Virgo sign in the sky happened just after the Jewish New year around September 22. 1827 is the only other year where the Revelation 12 sign in the sky with Virgo and Jupiter exiting after 9 months of oscillating the Moon under foot and all the other fulfillments. 1827 September 23rd is one day after Joseph Smith got the plates from the hill. September 22 the feast of trumpets or anciently the day of remembrance was taught as the day that Israel would be gathered in. The Revelation 12 prophecy speaks of the child ruling with the rod of iron All Nations and Lehi’s dream talks about the rod of iron being the word of God so here we have Joseph Smith getting the rod of iron which is the scripture. September 22 was about making a new covenant which would result in the final redemption of Israel. The time between the feast of trumpets and the day of atonement can signify the warning time the time one has to repent the trumpet sounds and then you’ve got that much time to repent until the day of atonement. (Kevin Prince insights from https://youtu.be/MFwwgYbdlRA)

1830 In 1830 there were basically 11 kingdoms that ruled the Earth and Russia was one of them you can’t trace Russia back to Rome but all of the other 10 you can and it was at this time when the kingdom of God was established by Joseph Smith and it fulfills the Nebuchadnezzar dream about the 10 kingdoms and the one lasting and all the 10 kingdoms being based in Rome as in coming from Rome. This was about 2,400 years after Daniel’s prophecy and fits very well. (This info was shared in a lecture at https://youtu.be/mLkUwmPMv-Y by Kent Blackhurst)
1830 March: Book of Mormon 1st published, truth come forth from the dust – Isaiah scripture

1830 April 6: the restoration of the gospel, official organization of the Church. Daniel’s prophecy fulfilled about the kingdom being cut out of the mountain without hands. It will roll forth and fill the Earth.

1830 – 2000 Calling of the 144k, generally speaking. This is primarily a 6th seal event, as stated in the Book of Revelation.

There were around 143,000 congregation leaders as of 2019, add in the Seventies etc. it’s a bit more, around 146k. This shows that the 144k were indeed ‘called’ in the 6th seal (before the year 2000). The 6th seal was set apart for the signs of the times, the preparing the way of the Lord, the establishment of the latter-day church and significant growth therein. The 144k may be symbolic meaning all those who uphold the church and preach the gospel, but we see it also has literal fulfillment. Translation could keep church leaders, missionaries, Zion builders etc. alive during tribulations so the kingdom can continue on even when many die. 144,000 being sealed refers at least in part to members of the restored church getting their endowments in the temples which strengthen them to endure the trials of the seventh seal. 12 in Hebrew represents the leadership and 144 is a multiple of 12. At the end of 2019 there were 143500 local high priest leaders. Add general authorities ’70s Mission presidents etc. and you have over 146,000 church leaders high priests. if you’re included the female leaders this is much higher number. At the turn of the century around year 2000 the number wasn’t quite that high but you must remember that the number of the 144,000 was starting to already be called in the days of Joseph Smith. This number being the church leaders generally make sense because their goal is to bring everyone to exaltation in this celestial kingdom as many as they can and exaltation in the celestial kingdom is the Church of the firstborn. (These ideas & statistics from a lecture Kent Blackhurst about the 6th seal events at https://youtu.be/mLkUwmPMv-Y) (Some balk at the 144k being church leaders generally seeing as church leaders sometimes don’t live the gospel but remember 1. Don’t be an accuser of the brethren. 2. God works through imperfect people. 3. The 144k may be a symbolic number and include many more than just the official church leaders. 4. The wicked will be cut off, church leader or no.)

1830 or 1831 Joseph Smith has an hour meeting with John the revelator where in John the revelator tells him that he is the priest and King of the lost 10 tribes and is preparing to lead them back. (Source? Hyrum Andrus mentions it in his lecture on the Second Coming https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QIEOStaItLo&list=PLMFvYACK6oX0U14oLYSnnSEH59W_dNkt1&index=54, look for original source)

1833 October 5 Joseph Smith predicts stars falling from their places in the sky, a major meteor shower takes place shortly thereafter right when he said it would. “”On one occasion Joseph was preaching in Kirtland in the fall of the year 1833 [October 5]. Quite a number of persons were present who did not belong to the Church; and one man, more bitter and skeptical than the others, made note with pencil and paper of the prophecy uttered on that occasion, wherein Joseph said that ‘Forty days shall not pass and the stars shall fall from heaven.’
“On the thirty-ninth day after the utterance of that prophecy a brother in the Church, Joseph Hancock and another man were out hunting game and got lost. They wandered about until night, when they found themselves at the home of this unbeliever, who exultingly produced this note of Joseph Smith’s prophecy and asked Brother Hancock what he thought of his prophet now that thirty-nine days had passed an the prophecy was not fulfilled.
“Brother Hancock was unmoved and quietly remarked, ‘There is one night left of the time and if Joseph said so, the stars will certainly fall tonight. This prophecy will all be fulfilled.’
“The matter weighed upon the mind of Brother Hancock, who watched that night and it proved to be the historical one known in the entire world as ‘The Night of Falling Stars.’ ” http://www.moroni10.com/mormon_history/joseph-smith-stars-falling.html

1833 Nov. 13: One night that a mob was going to attack there was a very significant meteor shower which lasted all night and the mobbers saw it as a sign from God which it was this is well documented as one of if not the biggest meteor showers in history and Joseph Smith documented that it was literal fulfillment of scripture. (insight shared by Kevin Prince at https://youtu.be/MFwwgYbdlRA)

1836 April 3 Passover: As foretold in Malachi, Elijah appears before the great and dreadful day of the Lord in the temple to Joseph Smith & Oliver Cowdry, on the very day of Passover, in accordance with Jewish tradition. He gives the needed sealing keys to turn the hearts of children to fathers and fathers to children lest the earth be smitten. Moses appears to give both the keys of the gathering of Israel and the keys of the returning of the lost 10 tribes.

D&C 110:11-16 “11 After this vision closed, the heavens were again opened unto us; and Moses appeared before us, and committed unto us the keys of the gathering of Israel from the four parts of the earth, and the leading of the ten tribes from the land of the north. 12 After this, Elias appeared, and committed the dispensation of the gospel of Abraham, saying that in us and our seed all generations after us should be blessed. 13 After this vision had closed, another great and glorious vision burst upon us; for Elijah the prophet, who was taken to heaven without tasting death, stood before us, and said: 14 Behold, the time has fully come, which was spoken of by the mouth of Malachi—testifying that he [Elijah] should be sent, before the great and dreadful day of the Lord come— 15 To turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, and the children to the fathers, lest the whole earth be smitten with a curse— 16 Therefore, the keys of this dispensation are committed into your hands; and by this ye may know that the great and dreadful day of the Lord is near, even at the doors.”

(Note: more on angels visiting Joseph Smith: https://www.ldsliving.com/24-Angels-Who-Visited-Joseph-Smith/s/79521)

1844? Joseph Smith said, “Noah came before the flood, I have come before the fire.” Truly Joseph Smith is the great prophet of the last dispensation.

1846 President Brigham Young leads the saints in a modern-day exodus to Utah, fleeing religious persecution in the eastern US with handcarts and wagons.

1850-1950 World and civil wars mirror period of major wars in Book of Mormon as recorded in Alma, which follow Alma building the church, just like Joseph Smith built the church and wars followed.

1917 Balfour Declaration “The Balfour Declaration was a public statement issued by the British government in 1917 during the First World War announcing support for the establishment of a “national home for the Jewish people” in Palestine” -Wiki

1933-1945 FDR Presidency. Latter-day Saints reject counsel of their leaders to stop voting for FDR. Utah citizens, representative of the Church, overwhelmingly voted for FDR.

1939 Sep. 1 – 1945 Sep. 2: WWII: Alma 28:1-2 parallel: the great battle that no one had ever seen before, note the Auschwitz bodies of the covenant Jews & nuke bomb.

1940’s-Present The saints also by and large reject the counsel of prophets in temporal affairs. The counsel to grow a garden. Later President Hinckley says that though the saints were counseled to have a year of food and no debt, most have a year of debt and no food. President Benson repeatedly warns saints to prepare temporally not just spiritually. In an address given in 1980 (Prepare for the Days of Tribulation), President Benson says the counsel to prepare has been given for over 40 years. https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/general-conference/1980/10/prepare-for-the-days-of-tribulation?lang=eng

1936: President Joseph Fielding Smith says he believes the 2nd coming will be within the time of some in the audience being present. (ref and quote). Note: 100 years from the time of this address will by 2036, most don’t live more than 100 years.

1948 May 14 Israel recognized as a nation. Jews being to gather at Jerusalem. They have Mt. Moriah. Hyrum Andrus in a lecture on the second coming suggests this is when the time of the gathering of the gentiles ended and the time of the house of Israel gathering began. 70 years after this in 2018, the US President Donald Trump moves the US embassy there from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem.

1950-1990~ Communism and other secret combinations mirror secret combinations in Book of Mormon. These take root in America as stated by President Ezra Taft Benson.

1969 Spring: the 1st portion of Daniel’s 70 weeks prophecy is fulfilled, namely that 62 of the weeks are fulfilled. Just as the prophecy began with rebuilding Jerusalem walls in 1535, this portion of the prophecy ends with rebuilding Jerusalem walls after the 6 Days War.

(The prophecy began with 1535 Suleiman the magnificent of the Ottoman empire decreed the rebuilding of Jerusalem temple wall etc., Initiating the 70 week prophecy. 1535 + 490 = 2025. The 70 weeks prophecy is broken down into 62 weeks (accomplished by 1969), 7 weeks (accomplished by 2017), and 1 week (accomplished by 2024).
(Aaron Ellis details the 70 weeks prophecy well here: https://youtu.be/dgvMRA4NRsQ))

1974 January: President Benson on food storage: “The revelation to store food may be as essential to our temporal salvation today as boarding the ark was to the people in the days of Noah.” Ezra Taft Benson – Prepare Ye – Ensign, Jan. 1974, 69

1981: President Benson address on preparing for the second coming, speaks of hour of trial, 1 hour is about 40 years. From the time of this address, that hour is finished about 2021. He says as sure as the destruction of the temple in Jesus’ day was after 40 years of Jesus’ speaking to them, so it is with our generation. The address: https://speeches.byu.edu/talks/ezra-taft-benson/prepare-great-day-lord/

1983: Elder Vaughn J Featherstone makes letter to be opened 50 years later, time capsule to be put in cornerstone of a temple, which says the Lord will have already come by that time (2033). “Those of you who read this letter have witnessed the second coming of Jesus Christ.” (Vaughn J. Featherstone, “To My Beloved Fellow Saints in the Twenty- First Century,” (letter, April 6, 1983), https://catalog.churchofjesuschrist.org/assets?id=3438179d-a8c0-499d-a2cc-82d6a239cef7)

1991 by this time half of marriages in the USA end in divorce https://worldhistory.us/american-history/history-of-divorce-in-america.php More from this article: “By 1880 one in 16 U.S. marriages was ending in divorce, already the highest rate in the world”. “From 1880 to 1920, the rise in American affluence paralleled a skyrocketing divorce rate.” “With the sexual revolution and women’s movement in the 1960s, attitudes towards divorce began to change.” “Statistics [from a 1991 study] show that half of all marriages in America will end in divorce (Jost and Robinson).”

1992 Hong Kong China temple announced

1995 September 23: The Family Proclamation to the World was issued, warning that judgements foretold by prophets would come when societies fail to uphold the family as God ordained it to be: A man and a woman with children. 20 years later in 2015, homosexual marriage became legal nation-wide in the USA.

1996 Feb. 25: Hel. 6:1-2 parallel: Church membership became greater outside of the US than inside the US; (see https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/ensign/1996/03/news-of-the-church/more-members-now-outside-u-s-than-in-u-s?lang=eng); Righteousness of the Lamanites is greater than that of the Nephites says President Hinckley at general conference. Oct 1997 or 1998.

1998 April: 30 new temples announced.  Sometimes we attribute smaller temples to President Hinckley, this actually started with President Kimball. Elder Bedar points out that with President Hinckley, the timing of having 100 temples by the turn of the century was inspired. One article says of this, “…April 1998 [President Hinckley] announced an ambitious goal: effective immediately construction would commence on some 30 of what he called “small, beautiful, serviceable temples” in Europe, Asia, Australia, Fiji, Mexico, Central and South America, and Africa, as well as the United States and Canada. With 17 temples then going forward, that would total 47 new temples in addition to the 51 then in operation, he pointed out. He added, “I think we had better add two more to make it an even 100 by the end of this century, being 2,000 years ‘since the coming of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ in the flesh’ (D&C 20:1). In this program we are moving on a scale the like of which we have never seen before.” The 100-temple goal was reached on October 1, 2000, when President Hinckley dedicated the Boston Massachusetts Temple.”  https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/church/news/temples-have-proliferated-in-20-years-since-smaller-design-announced?lang=eng 

For a look at temple increase over the years: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=us0UiVU3LGQ. Note the burst of temples as we began the new century. Along these lines, here is a look at growth of stakes: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=au9KiwEpyrw

1999 October: Gen Conf, the last gen conf before the half hour of silence, President Eyring gave talk on the parable of the ten virgins.

2000: 3 Ne. 1 parallel? New millennium, new book 3 Ne.

2000-2020 Possible some trumpets have sounded already. John’s first trumpet fulfilled tons of fire in last two decades. Second trumpet fulfilled too tons of volcanoes and quakes, near them water as blood.
Third trumpet fulfilled by acid rain it’s way worse than it used to be. The next trumpet of the sun being darkened might come to pass in 2021 at the midpoint of the tribulations. after the first 4 trumpets there comes a whoa meaning everyone is going to say whoa I can’t believe this is happening super big epic. With the fulfillment of these first three trumpets and the signs in general remember the world at Large is asleep to them. 68 million refugees in 2017. This along with the sex trafficking and a lot of other drug cartels and things like that make it a good time for fulfillment to tribulation prophecy. (This info was shared in a lecture at https://youtu.be/mLkUwmPMv-Y by Kent Blackhurst)

2000 Notice the increased frequency of earthquakes:

  1. 1000 years of quakes video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o4OZjvd6JC4&list=PLMFvYACK6oX0U14oLYSnnSEH59W_dNkt1 ;
  2. earthquakes of the 20th century: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jhmF-IwP6uM&list=PLMFvYACK6oX0U14oLYSnnSEH59W_dNkt1&index=3 ;
  3. quakes of 2000-2019 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jhmF-IwP6uM&list=PLMFvYACK6oX0U14oLYSnnSEH59W_dNkt1&index=3
  4. quakes of magnitude 6+ from 1900-2019 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1_a_k6vsdso&list=PLMFvYACK6oX0U14oLYSnnSEH59W_dNkt1&index=6

Also on earthquakes, this analysis from Kent Blackhurst: In the 1960s and 70s and 80s it was about 41 earthquakes per year that caused major killing and in ’90s to year 2000 it was about 60 per year which is a 50% increase then 336 of these type of earthquakes from around 2011 to 2020 which is over an 800% increase. (see his 6th seal presentation: https://youtu.be/q1rNdRhEAQc)

2000: 7th seal opens. See D&C 77:7 description of seals being 1000-year periods, “7 Q. What are we to understand by the seven seals with which it was sealed? A. We are to understand that the first seal contains the things of the first thousand years, and the second also of the second thousand years, and so on until the seventh.”

2000: after the 7th seal opens, the half hour of silence begins. This silence could be minimal natural disasters. This silence could also be a period of the woman being with child but not yet in labor. This silence could also be a period of preparations before major warnings return to the General Conference messages.

2000: April 6: Rev. 7:9-15 fulfilled, end of the 6th seal, start of the 7th seal: Palmyra New York temple dedication. This was the 1st temple dedication worldwide broadcast at stake centers to temple recommend holding adults and those 12 and above. Palmyra was the 70th Temple announced and the hundred Temple in operation it also has serious connections to church history. Those in attendance at the temple wore white. White handkerchiefs were waved symbolizing the ancient palm leaves. The hosana shout may be the same words as John foresaw, but the Book of Revelation has been through several translations obscuring this. The prophecy says this event will be an innumerable multitude, but the world-wide aspect of this fulfills that. Innumerable often is symbolic. For example: Christ says he has made worlds without end. Elsewhere, Christ says his works are all numbered. Some suggest the Navoo temple dedication in 2002, the only other world-wide temple dedication broadcast, may also fulfill this scripture.

For reference, here is Rev. 7:9-15: “9 After this I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands; 10 And cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb. 11 And all the angels stood round about the throne, and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God, 12 Saying, Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honour, and power, and might, be unto our God for ever and ever. Amen. 13 And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they? 14 And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. 15 Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple: and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them.”

2000 and 2020: Hosana shouts signify the approximate opening and closing of the half hour of silence. 2000 via the Palmyra temple dedication and again in the 2000 conference center dedication. Then at the 200 year anniversary of the First Vision another hosana shout 202.

2000 and 2020: At these times were the closest times when Jupiter and Saturn overlapped in the night sky. Jupiter is known as the king planet, symbolizing Christ. Saturn is known as the harvest planet due to its rings which look like a scythe or sickle. These could suggest that Christ is completing his harvest, or about the separate the wheat from the tares. It could symbolize the opening and closing of the half hour of silence.

2000 – 2024 Some suggest the Revelation 8 trumpets which sound take place concurrently within the half hour of silence and beyond. See this https://youtu.be/mLkUwmPMv-Y by Kent Blackhurst

Screenshot from that presentation:

2000 Spring: 2 hosana shouts: one at Palmyra temple dedication, another at conference center dedication at general conference, which was televised world wide. These are indicative of the 7th seal having opened.

2001 September 11: Terrorists strike USA World Trade Centers & Pentagon. Fulfills prophecy of ‘war in your own lands’ spoken of in D&C (ref?). This 7th seal event is markedly different than those that have gone on before, as the US, which is a promised land, has heretofore been largely unimpacted for foreign terrorist/war invasions. Evidence of elites in the secret combinations having foreknowledge of this is evident in change of activity on the stock market just before the attack, premature annunciations of tower 7, etc.

Rod Meldrum in a presentation (see link) points out how the promised land of America has 4 components, and how those are being taken away in the 4 shmitas of 2001, 2008, 2015, and likely 2022. Shmitas are 7 years apart. The 4 promises of the promised land are security, prosperity, posterity, & the land itself. Now look at these being removed:
Security (2001 it was removed 9/11 1st ever attack on US soil (Hawaii wasn’t US at the time, or at least wasn’t on continental US))
Prosperity/Wealth (2008 removed, major crash, Dow down by “777”)
Posterity (2015 removed, gay marriage made legal, reproduction rate all time low, etc.)
Land of inheritance (2022 the wicked people will be removed)
For more details on this see my notes on the presentation:
http://richardsonstudies.com/2020/09/28/the-book-of-mormon-current-as-the-daily-news-by-rod-meldrum-documentary-notes/

2001 Oct. Gen. Conf. talk President Hinckley spoke of many things fulfilled.

2003-2010: 3 Ne. 3 Parallel: Operation Desert Storm, Second Gulf War: Video epistles exchanged between Osama bin Laden (Giddianhi, the governor of the robber band) saying “join us or die” and George Bush Jr (Lachoneus 2 who filed the judgment seat line his father with the same name: Bush Sr., Bush Jr.).

2006 Dec. 30: 3 Ne 4:28 parallel: Hussein was killed by Hanging as was Zemnarihah

2008: Shmita year. Major economic depression, the symbol of the shmita curse.

Rod Meldrum in a presentation (see link) points out how the promised land of America has 4 components, and how those are being taken away in the 4 shmitas of 2001, 2008, 2015, and likely 2022. Shmitas are 7 years apart. The 4 promises of the promised land are security, prosperity, posterity, & the land itself. Now look at these being removed:
Security (2001 it was removed 9/11 1st ever attack on US soil (Hawaii wasn’t US at the time))
Prosperity/Wealth (2008 removed, major crash, Dow down by “777”)
Posterity (2015 removed, gay marriage made legal, reproduction rate all time low, etc.)
Land of inheritance (2022 the wicked people will be removed)
For more details on this see my notes on the presentation:
http://richardsonstudies.com/2020/09/28/the-book-of-mormon-current-as-the-daily-news-by-rod-meldrum-documentary-notes/

2011 May 2: 3 Ne. 4:14 parallel: Bin Laden flees is caught & slain like Giddianhi: “Giddianhi, who had stood and fought with boldness, was pursued as he fled; and being weary because of his much fighting he was overtaken and slain.”

2015 June 26: Homosexual marriage becomes legal nation-wide in the USA promised land. The Family Proclamation to the World was issued 20 years prior (1995), warning that judgements foretold by prophets would come when societies fail to uphold the family as God ordained it to be: A man and a woman with children.

This also parallels 3 Ne. 6: in this chapter, Satan leads the people in open rebellion (which homosexual marriage is a quintessential example of). 3 Ne. 6 is also a time when the church is divided and rebellious, which mirrors the liberal movement in the church which questions the prophets, trivializes Joseph Smith & the Book of Mormon as prophetic, etc. (for more on this church division see “Faith Crisis” vol 1 and 2 at JosephSmithFoundation.com. These liberal church historians have been hacking away at the traditional narrative since around the 1950’s.)

Rod Meldrum in a presentation (see link) points out how the promised land of America has 4 components, and how those are being taken away in the 4 shmitas of 2001, 2008, 2015, and likely 2022. Shmitas are 7 years apart. The 4 promises of the promised land are security, prosperity, posterity, & the land itself. Now look at these being removed:
Security (2001 it was removed 9/11 1st ever attack on US soil (Hawaii wasn’t US at the time))
Prosperity/Wealth (2008 removed, major crash, Dow down by “777”)
Posterity (2015 removed, gay marriage made legal, reproduction rate all time low, etc.)
Land of inheritance (2022 the wicked people will be removed)
For more details on this see my notes on the presentation:
http://richardsonstudies.com/2020/09/28/the-book-of-mormon-current-as-the-daily-news-by-rod-meldrum-documentary-notes/

2015 December: Elder Bednar, at the Christmas devotional, says to the audience to imagine they are hearing a prophet declare future events, and liken what he is going to say to themselves. Then he tells them of Samuel the Lamanite’s prophecy that 5 years later the Lord would come. 5 years from this address is 2020 December. Perhaps the Lord will make one of his preliminary appearances around this time, or some other monumental thing. Also remember in the Book of Mormon there were quite specific dates regarding prophecy, even so much so that the believers were to be put to death by a certain day if the prophecy didn’t come to pass. We should not hesitate to relate The Book of Mormon to our day. Here is a link to the talk by Elder Bednar at that devotional: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j_u5mR2B5m8&t=47s and if that doesn’t work here is the entire devotional: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uACA7FBCo1s

2016: January: President Nelson started using the phrase “this latter part of these latter days” to describe modern times. See “Stand As True Millennials” https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/ensign/2016/10/young-adults/stand-as-true-millennials?lang=eng  [If you know of a time he said this before this let me know]

2016 Feb. 13: Hel. 9 parallel: Antonin Scalia a chief judge had been killed: parallels assassination of chief judge Seezoram.

(Other chief judge (commander in chief) figure murdered which could fit Hel. 9: President Kennedy in 1963, though this doesn’t fit as well as Scalia as his position was specifically a chief judge)

2016 November Presidential election of Donald Trump. He takes office January 2017. Note his name is trump like trumpet.

2016 November Some suggest the other side of the Eagle feathers from Ezra’s eagle prophecy are now beginning.

2017 The second portion of the Daniel’s 70 week prophecy ends, and the last week begins! This last week would take place 2017-2024, and entail the Great Tribulation period, particularly the last 3.5 years.

(The Daniel 70 weeks prophecy began with 1535 Suleiman the magnificent of the Ottoman empire decreed the rebuilding of Jerusalem temple wall etc., Initiating the 70 week prophecy. 1535 + 490 = 2025. The 70 weeks prophecy is broken down into 62 weeks (accomplished by 1969), 7 weeks (accomplished by 2017), and 1 week (accomplished by 2024). (Aaron Ellis details the 70 weeks prophecy well here: https://youtu.be/dgvMRA4NRsQ))

2017 – 2024 Many suggest this is the last week of Daniel’s 70 weeks prophecy, and the time of “Great Tribulation” spoken of in JST Matthew, the book of Revelation, book of Daniel, etc., being the two 3.5-year periods of tribulation. The second of these 3.5-year periods is to be far worse than the first, such as a woman in labor pain becoming dramatic toward the end. My mother described it, ‘when you think you’re about to die, you finally deliver.’ Here are a few lectures which analyze this time period: https://youtu.be/mLkUwmPMv-Y  by Kent Blackhurst and https://youtu.be/dgvMRA4NRsQ by Aaron Ellis.

Screenshots from the Aaron Ellis lecture:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

And screenshot from the Kent Blackhurst lecture:

2017: Aug. 21: Solar Eclipse: passed over 7 cities named Salem. (see that other vid put a link here; note, putting this link here isn’t an open endorsement of everything in that video)). Analsis from that video: This is like drawing a line through peace 7 times, indicating there will be no peace for 7 years. The next eclipse in 2024 will go over US as well, transpose the paths of the two (2017 eclipse and 2024 eclipse), they make an x over Missouri. This was on a holy day which means it’s a sign from God.

2017 September 23: Rev. 12 sign ‘in heaven’ of woman with sun at head, moon at feet, 12 stars overhead, trevail with child 9 months. Virgo has Jupiter in womb 9 months. This date also coincided with the Autumnal equinox. D&C says the woman is the church, the man child is the kingdom of God. The woman, after giving birth, flees to the wilderness for 3.5 years. This suggests that in the near future, the church will ‘flee to the wilderness’ for 3.5 years, or that by around spring of 2021 the 3.5 years church in the wilderness will be over. (See this overview: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0jYgoX4NL7g&list=PLMFvYACK6oX0U14oLYSnnSEH59W_dNkt1&index=21) Also The Book of Revelation talks about the head and The tail Of The serpent and the serpent constellation is actually divided into the head and tail; There’s a nebula in the serpent constellation that has a red hue, and this could be why the scripture calls the dragon red. (Few more resources on this:  https://youtu.be/MFwwgYbdlRA and https://youtu.be/gZDEILyqXek both by Kevin Prince)

2017 Sep. 23: on apostacy among some members in the church and getting away from such: JST Rev. 12:2 the woman cried in pain about to be delivered. This crying could be apostacy in the church, the great faith crisis of saints believing evolution, a sinful uninspired Joseph Smith, the non-historic bible and Book of Mormon, and other false doctrines becoming widely believed. The cries are heard by God, and the kingdom of God is born. These falsehoods will soon be put down, and the political branch of the kingdom of God will be born. The church is true, and the wicked members who promote falsehoods as mentioned above, namely Leonard Arrington, the chief progressive church historian who hated ET Benson, JFiSmith, etc., will be shown to be false prophets.

2017 Sep. 23: On Rev. 12 sign: Church of God could refer to Christian people in general and kingdom of God could refer to the Latter-Day Saints in specific this is a meaningful interpretation when we look at the 1827 fulfillment of the Revelation sign in the sky as Joseph was from a Christian family and then it became the tool of the Lord to restore the kingdom of God in its fullness and Joseph was even ordained king of Israel in the council of 50.

2017-2030? The last (8?) US Presidents take office according to Ezra’s eagle prophecy. Note: for why the prophecy starts with Hoover and switches to the other wing starting with Trump, see Ch. 2 of A Remnant Shall Return. Read it free online at thelost10tribes.com.

2018 January 14 President Nelson becomes the prophet/president of the church. Very significant. Certain people have certain missions that take place at prophesied times. The fact that he comes in shortly after the 2017 sign in the sky of Revelation 12, and began immediately making significant changes to the church; perhaps he will remain until the 7-year span of tribulations in 2024 are completed. He continues to urge us to get personal revelation, seek higher blessings, and be aware of what’s going on beyond what is spoken by people, and to be personally taught by Christ.

2018 April: 2 monumental temples announced: 1st Russia Temple, 1st India temple.

2018 April President Nelson declares “in coming days, it will not be possible to survive spiritually without the guiding, directing, comforting, and constant influence of the Holy Ghost.” (General Conference)

2018 April: In General Conference, President Nelson address “ministering with the power and authority of God” the 3 foot notes scriptures give much more detail about seeing the face of God, translation, etc.; the message at the conference is often basic version for everyone, and the footnotes have the deeper stuff for those ready to have it.

2018 May 14: President Trump moves a US embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem. This is 70 years from the time Israel became a nation in 1948. Israel mints a commemorative coin with Trump and Cyrus’ pictures on it.  https://www.cbsnews.com/news/israel-trump-coin-honours-recognition-jerusalem-as-capital/.

2018: October: The church begins to be called by its correct title, see address by President Nelson, great blessings promised. https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/general-conference/2018/10/the-correct-name-of-the-church?lang=eng ; Now that we are calling it by the correct name instead of Mormons, we have entered an even deeper stage of ‘the last days’. D&C 115:4 states “For thus shall my church be called IN THE LAST DAYS, even The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints.”

2018 October: The Church announced a home centered church supported program, along with decreased church time so members could study the gospel more at home. Became effective January 2019. Also released Come Follow Me manuals to help home gospel study. These manuals have everyone studying a similar topic, and likely have been divinely timed to help members through world-wide events which correlate to the readings. This also helped members during the 2020 COVID-19 pandemic to conduct home church as the churches were closed most of that year. Churches being closed possibly fulfills scriptures about the church fleeing to the wilderness. The people, not the buildings, are the church.

2018? President Nelson tells the saints to take their vitamins and get their sleep to prepare for what is ahead.

2018 December: Levites dedicated the 3rd temple of Jerusalem alter; in April of 2019 they did a Passover sacrifice.
About 2 years and 2 months before the second Jerusalem Temple was built a cornerstone and altar were built so if history repeats itself about 2 years in 2 months after this dedication of the 3rd Temple altar will come the construction of the 3rd Jerusalem Temple which would put us in spring of 2021.

(The group of Levites claim to have kept their lineage pure these thousand years and if that is the case they are priests in the Aaronic priesthood and need no ordination.)

2019 there were around 143,000 congregation leaders as of 2019, add in the Seventies etc. it’s a bit more, around 146k. This shows that the 144k were indeed ‘called’ in the 6th seal (before the year 2000). The 6th seal was set apart for the signs of the times, the preparing the way of the Lord, the establishment of the latter-day church and significant growth therein. The 144k may be symbolic meaning all those who uphold the church and preach the gospel, but we see it also has literal fulfillment. Translation could keep church leaders, missionaries, Zion builders etc. alive during tribulations so the kingdom can continue on even when many die. (The statistics of 143k congregation leaders as of 2019 etc. as shared here are from a lecture Kent Blackhurst about the 6th seal events at https://youtu.be/mLkUwmPMv-Y)

2019 March 10 Rome Temple dedicated. President Nelson said this would be a hinge point in the church. Potentially fulfills book of Revelation prophecy of the 24 elders and 4 beasts worshiping God (12 living Apostles present and statues of 12 original apostles behind them constitute the 24 elders, the 3 member 1st presidency and the Christ statue constitute the 4 beasts.)

 

news-rome-italy-temple-dedication-group.jpg (1025×683) (ldstemple.pics)

2019 April: Elder Bednar implores us to find more information than what is told us: “If all you or I know about Jesus Christ and His restored gospel is what other people teach or tell us, then the foundation of our testimony of Him and His glorious latter-day work is built upon sand.” (General Conference https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/general-conference/2019/04/54bednar?lang=eng)

2019? President Nelson footnotes to general conference address tells us to study certain scriptures about being translated and seeing the face of God that these are the privileges we are living beneath.

2019 April? Sons of Levi (Levites) start doing temple Passover sacrifice rituals. See Levites website (?). This could begin to fulfil LDS & biblical prophecies that the time for the Aaronic priesthood is about to be complete, and that, as Joseph Smith taught, blood sacrifice would be a part of the restoration of all things in the last days.

2019 Fall: Major historic Utah temples closed for about 4 years for remodel to upgrade earthquake-proof foundations. Expect major earthquakes in Utah etc. in 4 years.

2019 December: Stinging plague mentioned in revelations may be approaching fulfillment: https://www.bbc.com/news/52533585 “Murder Hornets” appear in USA for the 1st time in December 2019, will start breeding in April, and sending out workers in the Summer and Fall. “Once their habitats are built in the summer and autumn months, worker hornets are sent to find food.” Also these destroy honeybees. This could be symbolic of how there is about to be fulfilled the prophecy of the stout horn / anti-Christ who overcomes the saints, honeybees representing the saints. As these came from China(?) this could be symbolic of the anti-Christ coming from China, or being a Chinese ruler who gains global power. Or maybe this is not important.

2019 December 1: The Church separates from the Boy Scout organization due to the scouts permitting homosexual leaders. The Church institutes its own program for children and youth, making the church more independent of other organizations.

2020 January: Global pandemic COVID-19 brings economies to their knees. Corruption of government elites exaggerate this pandemic, resulting in it disrupting the world economy on a large scale. Printing of monies skyrocket, and debts deepen quickly.

2020 January 1? “The time to act is now…this is a hinge point in the history of the church, and your part is vital.” President Nelson, Jan 1 2020 announcement. ?

2020: 200-year anniversary of the 1st vision. Several estimates for exact date, the March date lines up with something, I’ll write that here soon.

2020 March 23rd: Temples close. An important date could be October 6th 2023 which is 3 and 1/2 years after they closed. From the time when the ‘daily sacrifice’ has ceased until all the other things are fulfilled doesn’t mean they necessarily have to stay all the way close the whole time.

2020 March 23 temples close, 200 years (to the day say some estimates) from the 1st vision

2020 Spring: Utah earthquake, trumpet of Moroni at the SLC temple falls. This is the grand temple of the church, the major symbol, and the location of church headquarters. Fulfills scripture from Amos about trumpet being removed. Symbolizes missionary work being moved to another phase, missionaries called home, as prophesied.

2020 April: General conference hosanna shout, likely symbolized ending of half hour of silence.  The half hour of silence opened with a hosanna shout at the year 2000 and ended with this hosanna shout.

2020 April: 2 monumental temples announced: Shanghai China (2nd temple in China), & the 1st temple in Middle East in Dubai United Arab Emirates. Concerning the Dubai temple, “The Dubai temple will be the first to be built by the Church in the Middle East.” and
“The first self-standing Church meetinghouse in the Middle East was dedicated by Elder Jeffrey R. Holland in the emirate of Abu Dhabi in 2013.” https://newsroom.churchofjesuschrist.org/article/new-temples-april-2020-general-conference

2020: 400 years have passed since the pilgrims landed in America seeking religious freedom. Might also align with day temples closed.

2020 Fall: Church members world-wide study of the coming of Christ to America anciently, which could correlate with one of his comings in our time which are to take place before His coming in glory to the world. Interestingly, the production of the 3 Nephi and Ether videos of the Book of Mormon Videos by the church were post-poned to the summer of 2021 due to virus restrictions. It appears God wanted this to be made a little later.

2021? after half hour silence? Or 2024 after 2nd 3.5 yr tribulation?: Separation of the good from the bad, wheat from tares, the great divide [scripture?]: President Nelson  April Ensign, titled “The Future of the Church: Preparing the World for the Savior’s Second Coming”

2020/2021 Half hour of silence ending indicates plagues/tribulations now begin: “If the time here mentioned is ‘the Lord’s time’ in which one day is a thousand years, the half hour would be some twenty-one of our years. Could this be interpreted to mean that such a period will elapse after the commencement of the seventh thousand-year period and before the outpouring of the woes about to be named?” Bruce R. McConkie, The Millennial Messiah: The Second Coming of the Son of Man (Salt Lake City: Deseret Book, 1982), p.382

JST 2 Peter 3:8 specifically says the conversion of time into God’s time is how we discern the time of the Lord’s return. It says, “but concerning the coming of the Lord beloved…”

 

D&C 38:11-12 says the silence is from the wickedness, and that after it the angels plague everyone.

11 For all flesh is corrupted before me; and the powers of darkness prevail upon the earth, among the children of men, in the presence of all the hosts of heaven—12 Which causeth silence to reign, and all eternity is pained, and the angels are waiting the great command to reap down the earth, to gather the tares that they may be burned; and, behold, the enemy is combined.” (D&C 38:11-12)

 

And D&C 88 talks about the half hour of silence before the Lord comes too.

 

2020: April: Elder Rasband at conference said “we are the people charged with ushering in the Second Coming of Jesus Christ” https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/general-conference/2020/04/41rasband?lang=eng

Revelation says it is “about” half an hour. D&C says exactly half an hour.

Rod Meldrum in a presentation (see link) points out how the promised land of America has 4 components, and how those are being taken away in the 4 shmitas of 2001, 2008, 2015, and likely 2022. Shmitas are 7 years apart. The 4 promises of the promised land are security, prosperity, posterity, & the land itself. Now look at these being removed:
Security (2001 it was removed 9/11 1st ever attack on US soil (Hawaii wasn’t US at the time))
Prosperity/Wealth (2008 removed, major crash, Dow down by “777”)
Posterity (2015 removed, gay marriage made legal, reproduction rate all time low, etc.)
Land of inheritance (2022 the wicked people will be removed)
For more details on this see my notes on the presentation:
http://richardsonstudies.com/2020/09/28/the-book-of-mormon-current-as-the-daily-news-by-rod-meldrum-documentary-notes/

President Nelson has said that very soon the time where the righteous will be separating from the wicked will come to pass. Perhaps before the wicked are swept off of the land in 2022, the righteous will be gathered together, or translated, or taken to a safe Zion location etc. This fits well with the half hour of silence ending around 2020/2021 and the first 3.5 years of tribulations which started in 2017 being over, and the second 3.5 year tribulation about to come to pass. The 2nd 3.5 year tribulation is to be much worse than the first. Further, the D&C says that immediately after the half hour of silence, the Lord will come to his SAINTS (not to everyone yet!) and they will be taken up to meet him. If you’re not familiar with the half hour of silence it is this: the 7th seal opens around year 2000, and about 20 or 21 years later, the half hour of silence is over. Several places in the scriptures we see 1000 years to man is a day to God, so a half hour is about 20 or 21 years. Also lets remember President Bensons talk that there would be a momentous hour, that was given in 1981, an hour after that would be around 2020/2021/2022

2020-2024 Economic & social turmoil, famine, war build up increasingly. Most people remain asleep to the real dangers mounting, and the many signs being given during these times. Brainwashing in public schools & media continues. Globalists continue to use COVID-19 as the new way of scaring us into submission. Joel Skousen points out that the war on terror used to be their way of scaring us into submission (see Patriot Act, etc.) but now they’ll be using the virus for these purposes. Everyone is giving up freedoms effortlessly from all of this.

2020 April: 200-year anniversary of the 1st Vision to Joseph Smith (God the Father & Jesus Christ appeared to him.) Church leaders invite members to “Hear Him”. Church proclamation given concerning the restoration of the gospel as initiated by the 1st Vision. President Nelson calls for a world-wide fast, potentially fulfilling a scripture in the book of Joel which speaks of a fast being called, then destructions being poured out in the last days.

2020 July? Elder Bednar rebukes Americans for allowing their religious freedoms to be taken away so quickly by the virus pandemic, restricting the rights to assemble at churches, and for placing trivial things such as purchasing gasoline above church assembly as essential. He warns that we must not let this continue. He shows that this is representative about how society doesn’t care about God anymore.

2020 August 8: Beirut Lebanon major explosion, potentially indicative of impending war.

2020 August: Millions of Americans rebel against government COVID-19 tyrannical policies by resorting to homescooling their children. Prophets have long encouraged parents to be the primary ones responsible for the educating of their children. Homeschooling in 2020 was a break for good people everywhere, and hopefully a wakeup call to get their children out of Babylon.

2020-2024? The redemption of Zion. This is dependent on the obedience of the saints, unlike the second coming in glory, which is a fixed time. the millennium itself the second coming glory is a fixed time just as the birth of Christ was a fixed time as declared Elder McConkie but the time of the redemption of Zion depends on the Saints

2020 Fall: End of half hour of silence. Could also have ended at beginning of 2020. The silence ending likely means Gods judgements are about to be poured out.

Note: The beginning of 2020 is when the COVID-19 pandemic began. This correlates with the ending of the half hour of silence. Even if you doubt the seriousness of the pandemic and see the government overreach making it a bigger deal than it should be, you can see the major impact it has had by so many losing jobs, economies being wrecked, etc.

2020 Many major race-based Marxist riots commence and continue throughout the year.

2020 Mid-August: US Civil War begins as Police pull completely out of Portland Oregon.

2020 Mid-August: President Nelson sends a Tweet saying hold on the road ahead may be bumpy.

2020 September 1: Asteroid passes by Earth coming closer than the moon. See https://www.news18.com/news/buzz/an-asteroid-will-zoom-past-earth-in-september-and-it-will-be-closer-than-the-moon-2720921.html

2020: December: 5 years have passed from the time when Elder Bednar spoke at the 2015 Christmas devotional, wherein he told us to put ourselves in the audience as though we were listening to a prophet foretell future events, then read of Samuel the Lamanite prophesying the coming of the Lord in 5 years.

2020 Dec. 6: Christmas Devotional talks had the following general order and themes: 1. Comfort 2. Three years of no Christmas. 3. Peace. 4. Christ’s presence

2021 Spring: Possible 3rd Jerusalem construction time. In 2018 December Levites dedicated the 3rd temple of Jerusalem alter; About 2 years and 2 months before the second Jerusalem Temple was built a cornerstone and altar were built so if history repeats itself about 2 years in 2 months after this dedication of the 3rd Temple altar will come the construction of the 3rd Jerusalem Temple which would put us in spring of 2021.

2021 April 6: 2000 April 6 & this date may mark the beginning & end of the half hour of silence. The half hour of silence is accomplished. ½ hour to God is about 20.8 years, because 1000 years is a day to God. 2 Peter 3:8, “But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day.” (The JST says this verse specifically pertains to the time of the coming of Christ);  Abraham 3:4, “a day unto the Lord, after his manner of reckoning, it being one thousand years according to the time appointed unto that whereon thou standest.” And Facsimile from the Book of Abraham 2, “The measurement according to celestial time, which celestial time signifies one day to a cubit. One day in Kolob is equal to a thousand years according to the measurement of this earth,” https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/scriptures/pgp/abr/fac-2?lang=eng ; also Elder McConkie in his book “Millennial Messiah” pg. 382 speaks of this interpretation of the half hour of silence being a very good possibility. He says, “Could this be interpreted to mean that such a period of ½ hour of the Lord’s time (20.8 earth years) will elapse after the commencement of the seventh thousand year period and before the outpouring of the woes (about 3.5 years of tribulation) about to be named?” those parenthesis likely aren’t part of the quote seek another verification

2021: 40 years have passed since President Benson’s talk mentioned in 1981.

2021: Now that half hour of silence is over, the 7 trumps with their plague vials begin.

2021 Spring: Some suggest a ‘mid-tribulation rapture’ will take place, translating the righteous to protect them against the forthcoming destructions.

2021 Feb. 4: Some suggest that, if the half hour of silence began 2000 April 6, that it would end at this date. See https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yMlSIfmOtvI&feature=youtu.be&fbclid=IwAR3Pr62VDj5KD9H49bYmYxJJUdCJlZJHPgTfPwHB9bd5ztDjix1vjxU9UAQ by Brian W.

2021?: Rev. 12 water cast and swallowed – potentially a Utah flood as Utah sits on some fountain? When I was working for BYU physical facilities, I was told by my supervisor who had been working there for decades that BYU is set up to withstand a massive dam breaking, with its own satellites, radio, etc., prepared to be a city independent of surrounding areas.

2021 Spring: If we count from the September 27 2017 sign of Revelation in the sky being fulfilled and giving birth to the child at which time the church flees into the wilderness for 3.5 years, that 3.5 year period is over by this time.

2021-2030? Saints live at the New Jerusalem BEFORE the Second Coming, as stated in Moses 7:62,

62 And righteousness will I send down out of heaven; and truth will I send forth out of the earth, to bear testimony of mine Only Begotten; his resurrection from the dead; yea, and also the resurrection of all men; and righteousness and truth will I cause to sweep the earth as with a flood, to gather out mine elect from the four quarters of the earth, unto a place which I shall prepare, an Holy City, that my people may gird up their loins, and be looking forth for the time of my coming; for there shall be my tabernacle, and it shall be called Zion, a New Jerusalem.”

2021? At some point the political arm of God’s kingdom is put into operation. Dallin H Oaks and D. Todd Christofferson and others with legal backgrounds are in place perhaps to begin the political component of the kingdom of God as the ecclesiastical component is already set up and will remain through the millennium, so does the political component need to be set up and last through the millennium.

2023 Oct. 23rd: It’s been 3.5 years since the temples closed March 23 2020. There may be scriptures referring to significant things taking place after the place of daily sacrifice was closed for 3.5 years.

2024 Major historic Utah temples remodel to upgrade earthquake-proof foundations is completed. Expect major earthquakes in Utah etc. Could be the final destructions at the time of the 2nd Coming of Christ in Glory, or preparation for other destructions before His coming. This is the year the 7-year tribulation is likely fulfilled in America. This is the year of the 2nd total solar eclipse, crossing out the New Jerusalem.

2024 April 8: Solar eclipse, completing (when combined with the 2017 eclipse) an “x” painted over America near Kentucky or Missouri (the New Jerusalem location.) In it’s path 7 cities named Salem which means peace. These crossed out suggests “there is no peace”. Prophets have said Missouri will be wiped clean so we can start construction of the New Jerusalem temple and world headquarters there. This x over this location is an omen that destruction is coming there soon. The X can also significant signify a crossroads or a division, meaning the time when the wicked being separated from the righteous is eminent.

2024 Solar eclipse how it fulfills prophecy: Matthew 24 says the tribulations happen then the sky is darkened then the sign of the coming of the son of man and then Jesus comes. The 2024 solar eclipse can fulfill the prophecy of the sky being dark and after the tribulations. Matthew 24 indicates that the sign of the coming of the son of man and the coming of Jesus are two different things one being a sign that happens a little while before the actual. The first coming of Christ was indicated by a bright celestial sign and the second coming will be as well. Joseph Smith said the sign of the coming of the son of man people will say it’s a comment or a star but what it will actually be also according to Joseph Smith as reported by one of his closest associates is Joseph Smith said that it will be the city of Enoch coming. (These ideas from Aaron Ellis at https://youtu.be/dgvMRA4NRsQ)

2024 Asteroid potentially hits earth. See NASA prediction of major asteroid coming between earth & moon that year. This asteroid is somewhat unstable & irregular, which can result in it hitting earth. The book of Revelation vividly describes a major asteroid hitting the Earth. See Michael Rush video. Could hit Yellowstone, Missouri, or other key locations associated with the destructions to America.

2024 Presidential election(?)

2024-2030 Build & Gather to New Jerusalem. Christ appears there.

2024-2030 Some suggest the 10 tribes return to the New Jerusalem at this time, & 144,000 are set apart for final gathering missions, if they aren’t already.

Some suggest 144,000 is a symbolic number of all righteous saints.

2024-2030 Major destructions of the Book of Revelation taking place. Saints gather to places of safety. As D&C says, all who don’t want war flee to Zion for refuge.

2024-2030 The government collapses after Ezra’s Eagle prophecy is complete, & the feathers & eagle heads are finished, and the lion has ravaged them. Some suggest the lion is the 10 tribes, some suggest its the native Americans / Latinos who storm the USA wiping them out.

2024-2030 As recorded in the Book of Mormon, after the fall of the government in 3 Nephi 9-11, people break up into tribes. These chapters state that these tribes have agreements to not war against each other.

2024-2034: Major cities such as Boston, New York, Albany, etc. either are burned, sink into the sea, or are destroyed by earthquakes etc., as predicted in the D&C. See this reference and supporting statements here: ldslastdays.com/Boston-New-York-and-Albany-Destroyed/.

2021-2030? “Upon my house shall it begin” as indicated in the D&C as the desolating scourge could indicate that an area near Utah where church headquarters are located will trigger world-wide chaos, such as a Yellowstone eruption which would greatly disturb all of the US. Upon my house shall it begin May likely refer to Missouri that’s where the New Jerusalem will be and that’s where the saints were so heavily persecuted.

2027 https://youtu.be/aA7jzYNokeE in about the last 20 minutes of this video by Book of Mormon allegory we see that there are not only a solar eclipse crossing out the United States in the New Jerusalem Missouri but there is a solar eclipse two of them crossing out the old Jerusalem in Palestine just like it was 2017 and 2024 for the New Jerusalem the old Jerusalem’s come in another seven and a four which is 2027 and then 2034 both of them are 7 years apart. we could have the New Jerusalem building and gathering around 2024 and the battle of Armageddon around 2027 and then 7 years to bury the dead on the war weapons and then 2034 the second coming of Christ

2028 Presidential election (?)

2030? last major destructions, 2 prophets in street of Jerusalem 3.5 years. After this, the Lord comes to the Mount of Olives. During all of this, the Saints are already safe at the New Jerusalem, and have been conversing with the Lord there personally.

2030: 200-year anniversary of the organization of the church

2033 2nd Coming at the 2000-year anniversary of the atonement and resurrection of Christ.

2033 In “The Millennial Messiah”, Elder Bruce R. McConkie suggests the gathering of the 10 lost tribes takes place primarily during the Millennium. Missions to gather 10 tribes commence.

2033 Open the letter 50 yr capsule of Featherstone. Stored 1983. Speaks of Lord having come by then. “Those of you who read this letter have witnessed the second coming of Christ, the day for which we have long awaited. What a glorious experience to live in the day when our Lord, our Redeemer, the very Son of God is reigning personally upon the earth. We can imagine what General Conference must be like, to have the Savior address the people.” (Vaughn J. Featherstone, “To My Beloved Fellow Saints in the Twenty- First Century,” (letter, April 6, 1983), https://catalog.churchofjesuschrist.org/assets?id=3438179d-a8c0-499d-a2cc-82d6a239cef7)

2033-2034 Return of Christ matches Book of Mormon timeline: Christ appeared there AD 33-34. Isaiah says to liken scriptures to our day. Mormon said the book was written with our time in mind.

2034 https://youtu.be/aA7jzYNokeE in about the last 20 minutes of this video by Book of Mormon allegory we see that there are not only a solar eclipse crossing out the United States in the New Jerusalem Missouri but there is a solar eclipse two of them crossing out the old Jerusalem in Palestine just like it was 2017 and 2024 for the New Jerusalem the old Jerusalem’s come in another seven and a four which is 2027 and then 2034 both of them are 7 years apart. we could have the New Jerusalem building and gathering around 2024 and the battle of Armageddon around 2027 and then 7 years to bury the dead on the war weapons and then 2034 the second coming of Christ

2033?-3000 The long promised millennium, where Christ reigns on earth with his saints.

3000+: End of the millennium. 2nd battle of Gog & Magog. Adam/Michael defeats Satan’s hosts one last time. Earth’s 7000 year temporal existence is completed. Earth dies and is resurrected as a celestial planet. The saints live there forever until they expand, then they make earths for their spirit children to dwell on. See Doctrines of the Gospel institute manual quote about this.

 

????: Ezra’s Eagle. Some say it was fulfilled in Rome (see this video: ) some say it is being fulfilled now by USA Presidents, etc. (See James Prout’s LastDaysTimeline.com). Dual fulfilments are common in scriptural language.

 

 

 

 

To sort in:

In the time of President David o McKay the church became international

 

president Nelson declared that we are living in the time that Nephi saw

 

Also the Levites dedicated the altar of the temple in late 2018. How about the approximate date of the weddings of the lamb, Nate Richardson?

more evidence that one thousand years to man is a day to God is in that Adam ate the fruit and in the day he did he died

in the Hyrum Andrus lecture of Nephi John part 1 he says 1967 is when the time of the gentiles was fulfilled at the end of the seven days war because that’s when Jerusalem was no longer trodden underfoot by the gentiles  and the scripture says that is when the time of the gentiles is over.

1000-2000 The sixth seal the 144,000 are called This is likely an event that happens in heaven, people are set apart for doing this sort sort of work on Earth. In the days of Joseph Smith several were set apart. It was told to them that the calling among those numbers are already begun. this shows that not only mortal beings but translated and resurrected etc beatings will be part of the 144000.

Joseph Smith changes days to years in the scripture that says The chase by the dragon the woman flees to the wilderness for a thousand and however many days Joseph Smith changes that two years well if you do the math about 570 ad is when the apostasy started and then the woman is done being in the wilderness when the gospel is restored through Joseph Smith

Make sections on the timeline of pre mortality. can include the snake gathering 1/3 with its tail and all that narrative that’s a type of what happened in heaven so it is a type of what happens on Earth

1789 Constitution ratified. 1829 priesthood of God restored. 40 years between these dates. This was a time people repented and became ready for the priesthood. 40 is the repentance window.

apparently marrone I said to Joseph Smith that the 10 tribes will return after the redemption of Zion. See the Zion through the ages lecture by hyrum Andrus.

2033 NASA says blood moons will be happening that year and those blood moons are on all of the holy days

David Ridges points out mark of beast is symbolic. Hand and forehead anciently were marked or tattooed to show allegiance. Our countenance shows such.

David ridges says there’s evidence there’ll be a temple in Egypt!

Chernobyl translates to black grass. It is similar to the word “chornobyl”. Which is wormwood.

add this to the calendar and it could even be a good addition to the we are in the seventh seal document it actually will be very good for that document The Book of Revelation speaks of the calling of the 144,000 and then 7 chapters later it’s not until seven chapters later that it speaks of the hundred forty-four thousand performing their ministry the supports the theory that the calling of these was done in the sixth Seal in the spirit world

 

Book of enoch to come fulfilled, discoveries at time of Nibley and his writing of such

Everything after Revelation 7 is about the seventh seal so we know that the woman in the heavens sign and the Rome Temple dedication are seventh seal events

Hinckley said blood moon is fulfilled if I recall. Ome suggested the Rev scripture of opening of 7th seal with palm leaves and hosanas was fulfilled in navoo temple dedication broadcast year 2000. Nelson said in April ensign the separation of good and bad is about to happen. Nelson said in this conf (or the ensign or something recently) that this is a hinge point in the church. Mcconkie said in millennial Messiah that the half hour of silence after the 7th seal is opened could translate to about 20 years after year 2000. PS things sure are silent right now due to shutdown coronavirus. Temples announced in China and India suggest the gospel to the world is expanding. Hastening of the work Monson said is why the missionary age change. Bednar this conf points out all the temples that have burst open in the last century. Church manuals and scriptures plainly say the seals represent 1000 year periods. I heard someone report that Nelson said in a stake conf that we are living in the 7th seal but I don’t have a quote or sorce on that. Orson Hyde dedicated Jerusalem for the return of Jews around 1960 and Jews have flooded into Jerusalem since then, I think that is fulfilled. Adamondiahman could be a private meeting already done for all we know. Wars in the east see biblical, perhaps not to armegeddon scale yet. Coronavirus shutdown is unprecedented, I’ve had an 80 year old tell me he has never seen anything like this. Tons of people are without jobs and severely hurting at least financially due to the shutdown. I don’t recall where I think it was a recent conference that it was said things aren’t going to get easier from here on out, just harder (though there was optimism this conference about cornona stuff settling down eventually) (but the economic aftermath could be the real killer). Another world wide hosana shout at this conf. The restoration proclamation announced this conf makes it pretty plain for all the world to know. It seems we yet await a temple in Jerusalem, mega temple in Jackson County, big famine maybe already fulfilled). The 2 prophets lying in the streets may have been fulfilled by Joseph and Hyrum (in America which can be considered a Jerusalem so the glove fits, and as JSFoundatiom points out the 3.5 I think year ministry of those prophets is fulfilled by them too because exactly the time lapse from announcement to gather to their death was that interval.) Sealed portion book of Mormon mcconkie says we won’t get until the millennium because we are as a people too wicked and neglect what scripture we have. 144000 we know the ranks for that were already being selected in Joseph Smiths day, and it can be symbolic of having people sharing the gospel from all tribes. Sister Nelson says at a conference in Russia she asked those present to raise the hand depending on which tribe they were and members of all but 1 tribe were in attendance. Translation to endure the tribulations but surely those obedient to word of wisdom (the thou shalts not just the thou shalt nots) are being protected from many of the diseases of our time. Mcconkie said there will yet be martyrs in this dispensation, there are tons of Christians around the world being killed right now because of their Christianity but I think mcconkie may have been referring to leaders of the church and LDS specifically being killed. Gadianton robbers parallel likely fulfilled with 9/11 and subsequent terrorism. War to come on US soul was fulfilled by the civil war but I think prophecy remains to be filled about Chinese invasion in the western US and Russian invasion in the eastern US. I think Benson’s words about having food storage being like getting on Noah’s ark are yet to be fulfilled. I’m excited about Christs personal ministry at the new Jerusalem, this will happen before the grand 2nd coming.
Ezra’s eagle the other wing has started because Trump is the first president elected in 80 years who hasn’t had approval of the CFR. They are trying to make homeschool illegal. We almost elected an open socialist Sanders and an open gay Butigig or whatever. Obama was gay but not openly. Things being shouted on the roof tops is being fulfilled by electronic data tracking and spying.
Supposedly need Antichrist to sit in temple blaspheming still.
‘pray your flight not be in the winter’ could have been fulfilled by the pioneers who got stuck in the snow.
Isaiah 7 women cling to 1 man could have been fulfilled in the polygamy era of the restoration.
There ia a quote that animal blood sacrifice yet to be restored for a season must happen, that’s not happened yet.
There are always rumors about tent cities being prepared by the church, but with the gathering taking place world wide, this is likely an effort of each stake rather than of just one area.
In April ensign Nelson says special saints will live in New Jerusalem, this suggests we will not all herd to that location, but most will stay in their local stakes.
The moon under foot and virgin trevail star virgo alignment stuff was fulfilled in 2017.

 

2020april eyring talk: we help people be ready for the lords 2nd coming.

House bill 6666, see bundy vid, about coming into homes for covid checks, etc

Elder cook April 2019 great love for our fathers children in the subheading preparing eternal families and individuals to dwell with God he said that President Nelson has received profound important Revelations concerning temples and Temple worship this suggests that the changes which were made are very important the robe to the other shoulder and the removal of the veil some have suggested is symbolic of the invitation to the wedding feast being over and the time for the feast to begin as well as the power of women to come forth and not be hidden under availing anymore and the women represent the church so it’s symbolic of the entire church stepping forward in great power

See also April 2019 Elder d Todd christofferson his talk on preparing coming for the Lord

 

on the 10 lost tribes: Joseph Fielding Smith affirms they are together: “The promise is made that they shall return, but to this day they are lost to the world. As they journeyed to the north many of their number straggled and fell behind and mingled with the peoples in the lands through which they passed, but the main body continued on their journey and were hidden by the hand of the Lord. Joseph Fielding Smith, Restoration of All Things (Salt Lake City, Utah: Deseret Book Co., 1945), 131–132.

on the 10 lost tribes, Elder Bruce R. McConkie claims they are scattered in ‘northern countries’. “There is something mysterious and fascinating about believing the Ten Tribes are behind an iceberg somewhere in the land of the north, or that they are on some distant planet that will one day join itself with the earth, or that the tribe of Dan is in Denmark, the tribe of Reuben in Russia, and so forth. A common cliché asserts: “If we knew where the Lost Tribes were, they would not be lost.” True it is that they are lost from the knowledge of the world; they are not seen and recognized as the kingdom they once were; but in general terms, their whereabouts is known. They are scattered in all the nations of the earth, primarily in the nations north of the lands of their first inheritance.” Bruce R. McConkie, A New Witness for the Articles of Faith (Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1985), 520. ISBN 0877478724. ISBN 978-0877478720

Bruce’s son Joseph Fielding McConkie has an article with a similar idea entitled “Scriptural Search for The Ten Tribes & Other Things We Lost”. Some argue this article makes light of revelations in D&C about them being together, etc.

may1 2020 bill 6666 come to our homes. see bundy vid

Isaiah scripture about I cannot read a sealed book

pause this gives Joseph the case of the gathering of Israel from the four corners of the earth and the leading of the ten tribes back noticed the Israel is gathered and the 10 tribes are lead

Isaiah 59 verse 20 through 21 says after the 10 tribes return then the Lord appears in Zion

the after the 7th after the half-hour of silence and then the seven plagues you can and the six flag is when they start fighting against Jerusalem and then Christ comes to the Mount of Olives parts of the mountain there’s great earthquake

Post this document in the Isaiah discovering Isaiah group

review the talk from this conference rasband prophecy fulfilled and review the talk Bednar on temples etc this conference

Some future date the records of the other lost tribes and the sealed portion of the Book of Mormon come forth these may be related to each other

Joseph sees the sword of Laban in the cave and then returns and the sword is unsheathed with the words that it will remain achieved until the return of the Lord

could include that in the millennium people are translated to a terrestrial State and there is no death or pain and at the age of a tree the age of 100 they are changed into an eternal state of Glory also include other things like the eventual Second Battle and second burning of the earth and the resurrection to the kingdoms of Glory and the Earth being hurtled back into space near the presence of God
And that resurrected people first off terrestrial people during the millennium can have offspring but resurrected people have spiritual offspring they eventually make places for them to dwell become gods etc

Add a link to Bednar vid 5 yr

president Nelson reminds us that those without the Holy Spirit as their guide will not be able to stand the upcoming days you can’t be living on borrowed light

president Nelson footnotes to general conference address tells us to study certain scriptures about being translated and seeing the face of God that these are the privileges we are living beneath

come follow me at home study manual issued to all Saints so that they are all guided and reading book of Mormon curriculum together throughout the year. this potentially correlates with the fence and when the church as a whole gets to the appearance of the Savior portion of the study it would not be surprising If the Savior made some sort of appearance

Isaiah says in the last days seven women will cleave to one man this could have been fulfilled in the days of Joseph Smith it also can potentially be yet to be fulfilled in a time of desperate war.

Pioneers make a modern-day Exodus with Brigham Young to the west

Dates of Moroni first appearing to Joseph

Dates of Columbus

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter Alternate Timeline of Events: Not in 7th Seal & Tribulation Yet edit

 

Some say that because certain events are not yet fulfilled, we may be at a different place in a timeline than what was considered above.

  1. The half hour of silence may actually be a 30 minute time period. Something of a transition, when something is finished, and we with gaping jaw behold a transition come about.
  2. The ten tribes aren’t gathered yet
  3. The tribulations of 7 years before the Lord’s return will likely be very monumental and hard to survive spiritually and physically.
  4. The 2nd American Civil War hasn’t started yet
  5. The foreign invasion from Russian and China haven’t started yet.
  6. Some say the 144,000 aren’t ready yet
  7. We aren’t gathered to New Jerusalem in Missouri yet
  8. The Lost Tribes aren’t gathered yet.
  9. Some say the heavens as a scroll and great earthquake have not happened yet.

 

All of this said, we know things can happen at any time. We must watch and be ready always. Current events have been particularly troublesome and we have no excuse to not be prepared, even if it costs us significantly to do so, such as putting of an education, working evenings and weekends (but not the Sabbath), etc.

 

Chapter 5. Apocalyptic Themes of the Oct. 2020 General Conference shorten or delete

 

Disclaimer: These are my notes and do not represent a balanced summary of the author’s work. I have selected portions of the text which were relevant to me and placed them here in my own words, in an abbreviated fashion. Though this article introduces some main ideas from the text, it is bias toward what I felt were ideas of particular importance. This should not be considered a scholarly work, but rather an informal sharing of discovered ideas. I alone am responsible for this article, which I share via my personal non-profit website.

This is an abbreviated version of my notes of the October 2020 General Conference of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, highlighting apocalyptic comments. For my full notes on the conference use this link: http://richardsonstudies.com/2020/10/04/general-conference-highlights-october-2020/

President Nelson:

In this shutdown pandemic time make particular efforts to improve spiritually.

Elder Bednar:

Teachers key role is helping students learn how to learn for themselves.

Tests are critical in teaching.

Food storage and other emergency prep is still in effect. (Note: it seems there has been a half hour of silence on this topic at general conference, which had now ended)

When prepared, the final exams are easy. (Note: this can apply to last days . If we are prepared spiritually and temporally it will be easier thank our present condition.)

Be prepared to gather together in holy places and be not moved until the Lord come.

Middle ground options will be removed.

Not making a choice is a choice. Learn to make choices now.

Whiting of the Seventy:

If others can attain Christ’s attributes, do can we.

Sister Smith:

Hope to be like Christ when he appears

Song: come ye children if the Lord (note: it’s a song about the millennium)

Elder Cook:

Feed any strangers who come to your home asking for food.

200 years have passed since the first vision. This is a hinge point in the church. 200 years passed between Christ to the Nephites and the time they became wicked. In the 201st year people became horrendously evil. God had to send judgments upon them.

Elder Rasband:

A temple recommend means we are recommended for the presence of the Lord.

Let go of cultural practices not in harmony with the gospel.

President Oaks:

Obeying God’s commands are possible because he said ask and ye shall receive.

Christ said don’t do a revolution, be subject to the law.

As Abe Lincoln said, there is no grievance which justifies mob activity.

Mob activity is anarchy and undermines individual rights.

The USA must do better than other countries, our constitution calls for it.

Elder Christofferson
:

Civilizations can fall when they ignore basic principles.

When consent is the only restraint to sexuality, the society is in decay.

Elder Gong:

When we share the gospel we are fulfilling prophecy.

Brother Waddel:

Despite our poverty the Lord does not excuse us from getting food storage water storage and other preparations. If we prepare we can have bread.

Next guy:

Satan whispers that our trials are from our sins.

John the revelator saw us as those that came out of great tribulation. (Note: this verifies that the 7th seal opened in year 2000, that we have come out of great tribulation, and qualify to fulfil the scripture of the multitude spoken of in Rev. 7 symbolic of the Palmyra Temple dedication.)

Next guy:

Don’t hold on to false cultural traditions.
(Note: this is the second time this was stated at this conference. This could suggest our society is so corrupt it’s getting hard to remain pure therein, which could suggest it’s almost time to leave.)

The world is in desperate need of healing. (Note: this affirms the time of trial is now, and the time of healing is eminent.)

Elder Uchtdorf:

We like seeds are being buried by trials so we can become flowers.

Something wonderful & unimaginable is about to come about.

Speaks of city of Enoch.

Things might get worse before they get better.

Chose how to prepare and react in times of crisis with clarity. Do this by returning to fundamentals. Make decisions on best proven practices.

The day will come when we will look back on this time period as one where we learned new ways to build gods kingdom on a more sure foundation.

The Lord will cause unimaginable things to come from your righteous labors.

President Eyring:

Every day we approach closer to when the Savior will come again

There are glorious promises to be fulfilled before He returns.

The Lord will come to a people who have gathered and prepared to live as the city of Enoch.

God will preserve his people in the midst of blackened skies and a shaken earth.

There will be a holy city the new Jerusalem where we will look forward to the Lords return.

We will create a Zion culture and live in new Jerusalem.

The angels can’t be restrained from being your associates, you are being prepared for that, live up to it.

This dispensation is distinct because the Lord will prepare us to live as the city of Enoch.

The city of Enoch will return and join the new Jerusalem.

If the past repeats itself the women will be more than half of those ready. Likely far more than half.

You will live in the sociality of Zion. You will be blessed by the Lord there.

God will go before your face as you help him make his people into the promised Zion.

President Oaks:

Be of good cheer after the trials come the great blessings. You can find joy in the trials that lie ahead.

In the long view of eternity opposition will not be allowed to overcome us.

The riots now are the most severe many of us can remember.

Poverty persecution frustrations and martyrdom were what marked Joseph Smith’s life.

Joseph Smith maintained a cheery temperament and the love and loyalty of his members.

Many missionaries were sent out at the time that could be called their worst.

Missions back then we’re 3-7 years, and not considered very long.

Our decisions are in the daily ones of life, but he not weary in well doing, for we are laying the foundation.

Life is meant to be hard not so we fail bit so we succeed through overcoming.

President Nelson:

The way to face these last days is simple: if ye are prepared ye shall not fear.

Store food water and financial reserves.

Even more important than temporal preparation is spiritual and emotional preparation.

In the Book of Mormon to prepare they made places of security, and never stopped preparing the people physically and spiritually.

When Lamanites attacked Nephites they were astonished at the prepared walls etc of he Nephites.

Your home is the first line of defense.

Stakes of Zion are also a refuge as they are led by key holders.

The temple is a place of security unlike any other.

The endowment gives constant access to God’s power.

A place of security is where you can feel the Holy Ghost.

You can teach truth even when it’s counter culture.

Having places if security to which you can retreat will help you embrace the future with faith.

Faith increases as seek learning & obey God.

Always remembering God is what learning by faith means.

Few things build faith more than regular emersion in the Book of Mormon.

The Book of Mormon is our latter-day survival guide.

Life with God is a life filled with peace.

Personal revelation is one of the greatest blessings.

We can obtain boundless gifts of the spirit.

Moroni never became complacent. Satan never stops attacking, we can never stop preparing temporally or spiritually against Satan’s relentless assaults.

Instilling faith in your loved ones will bring blessings for generations.

This is the latter part of these latter days.

The future will be glorious for those who are prepared to be instruments in the Lord’s hands.

Turbulent times allow our influence to be much more penetrating than in calm times.

We can hope for deliverance.

Song: if the Savior stood beside me

President Ballard:

Watch and pray to be prepared to be with the Savior.

Troubled times will precede the Second Coming.

We are at a major crossroads in history.

Pray for your country and national leaders. For those who hate you.

Speaks of one who lead her family to a different land which brought safety.

Redouble your commitment to prayer in your closet your walk always in your heart, for church leaders to receive Revelation of how to guide us, etc.

Pray to be able to focus on your important work and clarity will come to your mind.

Sister Harness:

People panic even when they’re not in much trouble. We can help them calm down.

Elder Soares:

Temptation is like a magnet; it has no power if we keep it far away. (Note: consider ways to flee Babylon)

Godoy of the Seventy:

The Lord is always looking for people who are willing to he angels in others’ lives.

Church members are a giant army of angels set apart to minister to others.

Elder Anderson:

In the last 10 years 30 million people have stopped believing in the divinity of Christ

Speak of Christ more as others speak of him less.

Be more open on social media in talking about your trust in Christ.

We care more about being Christ’s followers than being liked by our own followers.

In the days ahead those who believe in Jesus Christ will need each other’s friendship.

He displayed a picture of glorious Christ coming to a modern group of people.

Can you imagine being caught up to meet the Savior? That is his promise to you. That experience will change you forever.

President Nelson:

He has been praying and fasting on meanings of gathering.

Israel means Let God prevail.

The Lord is gathering those who will let God prevail in their lives.

Foretold gatherings are happening right now. As the event before the millennium it is the most important thing in the world.

Anything that helps people make and keep covenants is gathering Israel.

When we fuss about death it is myopic (near sighted).

Pray to be lead to those who are willing to let God prevail.

Let what God needs you to do take priority over every other ambition.

Let your will be swallowed up by God’s will.

Despite feeling alone or tired fight temptation by saying let God prevail.

Learn to receive and act on personal revelation, this takes great effort.

Embolden evil abounds, Satan is no longer even trying to hide his tactics.

Over the next 6 months, make a scriptural list of all God has promised for Israel in the scriptures. Speak of these with family and friends. Watch for them to be fulfilled in your life.

Song: for I am called by thy name

President Eyring:

If it’s not hard times for you now, it will be.

God fed manna to Israel as they wandered to the promised land.

Joseph Smith one of God’s greatest prophets had to go to jail.

Our tests must be so hard so we can live in his presence.

As you live worthy of the Holy Ghost, the Lord will guide you to safety, even when you cannot see the way.

Help others even when we are being sorely tested.

When we lift another’s burden even a little, our backs are strengthened.

President Kimball said when we suffer deeply for a long time, it is because the Lord is polishing us a little more.

Jaggi of the Seventy:

The book of James says when we are tried, count it as joy.

Patience is the key to letting trials work to our good.

Elder Stevenson:

Sometimes we are not called to go to special gatherings while others are due to how far away we are geographically. (Note: This could apply to a forthcoming Adam-ondi-Ahman meeting, or the gathering to the New Jerusalem in general.)

New testament accounts God’s servants preaching singing etc. even while shackled or on house arrest for years.

While running from those who sought his life, Joseph Smith wrote of how the gospel makes us glad, and said have courage and go forward, and said let the earth break forth into singing.

Brother Camargo:

An Apostle recently said, Pray about your concerns fears and weaknesses then record your impressions and follow through. Repeating this, you’ll grow into the principle of Revelation.

Personal revelation comments.

Song: guide us oh thou great Jehovah

Elder Holland:

Most often faithful people have it rough.

Life can’t be faith filled while stress free.

We can’t ask God to keep us from the very things that made Him divine, then expect to have his virtues.

Christianity is comforting but often not comfortable.

The right path takes time and tenacity to walk.

We are working spiritual gardens. The seeds must be nourished, and we must wait for it to mature.  When Alma talked about this he repeated 3 times that we need patience and to keep working at it.

Those who trust the Lord will mount up as with eagles wings, run and not be weary.

President Nelson:

Have joyful anticipation.

God wants us to be optimistic about the future.

Our divine mandate is to prepare ourselves and the world for the Second Coming of the Lord.

Song: God be with you till we meet again

 

 

 

Chapter 6. Who Won’t Abide the Day of Christ’s Coming

“But who may abide the day of his coming? and who shall stand when he appeareth? for he is like a refiner’s fire, and like fullers’ soap” (Malachi 3:2)

-non-tithe payers have no guarantee to not be burned at His coming (D&C 64:23)

-LDS who don’t do their family history work will be consumed at His coming (Kimball, “The Things of Eternity- Stand we in Jeopardy?” Ensign Jan. 1977, p.7) (see also D&C 128:24)

-those who don’t pray always to resist temptation will not abide the day of His coming (D&C 61:39)

-Those who don’t have food storage may not survive the last days (Pres. Benson said having food storage in these days is similar to boarding Noah’s ark before the flood: “From the standpoint of food production, storage, handling, and the Lord’s counsel, wheat should have high priority. “There is more salvation and security in wheat,” said Orson Hyde years ago, “than in all the political schemes of the world” (in Journal of Discourses, 2:207). Water, of course, is essential. Other basics could include honey or sugar, legumes, milk products or substitutes, and salt or its equivalent. The revelation to produce and store food may be as essential to our temporal welfare today as boarding the ark was to the people in the days of Noah.” (Oct. 1980 Benson Conf. Report, https://www.lds.org/general-conference/1980/10/prepare-for-the-days-of-tribulation?lang=eng))

–The glory of the Savior’s presence will consume the wicked (see Nahum 1:5–10; D&C 133:41; 5:19) (See also LDS Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch 36 The Lord’s Second Coming (https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrines-of-the-gospel-student-manual/chapter-36-the-lords-second-coming?lang=eng))

-At Jesus’ coming to the Nephites, which is typical of the 2nd Coming to come: those who survived the destructions were those who were not stoning and casting out the prophets. “ O that we had repented before this great and terrible day, and had not killed and stoned the prophets, and cast them out; then would our mothers and our fair daughters, and our children have been spared, and not have been buried up” (3 Ne. 8:25)

–D&C 133:41–51 (the wicked to be destroyed at His coming)

-“ He comes! with all the hosts of the righteous glorified. The breath of his lips strikes death to the wicked. His glory is a consuming fire. The proud and rebellious are as stubble; they are burned and ‘left neither root nor branch.’ He sweeps the earth ‘as with the besom of destruction.’ He deluges the earth with the fiery floods of his wrath, and the filthiness and abominations of the world are consumed. ” (Doctrines of the gospel LSD student manual Second Coming: Penruse, “Second Advent” , 583)

-“The third appearance of Christ will be to the rest of the world. …
All nations will see Him ‘in the clouds of heaven, clothed with power and great glory; with all the holy angels; …
And the Lord shall utter his voice, and all the ends of the earth shall hear it; and the nations of the earth shall mourn, and they that have laughed shall see their folly.
And calamity shall cover the mocker, and the scorner shall be consumed; and they that have watched for iniquity shall be hewn down and cast into the fire.’ (D&C 45:44, 49–50.)” (Doctrines of the gospel LSD student manual Second Coming: (Ezra Taft Benson, “Five Marks of the Divinity of Jesus Christ,” New Era, Dec. 1980, 49–50))

-“We shall not escape [the judgements] unless we repent, turn to the Lord, honor our Priesthood and our membership in this Church, and be true and faithful to our covenants” (President Joseph Fielding Smith, Conference Report, Apr. 1937, 62)

-“Will he [Jesus] receive us to himself? Are we prepared for his coming and kingdom and the fulness thereof, unless we are sanctified, and lay aside sin, and do right? No. We must sanctify ourselves, and keep the commandments of God, and do those things that are required at our hands, before we can be prepared for the coming of the Great Bridegroom.” (Wilford Woodruff, Journal of Discourses, 2:202)

–-“In our day we are warned in a revelation to the Prophet Joseph Simth, that unless we are more righteous than those who are receiving destruction at the present time in many parts of the world, we, too, must lose our birthright and our opportunity and be destroyed here in the flesh. We will not be justified by saying we are living as well as other people. That is not sufficient, my brethren. We have a special destiny if we live for it. That destiny is to live here upon this earth when it becomes the Celestial Kingdom, where God our Heavely Father and His Son Jesus Christ will be our King and our Lawgiver” (President George Albert Smith, Conference Report, Oct. 1943, 45)

–-“[The Lord] has told us in great plainness that the world will be in distress, that there will be warfare from one end of the world to the other, that the wicked shall slay the wicked and that peace shall be taken from the earth. And He has said, too, that the only place where there will be safety will be in Zion. Will we make this Zion? Will we keep it to be Zion, because Zion means the pure in heart?” (George Albert Smith, in Conference Report, Oct. 1941, 99). (https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrines-of-the-gospel-student-manual/chapter-35-the-fall-of-babylon-and-the-establishment-of-zion?lang=eng)

–-“ 41 But as it was in the days of Noah, so it shall be also at the coming of the Son of Man;

42 For it shall be with them, as it was in the days which were before the flood; for until the day that Noah entered into the ark they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage;

43 And knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of Man be.” (JS-M 1:41-43)

–-“The one who is taken, of the two laboring side by side, is the righteous one, the one to be gathered with the saints. He is taken to the body of the Church.” (Elder Bruce R. McConkie, Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, 1:670.)

–-Moses 8:22 earth filled with violence before flood at time of Noah

–-Moses 8:19-24 Noah’s contemporaries rejected the preaching of repentance and baptism and faith and the Holy Ghost.

-Moses 7:43 flood swallowed the wicked

–“All things are in commotion. Never has there been such a day as this. The newspapers of the world, as well as radio and television, speak only of war and calamity and the dread that hangs like a millstone around every neck. …
“And the signs in heaven above are like nothing man has ever seen. Blood is everywhere; fire and vapors of smoke fill the atmospheric heavens. No man has seen a rainbow this year. …
“And above all are the vexing words of those Mormon Elders! They are everywhere preaching their strange doctrine, saying that the coming of the Lord is near, and that unless men repent and believe the gospel they will be destroyed by the brightness of his coming. In this setting, as these and ten thousand like things are in progress, suddenly, quickly, as from the midst of eternity, He comes! Fire burns before him; tempests spread destruction; the earth trembles and reels to and fro as a drunken man. Every corruptible thing is consumed.” (Doctrines of the gospel LSD student manual Second Coming:McConkie, Millennial Messiah, 21–22)

– “When the Lord comes in his glory, in flaming fire, that fire will both cleanse the vineyard and burn the earth. In that day, so intense shall be the heat and so universal the burning, the very elements of which this earth is composed shall melt. The mountains, high and glorious and made of solid rock, shall melt like wax. They shall become molten and flow down into the valleys below. The very earth itself, as now constituted, shall be dissolved. All things shall burn with fervent heat. And out of it all shall come new heavens and a new earth whereon dwelleth righteousness” (Doctrines of the gospel LSD student manual Second Coming:McConkie,Millennial Messiah, 526–27)

-“Now brethren and sisters, the great day of the Lord is coming. It is going to be a terrible day. The wicked are going to be destroyed, and when I say the wicked I do not mean everybody outside the Mormon Church. There will be countless millions of people not of this Church spared because they are not ripe in iniquity and to them we will preach the everlasting Gospel and bring them unto Christ” (Doctrines of the gospel LSD student manual Second Coming: Charles A. Callis, in Conference Report, Apr. 1935, 18)

 

Chapter 7. Who Will Abide the Day of Christ’s Coming –needs formatting

Righteous people will be spared:

 

-Mormon 6:22 shows people who didn’t repent before the day of their destruction.

-The Lord will bless the righteous: Ps. 5:12

-The eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous: Ps. 34:15, 17; ( 1 Pet. 3:12; )

Blessed are they who hunger and thirst after righteousness: Matt. 5:6; ( 3 Ne. 12:6; )

The righteous go into life eternal: Matt. 25:46;

The fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much: James 5:16;

He that is righteous is favored of God: 1 Ne. 17:35;

He will preserve the righteous; they need not fear: 1 Ne. 22:17, 22;

Satan will have no power because of the righteousness of the Lord’s people: 1 Ne. 22:26;

If there be no righteousness there be no happiness: 2 Ne. 2:13;

The righteous shall inherit the kingdom of God: 2 Ne. 9:18;

The righteous fear not the words of truth: 2 Ne. 9:40;

The names of the righteous shall be written in the book of life: Alma 5:58;

Stand, having on the breastplate of righteousness: D&C 27:16; ( Eph. 6:14; )

The death of the righteous is sweet unto them: D&C 42:46;

The righteous shall be gathered out from among all nations: D&C 45:71;

He who does the works of righteousness shall receive peace in this world and eternal life in the world to come: D&C 59:23;

At the Second Coming, there will be an entire separation of the righteous and the wicked: D&C 63:54;

Among the righteous there was peace: D&C 138:22;

3 Nephi 4:30

  • Book of Mormon

And they did rejoice and cry again with one voice, saying: May the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, protect this people in righteousness, so long as they shall call on the name of their God for protection.

Psalms 119:117

  • Old Testament

Hold thou me up, and I shall be safe: and I will have respect unto thy statutes continually.

1 Samuel 12:11

  • Old Testament

And the Lord sent Jerubbaal, and Bedan, and Jephthah, and Samuel, and delivered you out of the hand of your enemies on every side, and ye dwelled safe.

Proverbs 29:25

  • Old Testament

The fear of man bringeth a snare: but whoso putteth his trust in the Lord shall be safe.

Proverbs 18:10

  • Old Testament

The name of the Lord is a strong tower: the righteous runneth into it, and is safe.

Job 21:9

  • Old Testament

Their houses are safe from fear, neither is the rod of God upon them.

Ezekiel 34:27

  • Old Testament

And the tree of the field shall yield her fruit, and the earth shall yield her increase, and they shall be safe in their land, and shall know that I am the Lord, when I have broken the bands of their yoke, and delivered them out of the hand of those that served themselves of them.

Psalms 4:8

  • Old Testament

I will both lay me down in peace, and sleep: for thou, Lord, only makest me dwell in safety.

2 Nephi 24:30

  • Book of Mormon

And the first-born of the poor shall feed, and the needy shall lie down in safety

Psalms 12:5

  • Old Testament

For the oppression of the poor, for the sighing of the needy, now will I arise, saith the Lord; I will set him in safety from him that puffeth at him.

Deuteronomy 33:12

  • Old Testament

¶And of Benjamin he said, The beloved of the Lord shall dwell in safety by him; and the Lord shall cover him all the day long, and he shall dwell between his shoulders.

Deuteronomy 33:28

  • Old Testament

Israel then shall dwell in safety alone: the fountain of Jacob shall be upon a land of corn and wine; also his heavens shall drop down dew.

-Prov. 24:6 in multitude of counsellors there is safety.

Job 5:11

  • Old Testament

To set up on high those that be low; that those which mourn may be exalted to safety.

Job 11:18

  • Old Testament

And thou shalt be secure, because there is hope; yea, thou shalt dig about thee, and thou shalt take thy rest in safety.

Leviticus 25:18

  • Old Testament

¶Wherefore ye shall do my statutes, and keep my judgments, and do them; and ye shall dwell in the land in safety.

Leviticus 25:19

  • Old Testament

And the land shall yield her fruit, and ye shall eat your fill, and dwell therein in safety.

D&C 45:66

  • Doctrine and Covenants

And it shall be called the New Jerusalem, a land of peace, a city of refuge, a place of safety for the saints of the Most High God;

D&C 45:68

  • Doctrine and Covenants

And it shall come to pass among the wicked, that every man that will not take his sword against his neighbor must needs flee unto Zion for safety.

Deuteronomy 12:10

  • Old Testament

But when ye go over Jordan, and dwell in the land which the Lord your God giveth you to inherit, and when he giveth you rest from all your enemies round about, so that ye dwell in safety;

-Moroni had kept the commandments of God in preparing for the safety of his people.  Alma 49:27

D&C 134:1

  • Doctrine and Covenants

We believe that governments were instituted of God for the benefit of man; and that he holds men accountable for their acts in relation to them, both in making laws and administering them, for the good and safety of society.

D&C 105:25

  • Doctrine and Covenants

And behold, I will give unto you favor and grace in their eyes, that you may rest in peace and safety, while you are saying unto the people: Execute judgment and justice for us according to law, and redress us of our wrongs.

Moses 7:20

  • Pearl of Great Price

And it came to pass that Enoch talked with the Lord; and he said unto the Lord: Surely Zion shall dwell in safety forever. But the Lord said unto Enoch: Zion have I blessed, but the residue of the people have I cursed.

– Alma 34:16 And thus mercy can satisfy the demands of justice, and encircles them in the arms of safety, while he that exercises no faith unto repentance is exposed to the whole law of the demands of justice; therefore only unto him that has faith unto repentance is brought about the great and eternal plan of redemption.

Job 11:18

  • Old Testament

And thou shalt be secure, because there is hope

D&C 109:11

  • Doctrine and Covenants

And in a manner that we may be found worthy, in thy sight, to secure a fulfilment of the promises which thou hast made unto us, thy people, in the revelations given unto us;

Judges 18:10

  • Old Testament

When ye go, ye shall come unto a people secure, and to a large land: for God hath given it into your hands; a place where there is no want of any thing that is in the earth.

D&C 51:4

  • Doctrine and Covenants

…he shall appoint a man his portion, give unto him a writing that shall secure unto him his portion, that he shall hold it, even this right and this inheritance in the church, until he transgresses and is not accounted worthy by the voice of the church, according to the laws and covenants

D&C 24:3

  • Doctrine and Covenants

Magnify thine office; and after thou hast sowed thy fields and secured them, go speedily unto the church which is in Colesville, Fayette, and Manchester, and they shall support thee; and I will bless them both spiritually and temporally;

D&C 101:65

  • Doctrine and Covenants

…I must gather together my people, according to the parable of the wheat and the tares, that the wheat may be secured in the garners to possess eternal life, and be crowned with celestial glory, when I shall come in the kingdom of my Father to reward every man according as his work shall be

Prayer

  • The Guide to the Scriptures

The object of prayer is not to change the will of God, but to secure for ourselves and for others blessings that God is already willing to grant, but that we must ask for in order to obtain.

Jeremiah 29:7

  • Old Testament

And seek the peace of the city whither I have caused you to be carried away captives, and pray unto the Lord for it: for in the peace thereof shall ye have peace.

JST, Genesis 14:33

  • Joseph Smith Translation

And now, Melchizedek was a priest of this order; therefore he obtained peace

Isaiah 57:19

  • Old Testament

I create the fruit of the lips; Peace, peace to him that is far off, and to him that is near, saith the Lord; and I will heal him.

Luke 10:6

  • New Testament

And if the son of peace be there, your peace shall rest upon it: if not, it shall turn to you again.

2 Thessalonians 3:16

  • New Testament

Now the Lord of peace himself give you peace always by all means. The Lord be with you all.

James 3:18

  • New Testament

And the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace.

John 14:27

  • New Testament

Peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you: not as the world giveth, give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid.

2 Corinthians 13:11

  • New Testament

Finally, brethren, farewell. Be perfect, be of good comfort, be of one mind, live in peace; and the God of love and peace shall be with you.

Isaiah 27:5

  • Old Testament

Or let him take hold of my strength, that he may make peace with me; and he shall make peace with me.

Matthew 10:13

  • New Testament

And if the house be worthy, let your peace come upon it: but if it be not worthy, let your peace return to you.

Peace

  • The Guide to the Scriptures

In the scriptures, peace can mean either freedom from conflict and turmoil or the inner calm and comfort born of the Spirit that God gives to his faithful Saints.

Leviticus 7:29

  • Old Testament

Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, He that offereth the sacrifice of his peace offerings unto the Lord shall bring his oblation unto the Lord of the sacrifice of his peace offerings.

Numbers 30:14

  • Old Testament

But if her husband altogether hold his peace at her from day to day; then he establisheth all her vows, or all her bonds, which are upon her: he confirmeth them, because he held his peace at her in the day that he heard them.

Alma 24:19

  • Book of Mormon

And thus we see that, when these Lamanites were brought to believe and to know the truth, they were firm, and would suffer even unto death rather than commit sin; and thus we see that they buried their weapons of peace, or they buried the weapons of war, for peace.

Ether 9:22

  • Book of Mormon

And after he had anointed Coriantum to reign in his stead he lived four years, and he saw peace in the land; yea, and he even saw the Son of Righteousness, and did rejoice and glory in his day; and he died in peace.

Zephaniah 1:7

  • Old Testament

Hold thy peace at the presence of the Lord God: for the day of the Lord is at hand: for the Lord hath prepared a sacrifice, he hath bid his guests.

Psalms 119:165

  • Old Testament

Great peace have they which love thy law: and nothing shall offend them.

Isaiah 57:2

  • Old Testament

He shall enter into peace: they shall rest in their beds, each one walking in his uprightness.

Isaiah 57:21

  • Old Testament

There is no peace, saith my God, to the wicked.

Psalms 122:8

  • Old Testament

For my brethren and companions’ sakes, I will now say, Peace be within thee.

Psalms 128:6

  • Old Testament

Yea, thou shalt see thy children’s children, and peace upon Israel.

Colossians 3:15

  • New Testament

And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful.

Romans 16:20

  • New Testament

And the God of peace shall bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.

1 Nephi 20:18

  • Book of Mormon

O that thou hadst hearkened to my commandments—then had thy peace been as a river, and thy righteousness as the waves of the sea.

-God hath called us to peace.  1 Cor. 7:15

Alma 38:15

  • Book of Mormon

And may the Lord bless your soul, and receive you at the last day into his kingdom, to sit down in peace.

1 Thessalonians 5:23

  • New Testament

And the very God of peace sanctify you wholly; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless unto the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ.

Isaiah 26:3

  • Old Testament

Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on thee: because he trusteth in thee.

Isaiah 26:12

  • Old Testament

¶Lord, thou wilt ordain peace for us: for thou also hast wrought all our works in us.

Judges 6:23

  • Old Testament

And the Lord said unto him, Peace be unto thee; fear not: thou shalt not die.

Isaiah 32:17

  • Old Testament

And the work of righteousness shall be peace; and the effect of righteousness quietness and assurance for ever.

Luke 2:14

  • New Testament

Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men.

Ephesians 1:2

  • New Testament

Grace be to you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ.

2 Peter 3:14

  • New Testament

Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found of him in peace, without spot, and blameless.

Psalms 29:11

  • Old Testament

The Lord will give strength unto his people; the Lord will bless his people with peace.

Ezekiel 34:25

  • Old Testament

And I will make with them a covenant of peace, and will cause the evil beasts to cease out of the land: and they shall dwell safely in the wilderness, and sleep in the woods.

Isaiah 38:17

  • Old Testament

Behold, for peace I had great bitterness: but thou hast in love to my soul delivered it from the pit of corruption: for thou hast cast all my sins behind thy back.

Psalms 72:3

  • Old Testament

The mountains shall bring peace to the people, and the little hills, by righteousness.

Psalms 72:7

  • Old Testament

In his days shall the righteous flourish; and abundance of peace so long as the moon endureth.

Luke 8:48

  • New Testament

And he said unto her, Daughter, be of good comfort: thy faith hath made thee whole; go in peace.

Exodus 18:23

  • Old Testament

If thou shalt do this thing, and God command thee so, then thou shalt be able to endure, and all this people shall also go to their place in peace.

Psalms 37:11

  • Old Testament

But the meek shall inherit the earth; and shall delight themselves in the abundance of peace.

Psalms 37:37

  • Old Testament

Mark the perfect man, and behold the upright: for the end of that man is peace.

Psalms 147:14

  • Old Testament

He maketh peace in thy borders, and filleth thee with the finest of the wheat.

Romans 5:1

  • New Testament

Therefore being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ:

Jude 1:2

  • New Testament

Mercy unto you, and peace, and love, be multiplied.

Proverbs 16:7

  • Old Testament

When a man’s ways please the Lord, he maketh even his enemies to be at peace with him.

Isaiah 54:10

  • Old Testament

For the mountains shall depart, and the hills be removed; but my kindness shall not depart from thee, neither shall the covenant of my peace be removed, saith the Lord that hath mercy on thee.

Isaiah 54:13

  • Old Testament

And all thy children shall be taught of the Lord; and great shall be the peace of thy children.

Numbers 25:12

  • Old Testament

Wherefore say, Behold, I give unto him my covenant of peace:

Luke 24:36

  • New Testament

¶And as they thus spake, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you.

Galatians 6:16

  • New Testament

And as many as walk according to this rule, peace be on them, and mercy, and upon the Israel of God.

Isaiah 60:17

  • Old Testament

For brass I will bring gold, and for iron I will bring silver, and for wood brass, and for stones iron: I will also make thy officers peace, and thine exactors righteousness.

Romans 15:13

  • New Testament

Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, that ye may abound in hope, through the power of the Holy Ghost.

Jeremiah 23:17

  • Old Testament

They say still unto them that despise me, The Lord hath said, Ye shall have peace; and they say unto every one that walketh after the imagination of his own heart, No evil shall come upon you.

Acts 11:18

  • New Testament

When they heard these things, they held their peace, and glorified God, saying, Then hath God also to the Gentiles granted repentance unto life.

Isaiah 62:1

  • Old Testament

For Zion’s sake will I not hold my peace, and for Jerusalem’s sake I will not rest, until the righteousness thereof go forth as brightness, and the salvation thereof as a lamp that burneth.

Mosiah 14:5

  • Book of Mormon

But he was wounded for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon him; and with his stripes we are healed.

Joshua 10:21

  • Old Testament

And all the people returned to the camp to Joshua at Makkedah in peace: none moved his tongue against any of the children of Israel.

Psalms 55:18

  • Old Testament

He hath delivered my soul in peace from the battle that was against me: for there were many with me.

1 Samuel 11:15

  • Old Testament

And all the people went to Gilgal; and there they made Saul king before the Lord in Gilgal; and there they sacrificed sacrifices of peace offerings before the Lord; and there Saul and all the men of Israel rejoiced greatly.

Leviticus 26:6

  • Old Testament

And I will give peace in the land, and ye shall lie down, and none shall make you afraid: and I will rid evil beasts out of the land, neither shall the sword go through your land.

Daniel 10:19

  • Old Testament

And said, O man greatly beloved, fear not: peace be unto thee, be strong, yea, be strong. And when he had spoken unto me, I was strengthened, and said, Let my lord speak; for thou hast strengthened me.

Zechariah 6:13

  • Old Testament

Even he shall build the temple of the Lord; and he shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon his throne; and he shall be a priest upon his throne: and the counsel of peace shall be between them both.

 

 

 

Chapter 8. The Prophet Joseph: More Than We Know by the Joseph Smith Foundation – Documentary Highlights

 

These highlights are shared with permission of the author.

Key Points: The root of Jesse is Joseph Smith, he is the servant of Christ, the David of the latter days who will yet have political and ecclesiastical authority over all the earth, who will return in the flesh to lay out inheritances in Missouri the New Jerusalem, who will unite old and new Jerusalem, who will call down the plagues of the last days, a Millennial leader under Christ like Joseph in Egypt was under Pharaoh in his day, etc. As Jesus is the revealer of the Father, so is Joseph Smith the revealer of Jesus. As Jesus visited his people after his resurrection, so will Joseph Smith after his. Joseph will lead the Great Council of God in Zion and Jerusalem. Like Christ, Joseph Smith was largely rejected in his mortal ministry, but will be accepted in his second coming. People of this dispensation need the consent of Joseph Smith to enter the celestial kingdom where God and Christ are. Joseph Smith is the angel of the last days spoken of in Revelation 14, the servant in Jacob 5, the servant in D&C 101, the latter-day Elias preparing the way of the Lord.

 

-For another presentation by the Joseph Smith Foundation related to the signs of the times, see “The Mystery of the 2 Prophets” discussing how Joseph and Hyrum Smith could fit the Rev. 11 two prophets.

-“Would to God, brethren, I could tell you who I am! Would to God I could tell you what I know! But you would call it blasphemy…” (Joseph Smith)
-Joseph is a messenger, a David, a witness, a servant, etc. Some LDS scholars think Joseph Smith is proud and arrogant, but we will see that he simply stood in his rightful place.
-Who is the latter-day servant of Isa. 42? Is his name David? Who is this “one mighty and strong”?
-The latter-day witness isn’t just A witness, he is THE witness. The leader of the world. He has all political authority under the Savior, and all direction of the church under the Savior. The Moses of the latter-day exodus. It is even likely that ancient Israel sacrifices prefigure this man.
-Joseph Smith and Brigham Young, and the ancient authors of holy writ knew who the latter-day servant is.
-If we don’t know who the servant is, we lose much perspective of the latter days.
-see discourse “Joseph Smith: A Revealer of Christ” where Bruce McConkie shows that just as Jesus Christ is the revealer of Heavenly Father, so is Joseph Smith the revealer of Jesus Christ.
-Joseph clarified Gabriel as Noah, and Michael as Adam. Who is Joseph Smith?
-3 Nephi 21:9 speaks of a marvelous work and a wonder that people won’t believe although a man declare it to them.
-Isaiah 52 speaks of Christ being marred, similarly 3 Ne. 21:10 speaks of the servant of the latter days being marred.
-LDS scholars have said that the latter-day servant would seal the 144,000, would be a king in Israel, would call down plagues upon the wicked in the last days, would preach to the Jews after they had rebuilt Jerusalem, etc. Joseph Smith can fit all of these roles, especially in light of the repeated doctrine that Joseph Smith will return. As the scripture says, he was marred, and will be healed. Like the Savior, his first coming was largely rejected, but his second coming will be wonderful.
-“Though Israel be not gathered, yet shall I be glorious in the eyes of the Lord and my God shall be my strength” this ancient prophecy can apply to Joseph Smith and Jesus Christ. Mortality is not the end, like how patriarchal blessings need not all be fulfilled within the time frame of mortality.
-Heber C Kimball taught in 1861: You will see the say when Joseph Smith, Hyrum Smith, and Brigham Young etc. will be there in the flesh laying out the inheritances in Missouri. The quote continues “…the day will be when I will see those men [the aforementioned latter-day brethren] in the general assembly of the Church of the First Born, in the great council of God in Jerusalem too….I heard Joseph say twice that Brother Brigham and I should be in that council in Jerusalem, when there should be a uniting of the two divisions of God’s government.”
-D&C 85:7 speaks of the one mighty and strong with a scepter and arranging by lot the inheritances of the saints
-D&C 77 speaks of 2 prophets raised up to the Jewish nation at the time of the restoration after the Jews are gathered and have built Jerusalem in the land of their fathers. The time of the restoration is the time of Joseph and Hyrum Smith. More on that in the Joseph Smith Foundation film “The Mystery of the Two Prophets”
– Isa. 11:10 speaks of a “root of Jesse” coming from the stem of Jesse (Jesus Christ); D&C 113:5 speaks of the “root of Jesse” and gives this interpretation in verse 6: “[the root of Jesse] is a descendant of Jesse, as well as of Joseph, unto whom rightly belongs the priesthood, and the keys of the kingdom, for an ensign, and for the gathering of my people in the last days.” The root of Jesse could well be Joseph Smith, Bruce R McConkie teaches that he is this servant and is this servant.
-Ezek. 34:24 speaks of Jehovah’s servant David as a prince
-Days before his martyrdom, Joseph Smith said to his Nauvoo legion “I promise you when I come again I shall lead you forth so that where I am you shall be also.” He also said just before his martyrdom, “Don’t be sad, don’t be cast down, I will come back again…as soon as I can” (autobiography of Wandle Mace)
-“Joseph, Hyrum, Father Smith, and many others will be there [during the Millennium] to dictate and preside. Joseph will stand at the head of this dispensation and hold the keys of it, for they are not taken from him; they never were in time; they never will be in eternity. I shall be there if I live or if I die.” (President Brigham Young, April 1853, when JS had been dead nearly 9 years)
-Joseph Smith will reign during the Millennium under Christ in a similar way that Joseph of old ruled in Egypt under Pharaoh. Joseph in Egypt was a type of Joseph Smith, foreshadowing the even greater role that Joseph Smith would play.
-“I said to Brother Joseph, the spring before he was killed, “you are laying out work for 20 years.” He replied, “you have as yet scarcely begun to work; but I will set you enough to last you during your lives, for I am going to rest.” All I can do or ask now is to do the work, so that it will be right and acceptable to him when he comes here again.” (President Brigham Young, 1857)
-Brigham understood that he held a stewardship to carry out what Joseph told him to do. The marching orders of latter day prophets are dictated by Joseph Smith.
-“Joseph Smith Junior will again be on this earth dictating plans…And he will never cease his operations, under the directions of the Son of God, until the last ones of the children of men are saved that can be, from Adam till now. There is an almighty work to perform in the spirit world. Joseph has not yet got through there. When he finishes his mission in the spirit world, he will be resurrected, but he has not yet done there…When his spirit again quickens his body, he will ascend to heaven, present his resurrected body to the Father and the Son, receive his commission as a resurrected being, and visit his brethren on this earth as did Jesus after his resurrection.” (President Brigham Young, 1857)
-Brigham taught that Joseph Smith has some stewardship for everyone that has lived on this earth, and that he has Millennial keys.
-President Kimball’s prophecy, “An army of Elders”: there will be great prosperity in the west followed by financial bondage, “then persecution comes next and all true latter-day saints will be tested to the limit. Many will apostatize and others will be still not knowing what to do. Darkness will cover the earth and gross darkness the minds of the people. The judgements of god will be poured out on the wicked to the extent that our elders will be called home, or in other words, the gospel will be taken from the Gentiles and later on carried to the Jews. The western boundary of the state of Missouri will be swept so clean of its inhabitants that, as Brigham Young tells us, when you return to that place there will not be left so much as a yellow dog to wag his tail. Before that day comes however, the saints will be put to a test that will try the integrity of the best of them. The pressure will become so great that the more righteous of them will cry to the Lord day and night until deliverance comes. Then the prophet Joseph and others will make their appearance and those who have remained faithful will be selected to return to Jackson County Missouri and take part in the building of that beautiful city, the New Jerusalem.”
-After Joseph’s martyrdom, Parley Pratt received a revelation that “my servant Joseph still holds the keys of my kingdom in this dispensation, and he shall stand in due time on the earth in the flesh and fulfil that to which he is appointed.”
-“Those who are your friends are my friends, and I promise you when I come again, I will lead you forth, so that where I am you shall be with me.” (Joseph Smith)
-The SLC temple east doors niches held statues of Joseph and Hyrum until 1911.
-Joseph likely also fits the description of angels and prophets in the book of Revelation. Revelation 14 speaks of an angel.
-The original architectural designs for the angel Moroni atop the temples featured a temple with the book of Mormon in one hand, and a trumpet in the other, on a weather vane, featuring a stylized tongue of fire, a compass, and a square.
-Brigham saw years before the construction of the SLC temple every time he went to the place it was to be constructed. He never had to ask God how to build it because it was shown him plainly. Similarly, the Nauvoo temple was shown to Joseph Smith.
-according to the Perrigrine Sessions journal, “on this day they raised the figure which is the representation of an Angel in his Priestly robe with the book of Mormon in one hand and a trumpet in the other which is over laid with gold leaf”
-many say this angel on our temples is a representation of Rev. 14:6-7 the angel flying through the midst of heaven with the gospel to preach to every nation, telling that the hour of the judgement of God is come. Its clear this angel has a large role in the latter days. Some have speculated that this angel is Moroni, who indeed helped Joseph Smith. But it could be Joseph Smith himself. Joseph Smith said he would give “a literal rendering” of Matthew 24. Joseph said, “The Savior said when these tribulations should take place, it should be committed to a man who should be a witness over the whole world…the keys of knowledge, power, and revelations should be revealed to a witness who should hold the testimony to the world” (Joseph Smith, cited May 12, 1844, Thomas Bullock report). This witness and the tribulations are clearly referencing the last days.
-“It has always been my providence to dig up new things, hidden things for my hearers. Just at the time when some men think I have no right to the keys of the priesthood, just at that time, I have the greatest right…All the testimony is that the Lord in the last days would commit the keys of the priesthood to a witness over all people. Has the Gospel of the kingdom commenced in the last days? And will God take it from the man until He takes him Himself?” (Joseph Smith, 1844). We realize that aside from Jesus Christ, Joseph Smith was prophesied of more than anyone in scripture. Here we see that Joseph identifies himself as the witness of the last days.
-“The building up of Zion is a cause that has interested the people of God in every age. It is a theme upon which prophet’s priests and kings have dwelt with particular delight. They have looked forward with joyful anticipation to the day in which we live, and fired with heavenly and joyful anticipations, they have written and sung and prophesied of this our day. But they died without the sight. We are the favored people that God has made choice of to bring about the latter-day glory. It is left for us to see, participate in, and help to roll forward the latter-day glory.” (Joseph Smith)
-Since the mission of the witness is to build Zion, how could it be someone other than Joseph Smith?
-“Joseph Smith, the Prophet and Seer of the Lord, has done more, save Jesus only, for the salvation of men in this world, than any other man that ever lived in it.” (John Taylor)
-“no man or woman in this dispensation will ever enter into the celestial kingdom of God without the consent of Joseph Smith…every man and woman must have the certificate of Joseph Smith, Junior, as a passport to their entrance into the mansion where God and Christ are… [Joseph Smith] reigns there as supreme a being in his sphere, capacity, and calling, as God does in heaven. Many will exclaim- “Oh, that is very disagreeable! It is preposterous! We cannot bear the thought!” But it is true.” (Brigham Young, 1859)
-The prophet Joseph Smith reigns under Jesus Christ in the celestial kingdom
-“Jesus Christ excepted, no better man ever lived or does live upon this earth.” (Brigham Young referring to Joseph Smith)
-“Has the gospel of the kingdom commenced in the last days and will God take it from the man until he takes him himself? I have read it precisely as the words flowed from the lips of Jesus Christ. John the revelator saw an angel flying through the midst of heaven having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth. The scripture is ready to be fulfilled when great wars famines pestilence great distress judgements and so forth are ready to be poured out on the inhabitants of the earth. John saw the angel having the holy Priesthood, who should preach the everlasting gospel to the nations. God had an angel- a special messenger- ordained and prepared for that purpose in the last days. Woe, woe be to that man or set of men who lift up their hands against God and His witness in these days: for they shall deceive almost the very chosen ones.” (Joseph Smith, May 12, 1844, Thomas Bullock report) Here Joseph Smith connects the angel of Rev. 14 with the special messenger/servant of the last days, and essentially acknowledges that he is the man.
-Joseph Smith shows us that the angel is the special witness, who is the messenger, who is himself.
-the documents from this presentation are available at josephsmithfoundation.org/research
-The above citations by Joseph Smith show himself to be the latter-day witness:
a. he speaks of the latter-day witness,
b. he makes direct reference to himself,
c. again he references the witness,
d. understanding the context of the passage we see that he again directly speaks of himself,
e. he invokes Christ as a witness of this claim,
f. he then introduces the Rev 14 angel as the revealer of the Gospel to all the earth,
g. he places the angel in a latter-day context
h. he speaks of this angel’s right to the priesthood and keys in the latter days
i. he identifies the angel as the messenger who holds the keys in the latter days
j. he finally warns against all those who attempt to slander or vilify himself as the witness in the latter days
-Malachi’s messenger ‘preparing the way’ may allude to Joseph Smith, a latter-day prophet crying in the wilderness to prepare the way of the Lord.
-“Malachi as Isaiah speaks of the Lord sending his servant to prepare the way before him and while that does have reference to the coming of John the Baptist, it is one of those scriptures that has double fulfilment, it has reference also to the coming of the prophet Joseph Smith because that messenger which was to come and prepare the way before him was to come in this day, the latter days.” (President Joseph Fielding Smith)
-The Lord coming suddenly to his temple was fulfilled in the Kirtland temple, but will have dual fulfillment.
-“Why do not my enemies strike a blow at the doctrine? They cannot do it: it is truth, and I defy all men to upset it. I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness, “Repent ye of your sins and prepare the way for the coming of the Son of Man”…for the kingdom of God has come unto you, and henceforth the ax is laid unto the root of the tree; and every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit, God Almighty (and not Joe Smith) shall hew it down and cast it into the fire.” (Joseph Smith) Here Joseph directly quotes John the Baptist, making himself a latter-day John.
-Malachi 3:2 speaks of Christ as a refining fire; Isaiah 10:17-18 speaks of “the light of Israel for a fire and his Holy One for a flame”; Isa. 31:9 speaks of the Lord’s fire being in Zion
-“The Lord in the former dispensation sent a messenger to prepare the way before him, and in this dispensation it was just as necessary that a messenger be sent to prepare the way for the coming of the Lord and the establishment of the reign of peace. If Joseph Smith was not that man, then we must look for another.” If we must look for another, the Book of Mormon, LDS ordinances, and Joseph Smith himself are a fraud. Joseph declared himself to be this man. We know he fulfilled his mission.
-“The Lord declared, through one of his prophets, that before his second coming a messenger should be sent to prepare the way and make it straight. You may apply this to John if you will, [speaking of John the Baptist] and it is true. John, the messenger who came to prepare the way before the Lord in the former dispensation, also came in this dispensation, as a messenger to Joseph Smith; so it applies, if you wish to apply it so, to John who came as a messenger to prepare the way before the Lord. But I go farther and maintain that Joseph Smith was the messenger whom the Lord sent to prepare the way before him. He came, and under direction of holy messengers laid the foundation for the kingdom of God and of this marvelous work and a wonder that the world might be prepared for the coming of the Lord.” (President Joseph Fielding Smith)
-We also consider Joseph Smit has fulfilling the role of the Elias to restore all things, the 2 prophets in Rev. 11, the servant in D&C 101, the 1 sons in Isaiah, the servant in Jacob 5, the Davidic prince, etc.
-“The Restoration of the gospel is true. Someday we’ll know of the greatness of the Prophet Joseph Smith.” (Elder David B. Haight, 1996)

 

 

Chapter 9. Unlocking the Mystery of the 2 Prophets (Rev. 11) by The Joseph Smith Foundation – Documentary Highlights

 

These highlights are shared with permission of the author.

Overview: Joseph and Hyrum Smith are the 2 prophets spoken of in the book of Revelation which would prophecy in the last days before the coming of the Lord. Joseph Smith is the latter-day king David spoken of in the scriptures who would rule Israel with the Lord. The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints fulfills much of the events of the Book of Revelation. Joseph and Hyrum Smith were joint prophets and we need not look for some other great big last days prophet to come forth other than Jesus Christ himself. Joseph Smith is the prophet we’ve all been waiting for.

-Joseph Smith said if he told the people who he is and what he knows, they would call it blasphemy.

-Joseph Smith said the book of Revelation is one of the plainest books God ever caused to be written.

-Joseph Smith said John the revelator saw things primarily pertaining to after John’s time.

-You can’t separate the “last days events” from the restoration of the gospel in the dispensation of Joseph Smith.

-Hyrum Smith was given all powers and keys to be a joint prophet with Joseph. He was called a prophet seer and revelator with Joseph, called out from first presidency to receive this, he was a 2ndprophet, a joint dispensation head acting in concert with Joseph. We know of no other time where there have been 2 joint president dispensation heads. The D&C says this and Joseph Fielding Smith repeats it. Hyrum was a president of the church and will stand forever with Joseph as head of this dispensation says Joseph Fielding Smith.

-Oliver Cowdry’s blessings were taken from him and given to Hyrum.

-Joseph Smith said Hyrum has the traits of Job and Christ, that he would be among kings, and his posterity would continue.

-Rev. 11 speaks of 2 witnesses. Verse 3 speaks of the 3-year time frame. This is the amount of time of the ministry of the Lord to the Jews. McConkie called Joseph Smith “a revealer of Christ”.

-The lost tribes scattered into Europe and Asia. The gathering of Israel is the trigger for apocalyptic events.

-it’s estimated 63 million people came to America up to the 1900’s. This is the biggest migration. The book of Mormon speaks of America 8 times as a land of liberty. This could be the highway the north use to come to Zion as referred to in the scriptures.

-KEY: in Jan. 15 1841 Joseph and Hyrum issued an official proclamation for Israel to come home to America the New Jerusalem, for every Latter-day Saint to gather to build Zion. Exactly 1260 days later they lay dead at Carthage. Rev 3 says the 2 witnesses have a special mission that will be performed within 1260 days. This makes Joseph and Hyrum key candidates for the identity of these 2 prophets. (*It says they will be in Jerusalem, but is not America the new Jerusalem?)

-Revelation tells us that the Garden of Eden was in the heartland of North America, D&C 84 says the New Jerusalem will be built there. These have always been sacred lands, and things will wind up here also.

-Joseph taught that without gathering the LDS won’t survive the events of the last days.

-Ancient and latter-day scripture have as the most common theme, gathering. Noah’s ark was a form of gathering. Those who rejected Noah perished. Luke says the last days will be like the days of Noah.

-“Noah came before the flood, I have come before the fire.” -Joseph Smith

-The gathering is an essential a doctrine as are faith repentance baptism and other ordinances. -Joseph F. Smith

-Gathering is as important for this dispensation as building an ark was for Noah’s dispensation. -Joseph F. Smith

-Joseph said all great seers saw our day.

-Joseph and Hyrum had proclaimed that the time for the gathering was now, that gathering being the marvelous work and a wonder.

-80% of church members in the 1970’s were of British extraction. There were more church members in Great Britain than America. Joseph and Hyrum called for a spiritual and physical gathering to Zion. He emphasized the importance of the saints being an independent people. They were fulfilling Isaiah 52:11-12 which called for the Lord’s people to go out of Babylon to Zion, that they would not go in haste, but would go. Joseph in the proclamation even told them to not go in too much haste, to sell their things but not at too great a loss, etc. They made their own tech, inventions, furniture, clothes, school textbooks, etc. Joseph and the brethren taught that we must not be dependent on the things of Babylon.

-The proclamation to come to Zion by Joseph was 2.5 thousand years after Israel was scattered. The message was the rebuilding of the Zion of ancient times.

-after the proclamation those 3 years before Joseph’s death these events occurred: the first recorded marriage sealings, the Nauvoo temple, baptism for the dead began, the Nauvoo legion, the Holy Land dedicated, the Relief Society organized, the temple endowment restored, Joseph became mayor of Nauvoo, plural marriage was restored more earnestly, Joseph organized the “Kingdom of God” also called the “Council of 50” essentially the political government of Zion, Joseph ran for US President, and other things.

-exactly 1260 days from the time Hyrum Smith called as joint president of the church (Jan. 19 1841) to the 3.5 days after martyrdom (~June 30, 1844). John seems to indicate something significant to have happened 3.5 days after martyrdom.

-there was prophesied a ruler of Judah and Joseph, a rightful heir to the throne, would find Israel in a degenerate state and would bring it back. April 11 1844 Joseph Smith was declared King of Israel. The council was ordained to be the governing body of the world, and Joseph Smith was the King. This council was called The Kingdom of God / The Council of 50. It was for protection of all nations and creeds.

-side note see book Zion in the Courts: A Legal History of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints

By Edwin Brown Firmage, Richard Collin Mangrum

-The minutes of the council of 50 have been released by the church see Joseph Smith Papers etc.

-The “Kingdom of God” would be a political

-Jeremiah in his prophecies of the latter days, says in Jer. 30:21 speaks of a King coming from among the people, one who would come freely into the presence of the Lord. This is the greatest recorded revelation of a vision we’ve ever seen, when both the Father and the Son come. The Lord came more times in the temple to him. The Lord chose his greatest prophet to rule over the latter days.

-Elder David B Haight said, “someday we will know of the greatness of the prophet Joseph Smith”

-Rev. 11:3 the 2 prophets would be in sack cloth. This signified intense grief. The Nauvoo period signals escalating tribulation. Polygamy tore at the heartstrings of the Puritan heritage of Church members. This was Celestial Law, and went against the local laws, and the church members couldn’t handle it. This likely lead to the prophet’s death.

-Joseph said that God told him that he and his people would be damned unless he introduce and practice polygamy. Joseph further said that he knew if he introduced it, the people would kill him.

-John Taylor said that Emma tried to “pervert the minds” of the sisters telling them polygamy was not correct.

-Emma, one of the greatest women that ever lived, even began to falter. But Joseph, like Christ, remained true to the end. It’s hard to imagine the level of trials they suffered.

-Joseph asked the men if they were willing to die for him. They shouted yes. He drew his sword and told them he would die for them to help them keep their rights.

-Joseph taught the people to follow the 12 Apostles, not his posterity. Joseph Smith the 3rd was 13 when Joseph Jr. died, later fought against the church. Only in the past few decades have Joseph Smith Jr’s posterity through Emma come back into activity in the church.

-Joseph Smith is the King of the Kingdom of God on earth, the leader of the Council of 50.

-William Law apostatized and spoke of disagreeing with a doctrine taught at a conference by Joseph that Joseph was a god to this generation.

-The Nauvoo Expositor said these were things they didn’t like about Joseph’s teachings: the plurality of Gods, God can fall if he violates law, Celestial law includes plurality of wives, men can be sealed up to eternal life, that Joseph Smith should be crowned king of Israel, that church and state should be united during Millennium, and that the Gentiles would eventually be spoiled by Israel.

-Joseph Smith taught that eventually all governments would be put down and replaced by the Kingdom of God, people considered this unpatriotic and tyrannical.

-Orson Pratt’s wife accused Joseph Smith of seduction, John Bennett was the real offender, was excommunicated, and wrote anti-Mormon material. Orson was excommunicated and repented 5 months later and was reinstated in the church.

-The beast that ascended out of the bottomless pit made war against them and overcame them and killed them, as John saw. JS and HS were killed.

-Parley Pratt prayed at the time of the martyrdom of JS and HS, the spirit came upon him with indescribable joy and spoke to him that JS still holds the keys of the kingdom, and that he will stand in due time on the earth in the flesh and fulfil that to which he is appointed.

-“Those who are your friends are my friends, and I promise you when I come again, I will lead you forth, so that where I am you shall be with me.” (Joseph Smith)

-Rev. 11:4 speaks of olive trees. Scriptures often use trees to speak of people. “These are the 2 olive trees and the 2 candlesticks standing before the God of the earth” (Rev. 11:4). The Hebrew word for olive tree is etz shemen, meaning tree of oil, from a root meaning “to shine, richness, anointing, fruitful, oil, olive”. It’s related to the Hebrew word shemesh meaning sun.

-“Israel came into being as a chosen and separate congregation before the foundations of the earth were laid. She was a distinct and a peculiar people in preexistence, even as she is in this sphere.” (Bruce R McConkie)

-D&C 101’s parable contains the olive tree as does Jacob 5. The olive tree taught the history of Israel. Olives were pressed and the oil used for sacred temple rights.

-The 2 witnesses stand before the God of the earth as Revelation says, this suggests the preeminence of these 2 prophets. Greek word for standing pertains to appoint, establish, stand by. They have a special standing before God, speaking to him being a special privilege bestowed from purity. 2 witnesses or guardians have been used in sacred spaces dating back to at least the time of Moses. The tabernacle of Moses was built to instruct Israel on entering the presence of God. Entering the courtyard was symbolic of leaving the world, outer cleansings symbolized inner cleansings. The lid on the arc of the covenant features 2 angels facing God. The 2 prophets have the right to enter and dwell in the immediate presence of God.

-Rev. 11:19 speaks of the ark of the covenant shortly after describing the olive tree and 2 candlesticks.

-Joseph F. Smith said the day will soon come when the name Joseph Smith is “coupled with” the name of Jesus Christ as his servant.

-Wilford Woodruf taught that aside from Jesus Christ, Joseph Smith is the greatest prophet that has ever lived.

-It is proposed that the 2 angels atop the ark of the covenant guarding the presence of God are 1. Jesus Christ and 2. Joseph Smith. Or Joseph Smith and Hyrum Smith

-Joseph Smith taught that the ancient prophets looked forward to the work he Joseph Smith would do in the latter-day.

-Zech. 4:2 speaks of the 2 olive trees by the candle stick, on the left and right of it. Verses 11-14 say those prophets stand by the Lord. Cf. Rev. 11:4. They’re obviously referring to the same people.

-Wilford Woodruff saw 7 lamps in the heavens representing the dispensations.

-Heber C Kimball said this last dispensation is the greatest, and that Joseph and Hyrum give power to all dispensations. It is written that the last will be first, this is the last kingdom and the Lord will make it first and it will bestow power upon all that have been. He further said that we could see this if we live our religion and call upon God day and night.

-Heber Kimball’s above statement make JS and HS fit the descriptions of Rev. 11:4 and Zech. 4:2, making them fathers of past dispensations. Zech. 4 also describes branches coming from the olive trees into the lamp between them, which could symbolize, as Kimball said, that JS would bring power to all past dispensations.

-The scriptures show that Joseph Smith is THE last great prophet. There is no prophecy of another greater to come excerpting Jesus Christ himself. The ancient prophets knew this, let us not look forward to some other great prophet to come, Joseph Smith is it.

-The SLC temple was shown in vision to Brigham Young in plainness and vivid imagery. There are 2 sculptural niches, these alcoves originally house sculptures, on one side a sculpture of Joseph Smith, and the other a statue of Hyrum Smith. The SLC temple design was a direct result of revelation from the Lord, consider the symbolism, to enter the temple of God, you must pass by these 2 men who guard the presence of God.

-Heber C Kimball said that one day, in or out of the church, you WILL prize Joseph Smith as a prophet of God and prize him as a God.

-“Would to God…I could tell you who I am!…you would call it blasphemy…” (Joseph Smith)

-for more visit JosephSmithFoundation.org/2prophets. Upcoming topics from the JSF: Moses and Aaron as types of Joseph & Hyrum, The Latter-day Elijah: Joseph Smith, etc.

for more visit JosephSmithFoundation.org/2prophets

 

Chapter 10. Teenagers Guide to the Second Coming: How Awesome will it Be? by Robert McKenzie – Book Highlights

 

-President Packer said he has heard LDS prophets testify that they not only know Jesus Christ lives, but they know Jesus Christ.

-there will be literal cloud over Israel like in old days ref. given

-McConkie : atomic holocaust sure to come

-LDS are calm since know the signs of the times; know what’s coming (fear of the unknown not with the LDS); reference given

-Pres. Hinckley said not know how any LDS can stay gloomy for long

-gather angels to go at end of gathering, announced that they are sent forth now since a specific date in 19th century review recording for when. ref. given.

-Pre-Millennium hail stones will weigh over 1 talent; 75 pounds, over that of 5 bowling balls.

 

 

 

 

Chapter 11. The Second Coming Happens Shortly After 2,000 AD: 5 Quotes to Explain

 

 

For a longer version of this document citing additional prophets, see my Prophetic Insight into the Timing of Christ’s Second Coming essay.

 

See also “Events Preceding the Second Coming of Jesus Christ” where I show the prophets’ words on things that are prophesied to take place before Christ’s grand return.

 

I alluded to church material supporting the 7th seal having opened and us living in the ‘Sunday morning of time’ in the preparation period for Jesus’ soon return shortly after year 2000 AD. Here are 5 quotes backing that up:

 

  1. from the Ensign (references at end of quotes):

“After the 7th seal is opened, there is a little season before the Second Coming. That time is cut short lest even the elect be lost. The seals represent 1000 year periods of time. The earth has a temporal lifespan of 7000 years (D&C 77). “Christ will come in the beginning of the seventh thousand years” (D&C 77 heading; D&C 77:12; also recall, your 1st year starts when you are at age 0! So the 7th thousand years starts at 6k years in!) The Millennium is to last 1000 years (D&C 29:11) (this makes 6k pre millennium + 1k millennium = 7k year temporal lifespan of earth). At the year 2000 AD, 6000 years will have passed since the beginning. Adam lived at 4000 BC. “The Bible dictionary of the LDS edition of the King James Bible places the Fall near 4000 B.C. (See Bible Dictionary, p. 635.)” (Oct. 1983 Ensign “Book of Revelation Overview” https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

 

  1. another from the Ensign:

 

-“The Apostle is shown a representation of those who “were slain for the word of God” after the opening of the fifth seal. (Rev. 6:9.) For us, however, it is not until the sixth seal is opened (beginning atRev. 6:12) that we begin to deal with events yet to occur. The sixth seal covers the sixth thousand year period, which generally would be about 1000 A.D. to 2000 A.D. When we come to Revelation 8, we begin to read of the seventh seal, or the seventh thousand years of the earth’s temporal existence. During the early part of this period is when judgments come upon the earth in a final attempt to turn mankind’s heart to God; it will be sometime early in this period—how early is unspecified—when at last the earth will be cleansed, Christ will return, and the Millennium will begin. (D&C 77:12–13; note the clear reference to both a time period and events to occur after the opening of the seventh seal but before the time of the Second Coming.) The description of those seventh seal events fills most of the remainder of the book.” (Oct. 1983 Ensign “Book of Revelation Overview” https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

 

  1. an important D&C set of verses on Jesus to come shortly after year 2000 AD:

 

D&C 77:12-13 “12 Q. What are we to understand by the sounding of the trumpets, mentioned in the 8th chapter of Revelation?

  1. We are to understand that as God made the world in six days, and on the seventh day he finished his work, and sanctified it, and also formed man out of the dust of the earth, even so, in the beginning of the seventh thousand years will the Lord God sanctify the earth, and complete the salvation of man, and judge all things, and shall redeem all things, except that which he hath not put into his power, when he shall have sealed all things, unto the end of all things; and the sounding of the trumpets of the seven angels are the preparing and finishing of his work, in the beginning of the seventh thousand years—the preparing of the way before the time of his coming.

13 Q. When are the things to be accomplished, which are written in the 9th chapter of Revelation?

  1. They are to be accomplished after the opening of the seventh seal, before the coming of Christ.”

 

  1. Elder Christofferson saying that we are now preparing people to live in the Millennium:

 

Elder Christofferson “Fathers” talk April 2016: here is the quote (he starts out by quoting a Book of Mormon passage): “Behold, I say unto you, that it is [Christ] that surely shall come … ; yea he cometh to declare glad tidings of salvation unto his people. And now, my son, this was the ministry unto which ye were called, to declare these glad tidings unto this people, to prepare their minds; or rather … that they may prepare the minds of their children to hear the word at the time of his coming.”23 That is the ministry of fathers today. God bless and make them equal to it, in the name of Jesus Christ, amen.”

 

  1. President Nelson said this in 2016:

 

“We are grateful for each time you stand up and speak up for truth—especially when it is not popular. Many people refer to you as Millennials. I’ll admit that when researchers refer to you by that word and describe what their studies reveal about you—your likes and dislikes, your feelings and inclinations, your strengths and weaknesses—I’m uncomfortable. There is something about the way they use the term Millennial that bothers me. And frankly, I am less interested in what the experts have to say about you than what the Lord has told me about you.

When I pray about you and ask the Lord how He feels about you, I feel something far different from what the researchers say. Spiritual impressions I’ve received about you lead me to believe that the term Millennial may actually be perfect for you. But for a much different reason than the experts may ever understand.

The term Millennial is perfect for you if that term reminds you of who you really are and what your purpose in life really is. A True Millennial is one who was taught and did teach the gospel of Jesus Christ premortally and who made covenants with our Heavenly Father there about courageous things—even morally courageous things—that you would do while here on earth.

A True Millennial is a man or woman whom God trusted enough to send to earth during the most compelling dispensation in the history of this world. A True Millennial is a man or woman who lives now to help prepare the people of this world for the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and His millennial reign. Make no mistake about it—you were born to be a True Millennial… Expect and prepare to accomplish the impossible. God has always asked His covenant children to do difficult things. Because you are covenant-keeping sons and daughters of God, living in the latter part of these latter days, the Lord will ask you to do difficult things. You can count on it—Abrahamic tests did not stop with Abraham.4“

(https://www.lds.org/broadcasts/article/worldwide-devotionals/2016/01/becoming-true-millennials?lang=eng)

 

 

Chapter The Little Season Between Opening of the 7th Seal Before the Lord’s Return

 

These 4 scriptures likely all refer to this little season after the 7th seal has opened, and before the return of the Lord:

 

“…when he shall have sealed all things, unto the end of all things; and the sounding of the trumpets of the seven angels are the preparing and finishing of his work, in the beginning of the seventh thousand years—the preparing of the way before the time of his coming. 13 Q. When are the things to be accomplished, which are written in the 9th chapter of Revelation? A. They are to be accomplished after the opening of the seventh seal, before the coming of Christ.” (D&C 77:12-13)

 

“1 And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour.” (Revelation 8:1)

“11 For all flesh is corrupted before me; and the powers of darkness prevail upon the earth, among the children of men, in the presence of all the hosts of heaven— 12 Which causeth silence to reign, and all eternity is pained, and the angels are waiting the great command to reap down the earth, to gather the tares that they may be burned; and, behold, the enemy is combined.” (D&C 38:11–12)

 

“And there shall be silence in heaven for the space of half an hour; and immediately after shall the curtain of heaven be unfolded, as a scroll is unfolded after it is rolled up, and the face of the Lord shall be unveiled;” (D&C 88:95)

 

The scriptures also state that it is after the 7th seal (7th thousand year period) is when all these things will be fulfilled:

 

“Q. What are we to understand by the sounding of the trumpets, mentioned in the 8th chapter of Revelation? A. We are to understand that as God made the world in six days, and on the seventh day he finished his work, and sanctified it, and also formed man out of the dust of the earth, even so, in the beginning of the seventh thousand years will the Lord God sanctify the earth, and complete the salvation of man, and judge all things, and shall redeem all things, except that which he hath not put into his power, when he shall have sealed all things, unto the end of all things; and the sounding of the trumpets of the seven angels are the preparing and finishing of his work, in the beginning of the seventh thousand years—the preparing of the way before the time of his coming.” (D&C 77:12)

 

The following scripture indicates that the earth has a lifespan of 7,000 years, which leads us to conclude that the 7th seal opened around year 2000 (and more significant evidence for that is presented in the last days calendar featured elsewhere in this work):

 

“6 Q. What are we to understand by the book which John saw, which was sealed on the back with seven seals? A. We are to understand that it contains the revealed will, mysteries, and the works of God; the hidden things of his economy concerning this earth during the seven thousand years of its continuance, or its temporal existence. 7 Q. What are we to understand by the seven seals with which it was sealed? A. We are to understand that the first seal contains the things of the first thousand years, and the second also of the second thousand years, and so on until the seventh.” (D&C 77:6-7)

 

Chapter 12. Timing of Christ’s Second Coming – Prophetic Insight

 

We don’t know exactly when the Second Coming of Jesus Christ is, but this is what we do know as revealed by the Lord to us via his prophets.

For a shortened version of this document highlighting 5 key quotations, see my document “5 Quotes from the Ensign and Living Prophets which show The Second Coming will occur shortly after year 2,000 AD” (click here)

 

Those interested in this article will also likely be interested in my article titled “Events Preceding the Second Coming of Jesus Christ as Taught by Modern Prophets” (click here) where I show the prophets’ words on things that are prophesied to take place before Christ’s grand return.

 

-key books for more research on the subject: “Prophecy: Key to the Future” by Dwayne S. Crowther (click here) & “Understanding the Signs of the Times” by Donald Parry (click here).

-Elder Christofferson “Fathers” talk April 2016: here is the quote (he starts out by quoting a Book of Mormon passage): “Behold, I say unto you, that it is [Christ] that surely shall come … ; yea he cometh to declare glad tidings of salvation unto his people.

“And now, my son, this was the ministry unto which ye were called, to declare these glad tidings unto this people, to prepare their minds; or rather … that they may prepare the minds of their children to hear the word at the time of his coming.”23
That is the ministry of fathers today. God bless and make them equal to it, in the name of Jesus Christ, amen.
(Notice how he said “that is the ministry of fathers today” referring to preparing children to be taught by Jesus in person)
-The day of the coming of the Lord won’t overtake the children of light as a thief in the night (D&C 106:4-5)
–“Question: Does or will anyone know when the Lord will come? Answer: As to the day and hour, No; as to the generation, Yes. Question: Who shall know the generation? Answer: The saints, the children of light, those who can read the signs of the times, those who treasure up the Lord’s word so they will not be deceived.” ( Elder Bruce R. McConkie, D&C student manual for section 133 – https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/sections-132-138/section-133-the-lords-appendix-to-the-doctrine-and-covenants?lang=eng)
-It is said that Elder Nelson said at a Stake Conference that we are currently in the 7th seal.
-“Joseph Smith showed that a careful reading of the book of Revelation can place limits on permissible interpretations. He pointed out that the first three chapters of the book deal with John’s day and “things which must shortly come to pass” (Revelation 1:1) and that the rest of the book deals with “things which must be hereafter” (Revelation 4:1), or beyond John’s day. (footnote 5 of this text pertains to this area of the text and says “Of course, as Joseph Smith knew, the first five of the seven seals deal with past events, but these serve to highlight the theme of a purpose or an endpoint to human history, culminating in the events leading up to the Second Coming—well beyond John’s day.”)“ (Dec. 2015 Ensign “Joseph Smith and the Book of Revelation” by David A. Edward Church Magazines; https://www.lds.org/ensign/2015/12/joseph-smith-and-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)
-“Some Things We Know about the Book of Revelation Because of Joseph Smith: Revelation 5–8: D&C 77:6–7, 12 The seven seals represent seven time periods. The final two deal with our day and beyond.” (Dec. 2015 Ensign “Joseph Smith and the Book of Revelation” by David A. Edward Church Magazines; https://www.lds.org/ensign/2015/12/joseph-smith-and-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)
-After the 7th seal is opened, there is a little season before the Second Coming. That time is cut short lest even the elect be lost. The seals represent 1000 year periods of time. The earth has a temporal lifespan of 7000 years (D&C 77). “Christ will come in the beginning of the seventh thousand years” (D&C 77 heading; D&C 77:12; also recall, your 1st year starts when you are at age 0! So the 7th thousand years starts at 6k years in!) The Millennium is to last 1000 years (D&C 29:11) (this makes 6k pre millennium + 1k millennium = 7k year temporal lifespan of earth). At the year 2000 AD, 6000 years will have passed since the beginning. Adam lived at 4000 BC. “The Bible dictionary of the LDS edition of the King James Bible places the Fall near 4000 B.C. (See Bible Dictionary, p. 635.)” (Oct. 1983 Ensign “Book of Revelation Overview” https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

-“When the second seal is opened in the subsequent verses, John is shown something about the second thousand years. And so on through the first four seals. The fifth seal information presented to John represents both a time period and some events of which John knew a great deal. The Apostle is shown a representation of those who “were slain for the word of God” after the opening of the fifth seal. (Rev. 6:9.) For us, however, it is not until the sixth seal is opened (beginning atRev. 6:12) that we begin to deal with events yet to occur. The sixth seal covers the sixth thousand year period, which generally would be about 1000 A.D. to 2000 A.D. When we come to Revelation 8, we begin to read of the seventh seal, or the seventh thousand years of the earth’s temporal existence. During the early part of this period is when judgments come upon the earth in a final attempt to turn mankind’s heart to God; it will be sometime early in this period—how early is unspecified—when at last the earth will be cleansed, Christ will return, and the Millennium will begin. (D&C 77:12–13; note the clear reference to both a time period and events to occur after the opening of the seventh seal but before the time of the Second Coming.) The description of those seventh seal events fills most of the remainder of the book.” (Oct. 1983 Ensign “Book of Revelation Overview” https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

-“Revelation’s Seven Seals: John’s seven seals give an overview of the seven thousand years of earth’s “temporal existence,” as follows: 1. (Rev. 6:1–2—about 4000 B.C. to 3000 B.C.) John sees a warrior, conquering. 2. (Rev. 6:3–4—about 3000 B.C. to 2000 B.C.) John sees a representation of human contention and death. 3. (Rev. 6:5–6—about 2000 B.C. to 1000 B.C.) John sees images of famine. 4. (Rev. 6:7–8—about 1000 B.C. to A.D. 1) John sees death by war, famine, beasts. 5. (Rev. 6:9–11—about A.D. 1 to A.D. 1000) John sees the martyrs for Christ of the early Christian era. 6. (About A.D. 1000 to A.D. 2000) Great Earthquake (Rev. 6:12–17) John sees a great earthquake; the sun darkens, the moon turns to blood, stars appear to fall; the wicked mistakenly fear that it is the end of the world. (See also JS—M 1:33; D&C 29:14; D&C 88:87.) 144,000 Sealed (Rev. 7:1–8) A scene shows that angels are held back from sending further judgment until 144,000 high priests can be “sealed” and called to “administer the everlasting gospel.” (See D&C 77:9–11.) Rewards for Those Who Endure Tribulations (Rev. 7:9–17) A heavenly scene, “before the throne”; John sees that a “great multitude, which no man could number” will obtain the rewards of the faithful through righteously enduring “tribulation.” 7. (About A.D. 2000 to A.D. 3000) Six Judgments (Rev. 8 and Rev. 9) Six of seven trumps now sound, signaling six coming judgments on the earth: (1) hail and fire mingled with blood are cast upon the earth (cf. Ex. 9:22–26; Ezek. 38:22); (2) a great burning mountain is cast into the sea (cf. Ex. 7:19–25); (3) a great star falls, affecting 1/3 of fresh water; (4) 1/3 of heavenly bodies turn dark (cf. Ex. 10:21–23); (5) sun is darkened by smoke; 5-month battle plagues mankind, of such extent it is called a “woe”; (6) a 13-month war plagues mankind, but men still don’t repent, suggesting clearly the purposes for the “judgments of God.” An Assignment to John (Rev. 10) At this point, an angel informs John of a “sweet” but “bitter” assignment for him to gather Israel “before the time of [Christ’s] coming .” (See D&C 77:12, 14.) Two Witnesses in Jerusalem (Rev. 11:1–14) John sees the gentiles “tread” Jerusalem “under foot” for 42 months. During that same period two witnesses of the Lord testify with great power. The period ends with an earthquake. Conditions now are such that the period is called a second “woe.” (See D&C 77:15.) Seventh Judgment (Rev. 11:14–19) The seventh angel trumps, and voices in heaven proclaim the coming earthly reign of Christ; lightnings, thunderings, an earthquake, and great hail follow—a “third woe” of mankind.” (Oct. 1983 Ensign “Book of Revelation Overview” https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

-“the seven seals in the book described by John beginning in chapter 5 of Revelation represent seven major time periods in earth’s history and that the final two are the ones that deal with our day and beyond (see D&C 77:6–7), helping us see why John’s vision spends so much more time with the sixth and seventh seals. Joseph Smith’s revelation then goes on to explain how some of the figures in the sixth seal (the four angels and the 144,000 servants sealed from the tribes of Israel) relate to the work of the Restoration and gathering in the last days (see D&C 77:9–11).” (Dec. 2015 Ensign “Joseph Smith and the Book of Revelation” by David A. Edward Church Magazines; https://www.lds.org/ensign/2015/12/joseph-smith-and-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-The trumpets to prepare for the Millennium will sound in the beginning of the seventh thousand years (D&C 77:12)

-The 6th thousand years is the opening of the 6th seal (D&C 77:10), etc. (your 1st year starts when you are at age 0! So the 7th thousand years starts at 6k years in! Since year 2000 AD has passed, we are in the time of small season of preparations for the Millennium!)

-“Q. What are we to understand by the seven seals with which it was sealed? A. We are to understand that the first seal contains the things of the first thousand years, and the second also of the second thousand years, and so on until the seventh.” (D&C 77:7)

-“Q. What are we to understand by the sounding of the trumpets, mentioned in the 8th chapter of Revelation? A. We are to understand that as

God made the world in six days, and on the seventh day he finished his work, and sanctified it, and also formed man out of the dust of the earth, even so, in the beginning of the seventh thousand years will the Lord God sanctify the earth, and complete the salvation of man, and judge all things, and shall redeem all things, except that which he hath not put into his power, when he shall have sealed all things, unto the end of all things; and the sounding of the trumpets of the seven angels are the preparing and finishing of his work, in the beginning of the seventh thousand years—the preparing of the way before the time of his coming.” (D&C 77:12)

-After the 7th seal, there will be a half hour of silence before the coming of the Lord (Rev.

–7th seal opens (Rev. 8:1) then the 1/2 hour of silence (Rev. 8: 1) then the 7 trumpets given to 7 angels begin (Rev. 8:6-7); the 7th trumpet announces that the kingdoms of the world now belong to Christ (Rev. 11:15)

-The Book of Revelation says that after the opening of the 7th seal there will be a half hour of silence, then destructions and the coming of the Lord. Elder McConkie, as seen in his book The Millennial Messiah, said that one way to interpret this is that the 7th seal opens at year 2000 AD, then the half hour of silence happens. The half hour could equal 21 years, since 1000 years is a day to God. After these 21 years, at year 2021, would come the major destructions upon the land. A while after that, the Lord would come. Elder McConkie goes on to say that the coming of the Lord will be after the 7th seal is opened, citing the D&C, that a little while after that, the Second Coming happens. He says we don’t know whether it will be 20 50 or 100 years after that seal opening that Christ will come, we only know that it will be shortly after the opening of the 7th seal (2000 AD).

-“D&C 77:6–7. Why Was the Book Sealed That John Saw?

“‘The book which John saw’ represented the real history of the world—what the eye of God has seen, what the recording angel has written; and the seven thousand years, corresponding to the seven seals of the Apocalyptic volume, are as seven great days during which Mother Earth will fulfill her mortal mission, laboring six days and resting upon the seventh, her period of sanctification. These seven days do not include the period of our planet’s creation and preparation as a dwelling place for man. They are limited to Earth’s ‘temporal existence,’ that is, to Time, considered as distinct from Eternity.” (Whitney, Saturday Night Thoughts, p. 11.)” (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-There is a period of time “after the opening of the seventh seal, before the coming of Christ” (D&C 77:13). This means that The Millennium won’t happen right at year 2,000 AD, but a little bit after!

-The D&C attests that the 1000 year marks are on what we call 1000 year marks, i.e. year 0, year 1000 AD, year 2000 AD, etc. This it does by showing that at year 0, Jesus was born. (D&C 20:1). However, this was not in the original version of D&C 20. Several prophets have said that April 6 is Christ’s birthday, seeming to have taken D&C 20:1 as revelation. Further reading on this, see http://en.fairmormon.org/Jesus_Christ/Date_of_birth.

-The Book of Mormon is an account is typical of future events. What happens in the text is that the destructions happen among the Nephites, then one year later, the Lord comes among the Nephites.

– “The day of the coming of the Lord is near. I do not know when…. I sincerely believe it will come in the very day when some of us who are here today [5 April 1936] will be living upon the face of the earth.” (President Joseph Fielding Smith ; see Doctrines of Salvation, 3:2-3; see also the Doctrine and Covenants Institute Manual pg. 61.)

-“Moreover the multitude of her strangers shall be like small dust, and the multitude of the terrible ones shall be as chaff that passeth away: yea, it shall be at an instant suddenly.” (JST Isa. 29:5)

(for further discussion of this happening suddenly, see “Valleys Exalted: A Vivid Dream of the Sudden Joy of Christ’s Return” (click here))

–“According to our Prophet’s teachings, God gave to this planet, Mother Earth, seven thousand years as the period of “its temporal existence;” and four thousand years, or four of those great days, had passed before Christ was crucified, while nearly two thousand years, or two more days, have gone by since. Consequently, we stand at the present moment in the Saturday Evening of Time, near the close of the sixth day, at the week’s end of human history. Morning will break upon the Millennium, the thousand years of peace, the Sabbath of the World.”

(Orson F. Whitney, Conference Report, April 1920, p.123)

-“Lest coming suddenly he find you sleeping.” (Mark 13:36)

-No man knows the day or the hour of the Savior’s final appearance (see Joseph Smith—Matthew 1:40; D&C 49:6–7; 133:10–11).

–“Jesus Christ never did reveal to any man the precise time that He would come. Go and read the Scriptures, and you cannot find anything that specifies the exact hour He would come; and all that say so are false teachers” (Smith, Teachings, 341).
(The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch. 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
-“The precise time of Christ’s coming has not been made known to man. By learning to comprehend the signs of the times, by watching the development of the work of God among the nations, and by noting the rapid fulfilment of significant prophecies, we may perceive the progressive evidence of the approaching event: ‘But the hour and the day no man knoweth, neither the angels in heaven, nor shall they know until he comes’ [D&C 49:7]. His coming will be a surprise to those who have ignored His warnings, and who have failed to watch. ‘As a thief in the night’ will be the coming of the day of the Lord unto the wicked [2 Peter 3:10; 1 Thessalonians 5:2]” (James E. Talmage, The Articles of Faith, 362–63).
(The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
-Joseph Smith said that the time it will be revealed to the prophet. He pointed out that when Jesus said no man knoweth the hour, he was referring to those living at the time, not to a general overall time. He used Amos 3:7 to prove this.

-“The Prophet Joseph Smith believed in a rigorous adherence to the literal meaning of the biblical text. “What is the rule of interpretation?” he asked. “Just no interpretation at all.” It should be “understood precisely as it reads.” (The Words of Joseph Smith, ed. Andrew F. Ehat and Lyndon W. Cook (1980), p161) An example of this was his use of Amos 3:7 to refute speculation about the date of the Second Coming. In the early 1840s, Baptist William Miller stirred considerable national interest with his prediction that the Second Coming would occur in 1843. When one of Miller’s followers claimed to have seen the “sign of the Son of Man” as predicted in Matthew 24 [Matt. 24], Joseph replied: “He has not seen the sign of the Son of Man, as foretold by Jesus; neither has any man … for the Lord hath not shown me any such sign; and as the prophet saith, so it must be—‘Surely the Lord God will do nothing but He revealeth His secret unto His servants the prophets.’ (See Amos 3:7.) Therefore hear this, O earth: The Lord will not come to reign over the righteous, in this world, in 1843, nor until everything for the Bridegroom is ready.” (History of the Church, 5:291.) Of the Savior’s words that no man knows the day or the hour of the coming of the Son of Man (see Matt. 24:36), the Prophet asked: “Did Christ speak this as a general principle throughout all generations? Oh, no, He spoke in the present tense. No man that was then living upon the footstool of God knew the day or the hour. But He did not say that there was no man throughout all generations that should not know the day or the hour. No, for this would be in flat contradiction with other scripture. For the prophet says that God will do nothing but what He will reveal unto His servants the prophets. Consequently, if it is not made known to the prophets, it will not come to pass.” (The Words of Joseph Smith, ed. Andrew F. Ehat and Lyndon W. Cook (1980), 180–81. Also: Joseph Smith, discourse of 6 Apr. 1843; cited in Joseph Smith’s Commentary of the Bible, Kent P. Jackson, ed. and comp., 112)…Another inspired literal interpretation that has had a far-reaching effect on our doctrine is the Prophet’s reading of Isaiah 2:3 [Isa. 2:3]: “Out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.” He taught that the words Zion and Jerusalem, rather than being an example of Hebrew poetic parallelism, which would make the terms synonymous, referred to two different places, suggesting that nearly every mention of Zion in Old Testament prophecy points toward the New Jerusalem to be built in America.” (THE PROPHET JOSEPH SMITH’S USE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT by Grant Underwood; August 2002; https://www.lds.org/ensign/2002/08/the-prophet-joseph-smiths-use-of-the-old-testament?lang=eng#footnote12-22908_000_008)

-“Wherefore, as those who have been destroyed have been destroyed speedily; and the multitude of their terrible ones shall be as chaff that passeth away—yea, thus saith the Lord God: It shall be at an instant, suddenly—” (2 Ne. 26:18)

–Gen. Conf. April 2016 opening prayer: “we strive to be worthy to welcome in the Second Coming of Thy Son”

-Elder Nelson in a 2016 worldwide broadcast to the youth said that we are Millennials in a very different sense than the world calls us, and this he knows based on spiritual promptings he has been receiving from the Holy Ghost. He said that our role is to help prepare people to live in the Millennium. See https://www.lds.org/broadcasts/article/worldwide-devotionals/2016/01/becoming-true-millennials?lang=eng Here is the quote: “” We are grateful for each time you stand up and speak up for truth—especially when it is not popular.

Many people refer to you as Millennials. I’ll admit that when researchers refer to you by that word and describe what their studies reveal about you—your likes and dislikes, your feelings and inclinations, your strengths and weaknesses—I’m uncomfortable. There is something about the way they use the term Millennial that bothers me. And frankly, I am less interested in what the experts have to say about you than what the Lord has told me about you.

When I pray about you and ask the Lord how He feels about you, I feel something far different from what the researchers say. Spiritual impressions I’ve received about you lead me to believe that the term Millennial may actually be perfect for you. But for a much different reason than the experts may ever understand.

The term Millennial is perfect for you if that term reminds you of who you really are and what your purpose in life really is. A True Millennial is one who was taught and did teach the gospel of Jesus Christ pre-mortally and who made covenants with our Heavenly Father there about courageous things—even morally courageous things—that you would do while here on earth.

A True Millennial is a man or woman whom God trusted enough to send to earth during the most compelling dispensation in the history of this world. A True Millennial is a man or woman who lives now to help prepare the people of this world for the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and His millennial reign. Make no mistake about it—you were born to be a True Millennial… Expect and prepare to accomplish the impossible. God has always asked His covenant children to do difficult things. Because you are covenant-keeping sons and daughters of God, living in the latter part of these latter days, the Lord will ask you to do difficult things. You can count on it—Abrahamic tests did not stop with Abraham.4“”

-“¶Therefore shall evil come upon thee; thou shalt not know from whence it riseth: and mischief shall fall upon thee; thou shalt not be able to put it off: and desolation shall come upon thee suddenly, which thou shalt not know.” (Isa. 47:11)

-“The Lord who shall suddenly come to his temple; the Lord who shall come down upon the world with a curse to judgment; yea, upon all the nations that forget God, and upon all the ungodly among you.” (D&C 133:2)

-like the fig tree getting leaves, we know it’s near time; watch the prophecies

-the children of light are not to be taken as a thief in the night pertaining to Jesus’ coming, and are instructed to watch (1 Thes. 5:4-6)

-the book of revelation can be taken very symbolically, and much of it can already be fulfilled.

-need Armageddon which could be symbolic of the turmoil of our time

-need Adam-ondi-Ahman to happen before the 2nd Coming. (see Millennial Messiah)

-the Church in wilderness 3.5 years.

-Jerusalem under siege 3.5 years.

-Prophets slain in street after prophesying 3.5 years must happen first.

–The coming of the Lord is near, and “it overtaketh the world as a thief in the night” (D&C 106:4; see v. 5; 1 Thessalonians 5:2–4; Matthew 24:42–44).

-A trump will sound long and loud to signal the Lord’s final appearance (see D&C 43:18; 29:13;88:94; 49:23).

-“The Savior will appear to all the world sometime in the beginning of the seventh thousand years of the earth’s temporal existence (see D&C 77:12–13).” (The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch. 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
–“At the time appointed by the Father, the Son of Man will come in the clouds of heaven. It is an unknown day in the beginning of the seventh thousand years of the earth’s temporal continuance. War, such as has not been known from the beginning of time, is in progress. All nations are assembled at Armageddon. “All things are in commotion. Never has there been such a day as this. The newspapers of the world, as well as radio and television, speak only of war and calamity and the dread that hangs like a millstone around every neck. …
“And the signs in heaven above are like nothing man has ever seen. Blood is everywhere; fire and vapors of smoke fill the atmospheric heavens. No man has seen a rainbow this year. …
“And above all are the vexing words of those Mormon Elders! They are everywhere preaching their strange doctrine, saying that the coming of the Lord is near, and that unless men repent and believe the gospel they will be destroyed by the brightness of his coming.
“In this setting, as these and ten thousand like things are in progress, suddenly, quickly, as from the midst of eternity, He comes! Fire burns before him; tempests spread destruction; the earth trembles and reels to and fro as a drunken man. Every corruptible thing is consumed. He sets his foot on the Mount called Olivet; it cleaves in twain. The Lord has returned and the great millennium is here! The year of his redeemed has arrived!” (McConkie, Millennial Messiah, 21–22). (The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch. 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
-It is an act of righteousness, yea of love for God, to look for the signs of the Second Coming of Christ (D&C 45:39). These people shall indeed see signs and wonders (D&C 45:39). Even he who watches for Christ won’t be cut off (D&C 45:44). For a more full account of D&C 45 about the last days and Second Coming, see of the JST of the New Testament (D&C 45:60). This will enable further preparation for that day (D&C 45:61).
-“D&C 77:8. Four Angels Sent from God with Power to Save Life and to Destroy It
President Joseph Fielding Smith explained that “these angels seem to fit the description of the angels spoken of in the parable of the wheat and the tares, (Matt. 13:24–43 and D. & C. 86:17), who plead with the Lord that they might go forth to reap down the field. They were told to let the wheat and the tares grow together to the time of the end of the harvest, which is the end of the world (Matt. 13:38–39). … These angels have been given power over the four parts [quarters] of the earth and they have the power of committing the everlasting Gospel to the peoples of the earth. The fullness of the Gospel was not restored by any one messenger sent from the presence of the Lord. All the ancient prophets who held keys and came and restored them, had a hand in this great work of restoration. There are, we learn from this revelation, four angels unto whom the power has been given, to shut up the heavens, to open them and with power unto life and also unto death and destruction. These are now at work in the earth on their sacred mission.” (Church History and Modern Revelation, 1:300–301.) Susa Young Gates reported an address by President Wilford Woodruff in which he declared: “Those angels have left the portals of heaven, and they stand over this people and this nation now, and are hovering over the earth waiting to pour out the judgments. And from this very day they shall be poured out.” (Young Women’s Journal, Aug. 1894, p. 512; see also Notes and Commentary for D&C 86:5.)” (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“the Book of Mormon, brought forth through the Prophet Joseph Smith, teaches us that we were meant to have John’s description of the events leading up to the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and that it is worthy of our study.” (Dec. 2015 Ensign “Joseph Smith and the Book of Revelation” by David A. Edward Church Magazines; https://www.lds.org/ensign/2015/12/joseph-smith-and-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-While I was taking a class from Donald Parry, BYU professor of Hebrew, he told us that he has an LDS Jewish friend, whom is about age 50 or 60, and when in a most holy place of the temple one day, around year 2016, she received a powerful impression that she would be an ordinance worker in the temple at Jerusalem. So she went and learned Hebrew to help her be prepared!

-The dedication of the Rome Italy Temple is “a hinge-point in the history of the Church. Things are going to move forward at an accelerated pace. The Church is going to have an unprecedented future, unparalleled. We’re just building up to what is ahead now.” (President Russel M Nelson, remarks at Rome temple dedication 2019. See https://www.thechurchnews.com/leaders-and-ministry/2019-03-15/president-nelson-talks-unprecedented-future-of-church-following-rome-italy-temple-dedication-49233?fbclid=IwAR1VeKe0WxZ4FtPs38zMaKogR4Qbh9DLTEKLSKtaVAIsNneUciZ8ZKWZLNk )

-“God has saved for the final inning some of his strongest children, who will help bear off the Kingdom triumphantly. And that is where you come in, for you are the generation that must be prepared to meet your God.” (In His Steps by Ezra Taft Benson (then of the 12 Apostles, later president of the church) Mar. 4, 1979, BYU Devotional, https://speeches.byu.edu/talks/ezra-taft-benson_in-christs-steps/)

 

 

 

Chapter 13. A Marked Generation

 

-“For nearly six thousand years, God has held you in reserve to make your appearance in the final days before the Second Coming of the Lord. Every previous gospel dispensation has drifted into apostasy, but ours will not. True, there will be some individuals who will fall away; but the kingdom of God will remain intact to welcome the return of its head—even Jesus Christ. While our generation will be comparable in wickedness to the days of Noah, when the Lord cleansed the earth by flood, there is a major difference this time. It is that God has saved for the final inning some of his strongest children, who will help bear off the Kingdom triumphantly. And that is where you come in, for you are the generation that must be prepared to meet your God. All through the ages the prophets have looked down through the corridors of time to our day. Billions of the deceased and those yet to be born have their eyes on us. Make no mistake about it—you are a marked generation. There has never been more expected of the faithful in such a short period of time as there is of us. Never before on the face of this earth have the forces of evil and the forces of good been as well organized. Now is the great day of the devil’s power, with the greatest mass murderers of all time living among us. But now is also the great day of the Lord’s power, with the greatest number ever of priesthood holders on the earth. And the showdown is fast approaching. Each day the forces of evil and the forces of good pick up new recruits. Each day we personally make many decisions that show where our support will go. The final outcome is certain—the forces of righteousness will finally win. What remains to be seen is where each of us personally, now and in the future, will stand in this fight—and how tall we will stand. Will we be true to our last-days, foreordained mission? Great battles can make great heroes, but heroes will make great battle. You will never have a better opportunity to be a greater hero in a more crucial battle than in the battle you will face today and in the immediate future. Be warned that some of the greatest battles you will face will be fought within the silent chambers of your own soul. David’s battles in the field against the foe were not as critical as David’s battles in the palace against a lustful eye. We will each find our own battlefield. The tactics that the enemy will use against us will vary from time to time; he will feel after our weak spots. We must be alert to the devil’s devious designs, to the subtle sins and clever compromises as well as the obvious offenses.” (In His Steps by Ezra Taft Benson (then of the 12 Apostles, later president of the church) Mar. 4, 1979, BYU Devotional, https://speeches.byu.edu/talks/ezra-taft-benson_in-christs-steps/)

 

-“It may be, for instance, that nothing except the power of faith and the authority of the priesthood can save individuals and congregations from the atomic holocausts that surely shall be…

We do not say that all of the Saints will be spared and saved from the coming day of desolation. But we do say there is no promise of safety and no promise of security except for those who love the Lord and who are seeking to do all that he commands.”

(Bruce R McConkie-Stand Independent above All Other Creatures)

Chapter 14. Food Storage etc. for the Coming Famine – Call of the Prophets

First, remember you may need to share with your neighbors, and the 1st Presidency encourages you to be prepared to do so, as stated in “All is Safely Gathered In”:

 

 

 

-“The first season that we came here I recollect that Brother Brigham proclaimed the policy of our laying up grain, and told us to lay up a seven years supply, and prepare for a famine.” (Heber C. Kimball, The Deseret News 6:38; June 10, 1855)
-“The Lord, through his prophet, has called the mothers of Israel to prepare for a famine. . . .We are well assured that the time is fast approaching when the Lord will pour out his indignation on the nations, and although we should escape, we will feel the effects in a national capacity. Our hearts must be hard indeed if we will not feel for those who may come to us for help. The Lord showed his servant Joseph that such things would come, and it was of such a nature and so distressing and revolting to humanity to witness, that he asked the Lord to close it up.” (Woman’s Exponent, Dec. 1, 1876)
-“There are a few things I want to say. One is, take care of your grain; for it is of more worth to you than gold and silver. I know you will see harder times before another harvest than you have seen this season. There is enough, and we need never want bread, but if we do not take the right course we are sure to see sorrow, and the greatest you have ever seen.” (Life of Heber C. Kimball, p. 411, 1853)

-“Build yourselves good store-houses and save your grain for a time of famine, and sickness, and death upon the nations of the wicked, to get rid of the evil doers.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 3:227, 1856)
-“The time has come for us to lay up our stores. Will the world follow our example? No, they will not; and if we do our duty, who cares whether they do or not. They will come with their bonnets, their fine clothing, and their jewelry, and be glad to work for us to get their bread.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:10)
-“I would like to see the people take a course to make their own clothing, make their own machinery, their own knives and their own forks, and everything else we need, for the day will come when we will be under the necessity of doing it, for trouble and perplexity, war and famine, bloodshed and fire, and thunder and lightning will roll upon the nations of the earth, insomuch that we cannot get to them, nor they to us.” (Life of Heber C. Kimball, p. 411)
-“After the Angel Moroni appeared to the Prophet Joseph Smith September 21, 1832, he [Joseph] said: “He informed me of great judgments which were coming upon the earth, with great desolations by FAMINE, sword, and pestilence; and that these grievous judgments would come on the earth in this generation.”” (DHC 1:14)
-“Harder times are coming by and bye, and there is going to be an awful famine. And if we do right, we shall take a course to lay up our surplus grain.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 109, 1856)
-“I will not say much more about grain; you can do as you please. I might just as well say nothing about it, for I know none will listen to it but good Saints, men of God, and men that have an experience, and can see things as they are: they are the men that will save this people. If one to fifty proves a Savior in the end, I shall think that things are much better than I expected to find them.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 8:246, 1860)
-“I tell you in the name of the Lord God, I know the gate of plenty will be shut down, and your wheat and corn will be blasted; the earth will cease to yield in her strength if this people do not appreciate their blessings, and improve upon them. Further, if this people appreciate these blessings, we will see the time yet, in these mountains, when the people will come from our native countries for bread. If we are faithful, if we are true, if we are humble, and appreciate the blessings of heaven that are poured upon us, and improve upon them, strangers will seek bread at our hands, but, if we neglect our duty, if we become proud, idle, selfish, or covetous, and forget our God, the earth will cease to yield her fruits, they will be blasted, and we will be in poverty; that you may be assured of.” (Brigham Young, Deseret News, Oct. 16, 1852)
-“Will the United States send troops here? Yes. And when they have done, the other inhabitants of the earth will send them. . . . Will you go to work now, and lay up your grain?” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:180, 1857)
-“What is going to be the condition of this people and their surrounding neighbors. Do we not see the storm gathering? It will come from the northeast and the southeast, from the east and from the west, and from the northwest. The clouds are gathering; the distant thunders can be heard; the grumblings and mutterings in the distance are audible, and tell of destruction, want, and famine. But mark it well, if we live according to the holy Priesthood bestowed upon us, while God bears rule in the midst of these mountains, I promise you, in the name of Israel’s God, that he will give us seed-time and harvest. We must forfeit our right to the Priesthood before the blessings of the Heavens cease to come upon us. . . .
And here let me say to you, buy what flour you need, and do not let it be hauled away. Have you a horse, or an ox, or a wagon, or anything else, if it takes the coat off your back, or the shoes off your feet, and you have to wear moccasins? Sell them and go to the merchants who have it to sell, and buy the flour before it is hauled away. . . .My faith does not lead me to think the Lord will provide us with roast pigs, bread already buttered, etc. He will give us the ability to raise the grain, to obtain the fruits of the earth, to make habitations, to procure a few boards to make a box, and when harvest comes, giving us the grain, it is for us to preserve it–to save the wheat until we have one, two, five, or seven years’ provisions on hand, until there is enough of the staff of life saved by the people to bread themselves and those who will come here seeking for safety. . . .
Do you see any necessity, Latter-day Saints, for providing for the thousands coming here?. . .The time is coming when. . .this is the only place where there will be peace. There will be war, famine, pestilence, and misery through the nations of the earth, and there will be no safety in any place but Zion, as has been foretold by the Prophets of the Lord, both anciently and in our day.. . .Buy flour, you who can;. . .And then, when the people come here by thousands, you will be able to feed them. What will be your feelings, when the women and children begin to cry in your ears, with not a man to protect them? You can believe it or not, but the time is coming when a good man will be more precious than fine gold. . . .Joseph said, many and many a time, to us,–“Never be anxious for the Lord to pour out his judgments upon the nation; many of you will see the distress and evils poured out upon this nation till you will weep like children.” (Brigham Young, JD 10:292-95, 1864)
-“Missouri is cracked up to be the greatest honey country that there is on the earth; but it will not be many years before they cannot raise a spoonful in that land, nor in Illinois, or in any other land where they fight against God. Mildew shall come upon their honey, their bees, and their crops; and famine and desolation shall come upon the nation like a whirlwind. . . .Shall we ever be brought to want? I tell you, if we live our religion, we never shall. Cannot God Almighty send manna here, honey, and everything else, just as well as he could in the days of Moses? This is the last dispensation, and it has got all the power, the interest, the miracles that were in all of them, and tenfold more. . .The maple trees in the States will be blasted; yes, and they might as well try to make sugar from an oak tree; and everything else will be mildewed and go to destruction, when we shall have thousands.
Have not we felt the rod? Yes; and God says judgment shall come, and it shall commence at the house of God first, and then it will come upon those that have rebelled in the house of God; and of all the suffering that ever fell upon men and women will fall upon the apostates. . . .” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:93-94, 1857
-“Lay up your stores, and take your silks and fine things, and exchange them for grain and such things as you need, and the time will come when we will be obliged to depend upon our own resources; for the time is not far distant when the curtain will be dropped between us and the United States. . . You will also see the day that you will wish you had laid up your grain, if you do not do it now; for you will see the day, if you do not take care of the blessings God has given to you, that you will become servants, the same as the world will.. . . I will prove to you that I will put my faith with my works and layup stores for my family and for my friends that are in the United States, and I will be to them as Joseph was to the people in the land of Egypt. Every man and woman will be a saviour if they will do as I say. . . .It behooves us to be saving and to prepare for the time to come. The day will come when the people of the United States will come lugging their bundles under their arms, coming to us for bread to eat. Every Prophet has spoken of this from the early ages of the world. Already we begin to see sickness, trouble, death, famine, and pestilence; and more yet awaits the nations of the wicked. Jesus said, When you hear of these things in foreign nations–destruction and desolation, you may then look forth for my coming, and know that it is nigh at hand.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:10, 1857)
-“Follow the example if you think it is a good one, and lay up stores of grain, against the time of need, for you will see the time when there will not be a kernel raised and when thousands and millions will come to this people for bread.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 3:252, 1856)
-“We have done first rate; but we can wake up more, and keep waking up, and attend to the things you have been told to attend to; and one of them is, to lay up stores of corn, wheat, oats, peas, beans, buck wheat, and everything else that can be preserved; for you will see a day when you will want it; and it will be when we shall feel the effects of famine, and when the United States have not any food. And inasmuch as we are wise and prudent in this matter, we shall have power over them, and they cannot help themselves.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 4:330, 1857)
-“But the day will be, and it is right at our doors, when thousands and millions in the United States and in the old countries will come to us and render to us all the rich things that this earth affords, in exchange for food.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:255, 1857)
-“The day will come when millions of people will flock to us for bread, and thousands of them will be honest; they will be the elect of God; they will come to us for salvation, either to this place or to Jackson County.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 8:89, 1860)
-“There are some who feel that they are secure as long as they have funds to purchase food. Money is not food. If there is no food in the stores or in the warehouses, you cannot sustain life with money. Both President Romney and President Clark have warned us that we will yet live on what we produce.” (J. Richard Clarke, Conference Report, Oct. 1980)
-“You have been warned before hand, and that by revelation from God through Joseph Smith, and afterward through brother Brigham who is our Prophet, you have been warned, time and time again, to take care of your grain. In future build yourselves good store-houses and save your grain for a time of famine, and sickness, and death upon the nations of the wicked, to get rid of the evil doers. . . .We must lay up grain against the famines that will prevail upon the earth. What shall we lay up that grain for? Shall we lay it up to feed the wicked? No, we shall lay it up to feed the Saints who gather here from all the nations of the earth, and for the millions of lovers of good and wholesome laws who will come from the old countries and from the United States, fleeing to this place for their bread, and I know it.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 3:227-228, 1856)
-“It has been prophesied, scores of times, to different ones of the Latter-day Saints that their relatives and friends who cast them out and scorned them, should yet come begging for bread; then be wise, and prepare yourselves with bread in abundance to feed the hungry.” (Woman’s Exponent, Nov. 15, 1876)
-“I have seen a hungry woman turn down food for a spool of thread. (Ezra Taft Benson, speaking of war-torn Europe at close of World War II;” Conference Report, Oct. 1973))
-“What good will be our greenbacks that we get from the government for security when all the crops of the earth are destroyed by hail?” (“And there shall be a great hailstorm sent forth to destroy the crops of the earth.”) D & C 29:16 (Mathew Cowley Speaks, p. 172)
-“I remember when the sisters used to say, “Well, but we could buy it at the store a lot cheaper than we can put it up.” But that isn’t quite the answer. . . Because there will come a time when there isn’t a store. I remember long years ago that I asked a very prominent grocer who had a chain of grocery stores, “How long would your supply of groceries last if you did not have trucks to bring in new supplies?” He replied, “Maybe we could stretch it out for two weeks from our storehouses and from our supplies.” People could get awfully hungry after two weeks were over. . . .Should trucks fail to fill the shelves of the stores, many would go hungry.” (Pres. Spencer W. Kimball, Conference Report, Oct. 1974)
-“Have you ever paused to realize what would happen to your community or nation if transportation were paralyzed or if we had a war or depression? How would you and your neighbors obtain food? How long would the corner grocery store or supermarket sustain the needs of the community?” (Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct. 1980)
-“I presume you have never had the great and trying experience of looking into the faces of people who are starving when you are unable to give them even a crust of bread. We faced that as we first met with the Saints in parts of Europe. But when the welfare supplies came, it was a time never to be forgotten by these faithful Saints. I can see them now in tears, weeping like children, as they looked upon those first boxes of welfare supplies when they reached occupied Germany.” (Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct. 1952)

-“I remember great tracts of once fertile and productive land lying idle… and people starving because there was no seed to plant, no machinery with which to plant, cultivate, and harvest, and no power because power machines had been destroyed and horses had been killed during the bombing and many others killed and eaten for human’s food. . . .” (Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct. 1952)
-“We are too accustomed to going to stores [and rationalizing]. . .that [we have] no time or space [for a garden]. May I suggest…you store seeds and have sufficient tools on hand to do the job.” (Pres. Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct. 1980)
-“The time will come when the judgments of God will be poured out upon this nation because of their wickedness in shedding the blood of the Prophets and other righteous men and women, and in passing laws against the Patriarchal order of marriage; and peace will be taken from the earth. A great revolution will take place in this land and those who will not take up the sword against their neighbor, and the honest in heart, will flee to places of safety; they will come over these Rocky Mountains with knap sacks on their backs and there will be so many to be fed that there will be a famine for the want of food, not because there will not be seed time and harvest, but because of the number of people that will come. Then a sack of wheat will be worth many times more than a bag of gold.” (John W. Taylor, Farmington, Utah, Spring, 1901)
-“Should evil times come, many might wish they had filled all their fruit bottles. . .cultivated a garden. . .planted a few fruit trees and berry bushes.” (Pres. Spencer W. Kimball, Conference Report, Oct. 1974)
-“Suppose you. . .sell all your wheat . . .and you are left with nothing more than a pile of gold, what good would it do you? You could not eat it, drink it, wear it, or carry it off where you could have something to eat. The time will come that gold will hold no comparison in value to a bushel of wheat.” (Brigham Young, JD 1:250, 1853)
-“Obtain a year’s supply [by building] up your food supply just as you would a savings account. Save a little for storage each pay-check. Can or bottle fruits and vegetables from your gardens and orchards. Learn how to preserve food through drying and possibly freezing. Make your storage a part of your budget. . . . We urge you to do this prayerfully and do it now.” (Pres. Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct. 1980, “Prepare for the Days of Tribulation”)
-“Store up all your grain and take care of it. . . . it is almost as necessary to have bread to sustain the body as it is to have food for the spirit; for the one is as necessary as the other to enable us to carry on the work of God upon the earth.” (Orson Hyde, JD 5:17)
-“Learn to sustain yourselves, lay up grain and flour, and save it for a day of scarcity.” (Discourses of Brigham Young, pp. 291-93)
-“Some of the recent disasters in which Church members have been involved show that there is a need for diversification in places of storage and in types of containers. Perhaps not all storage should be concentrated in one area of the house, not all should be stored in tin or plastic containers, not all in glass containers.” (Barbara B. Smith, Conference Report, Oct. 1976)
-“Frequently I am asked, “What were the most valuable items in the days of starvation in Germany? As for what we needed, the food item we relied on most was vegetable oil. With a bottle of vegetable oil, one could acquire nearly every other desirable item. It had such value that with a quart of vegetable oil one could probably trade for three bushels of apples or three hundred pounds of potatoes. Vegetable oil has a high calorie content, is easy to transport, and in cooking can give a tasty flavor to all kinds of food items that one would not normally consider as food–wild flowers, wild plants, and roots from shrubs and trees. For me and my family, a high-quality vegetable oil has the highest priority in our food storage, both in times of daily use and for emergency usage. When vegetable oil is well-packed and stored appropriately, it has a long storage life without the necessity of refrigeration. We found ours to be in very good condition after twenty years of storage, but circumstances may vary. . . . . . .Honey could be traded for three times as much as sugar. . . . When a person is very hungry, the taste of food will change for him. In times of emergency, the Lord seems to provide a way to help our bodies adapt.”
(F. Enzio Busche, Ensign, June 1982)
-“The day will come when if this people do not lay up their bread they will be sorry for it.” (Wilford Woodruff, JD 18:127)
-“It will not surprise me, if times get harder and tighter, if somewhere along the line you will be required to give up what you yourselves have or part of it in your cellars. It will be fortunate if you have put away enough so that you can spare some and still be able to live.” (J. Reuben Clark, Jr., Church News, April 20, 1946)

-“[When] distributing food, clothing, and bedding to the suffering members of the Church in Europe following World War I, I witnessed the starving, the emaciated, and the barefoot. It was a piteous sight. My heart went out in compassion to all our Heavenly Father’s suffering children. . . .[Upon] arrival of our first Church welfare supplies in Berlin. . .I took with me the acting President of the mission. . ..[He] took [the] dried beans…put his hands into [them] and ran [them] through his fingers, then broke down and cried like a child with gratitude. We opened another box, filled with cracked wheat, nothing added or taken away. . . .He touched a pinch of it to his mouth. After a moment he looked at me through his tearful eyes–and mine were wet, too–and said, while slowly shaking his head, “Brother Benson, it is hard to believe that people who have never seen us could do so much for us.””(Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Apr. 1977)
-“Elder Lorenzo Snow. . .spoke of the prediction of the servants of God that wheat would be worth its weight in gold. He asked what preparation had been made for that time. . . .When this nation became disrupted by civil strife, thousands would flock here and we should have to feed them. . . .As sure as there was a God in Israel, the famine predicted would come to pass.” (Des. Evening News, Jan. 31, 1877)
-“Brethren, go and build your storehouses before your grain is harvested, and lay it up, and let us never cease until we have got a seven years’ supply. You may think that we shall not see times in which we shall need it.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 4:337, 1857)
-“Let us go to work and lay up our grain, lay up wheat, and everything that will and can be preserved; and in so doing, we will save ourselves from sorrow, pain, and anguish; . . .This is a part of our religion–to lay up stores and provide for ourselves and for the surrounding country; for the day is near when they will come by thousands and by millions, with their fineries, to get a little bread. That time is right by our door. . . .Wake up, ye Saints of Zion, while it is called to-day, lest trouble and sorrow come upon you, as a thief in the night. Suppose it is not coming, will it hurt you to lay up the products of the earth for seven years? Will it hurt you, if you have your guns, swords, and spears in good condition, according to the law of the United States? . . .But wake up, ye Saints of the Most High, and prepare for any emergency that the Lord our God may have pleasure in bringing forth. We never shall leave these valleys–till we get ready; no, never; no, never. We will live here till we go back to Jackson County, Missouri. I prophesy that, in the name of Israel’s God.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:164-65, 1857)
-“For years past it has been sounded in my ears, year after year, to lay up grain, so that we might have an abundance in the day of want. .. View the actions of the Latter-day Saints on this matter, and their neglect of the counsel given; and suppose the Lord would allow these insects to destroy the crops this season and the next, what would be the result? I can see death, misery and want on the faces of the people. But some may say, “I have faith the Lord will turn them away.” What ground have we to hope this? Have I any good reason to say to my Father in heaven, “Fight my battles,” when He has given me the sword to wield, the arm and the brain that I can fight for myself? Can I ask Him to fight my battles and sit quietly down waiting for Him to do so? I cannot.” (Brigham Young, JD 12:240-241, 186)
-“Let us be in a position so we are able to not only feed ourselves through the home production and storage, but others as well.” (Pres. Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct. 1980)
-“The revelation to produce and store food may be as essential to our temporal welfare today as boarding the Ark was to the people in the days of Noah.” (Pres. Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct.1987)
-“Joseph warned the people of a famine that was coming on the land, and laid up corn; so Brigham and Heber have taught you that we are going to see a day similar to that, but more terrible–more awful!
. . .I would advise you to take everything that is unnecessary, and buy wheat and barley, and such things as you need with it, and lay up your stores for the time that is to come, that you can feed your own kindred and friends, who will actually come to you.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:174, 175, 1857)
-“It’s better to have your food supply two years early than one day late. Nations shall be cut off when they are ripe in iniquity. . . . A desolating sickness shall cover the land. . . . Famine shall sorely oppress them–confusion and war shall make their hearts to faint, and their knees to tremble. Would to God that our nation had never given cause for the distress which they now only begin to suffer! . . . When these poor starving thousands flock here for food, will it not be glory enough for you to begin with, to feed them, to give them shelter, and administer to their sick? . . . If you will do as you are told, your eyes shall witness just such scenes!” (Orson Hyde, JD 2:206, 1855)
-“A few years ago President Young gave counsel to the people of the Territory–most of whom agreed to it–to lay by seven years’ provisions. We were to have commenced three years ago, and were to have laid up one year’s bread over and above the year’s supply. The following year we were to add another year’s supply, and so have continued until we had our seven years’ supply laid up. … I look upon the subject of storing grain and other kinds of food as a very religious matter. How could a man who was half starved enjoy his religion? How on the earth could a man enjoy his religion when he has been told by the Lord how to prepare for a day of famine, when, instead of doing so, he had fooled away that which would have sustained him and his family. I wish our brethren to lay this matter to heart, and not to rest until they have obeyed this particular item of counsel. I also advise them to live within their means, and avoid getting into debt.” (George A. Smith, JD 12:141-143, 1867)
-“We have said much to the people with regard to laying up provisions to last them a few years. This is our duty now; it has been our duty for years. How many of our bishops have provisions laid up for one year, two years, or seven years. (Brigham Young, JD 12:106, 1867)

I tell you that the judgments of God are at the door of both Zion and great Babylon. …I want to ask you if you ever heard brother Kimball tell about laying up wheat? “Yes,” say some “we have heard him, but the famine has not come yet.” No, but it will come. The Lord is not going to disappoint either Babylon or Zion, with regard to famine, pestilence, earthquakes or storms, . . . they are at the doors . . . . Lay up your wheat and other provisions against a day of need, for the day will come when they will be wanted, and no mistake about it. We shall want bread, and the Gentiles will want bread, and if we are wise we shall have something to feed them and ourselves when famine comes.” (Wilford Woodruff, JD 18:121, 1875)
-“I will tell you a dream which Brother Kesler had lately. He dreamed that there was a sack of gold and a cat placed before him, and that he had the privilege of taking which he pleased, whereupon he took the cat, and walked off with her. Why did he take the cat in preference to the gold? Because he could eat the cat, but could not eat the gold. You may see about such times before you die.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 3:262, 1855)
-“There are many very good people who keep most of the Lord’s commandments with respect to the virtuous side of life, but who overlook His commandments in temporal things. They do not heed His warning to prepare for a possible future emergency, apparently feeling that in the midst of all this trouble “it won’t happen to us.”” (Mark E. Petersen, Conference Report, April 1981)
-“I have asked of the Lord concerning His coming; and while asking the Lord, He gave a sign and said, “In the days of Noah I set a bow in the heavens as a sign and token that in any year that the bow should be seen the Lord would not come; but there should be seed time and harvest during that year; but whenever you see the bow withdrawn, it shall be a token that there shall be famine, pestilence, and great distress among the nations, and that the coming of the Messiah is not far distant.”” (TPJS, pp. 340-341)
-“Now is the time for us to be like unto Joseph of old–lay up stores for ourselves, and our children; and thousands, and hundreds of thousands from the old world, the United States, and North and South America will flee to this place to get down by the side of Joseph’s cribs, and granaries, and storehouses, to get that which will sustain life. . . .”(Life of Heber C. Kimball, p. 41

-“. . . but those who have known [God] and in the day of tribulation forsaken His laws will be beaten with many stripes. To all those who stand firm and steadfast when the love of many shall wax cold because of the famine and pestilence, and great trials with which the Saints of God are to be tried before the judgments pass from the house of God to the wicked, to all such He has made precious promises, and they will be fulfilled.” (Parley P. Pratt, JD 3:311, 1856)
-“If we sin, and do not repent, God will chastise us until we do repent of and forsake all sin; but He never will scourge us so long as we do right. …Plan to build a good storehouse, every man who has a farm, and never cease until you have accomplished it. And do not forget to pay your tithing before you put the grain into the storehouse. Lay up enough for seven years, at a calculation for from five to ten in each family; and then calculate that there will be in your families from five to ten persons to where you now have one, because you are on the increase. It now takes about one thousand bushels of wheat to bread my family one year, and I want to lay up six thousand for each year of the seven for which I calculate to store it up. . . . Where a family now requires only a hundred bushels a year, let the head of that family lay up a hundred bushels the first year, two hundred the next, and increase the amount every year in proportion to their probable requirements. When we have stored away our grain we are safe, independent of the world, in case of famine, are we not? Yes, we are; for, in that case, we will have the means for subsistence in our own hands. When the famines begin upon the earth, we shall be very apt to feel them first. If judgments must need begin at the house of God, and if the righteous scarcely are saved, how will it be with the wicked? Am I looking for famines? Yes, the most terrible and severe that have ever come upon the nations of the earth. These things are right before us, and some of this people are not thinking anything about them; they do not enter their hearts. Still there is not an Elder here who has read the revelation which says, Go forth and warn the inhabitants of this land of the sickness, the death, and disasters that are coming upon this nation, but what must be satisfied of the truth of what I am saying. …I consider that carefully storing our surplus grain against a time of need is of the greatest importance to this people, in connection with building the Temple. You may build that Temple, and at the same time neglect those things that I am speaking of, and you will perish temporally.
. . .I know that we will see those things of which I have spoken–such famines as this world never beheld. Yes, we have got to see those scenes;. . .and if you will wake up and do as you are told, you will escape. I will advise every man in every settlement to build a storehouse; and if one cannot do so alone, let two or three build one between them. Store up and preserve your grain, and then you will be safe. . . . I know that He is able to suffer famines to come upon us, and then to rain manna down from heaven to sustain us. I also know that He could increase our grain in the granaries and our flour in the bins, and make one small loaf of bread suffice for many persons, by exerting His creative power. . . .
There are a great many things that we can save and take care of, as well as we can wheat, barley, and oats. We can dry pumpkins, squashes, currants, apples, peaches, &c, and save them; we can also save beans, peas, and like articles, and keep them for seven years. And if you will take the right care of your wheat, you can save it just as long as you may wish to; but, in the usual mode of storing it, you have got to stir it, move it, remove it, and turn it over, or it will spoil. . . .Then go to work and build up this kingdom, establish righteousness, and prepare yourselves for the famines that are coming upon the earth; for I tell you that they are coming. Do you suppose that God would give revelations and tell us to warn the inhabitants of the earth of things which were coming speedily upon them, if He did not intend that those things should come? He said that they should feel them, and I know that they are bound to feel them; for they will not repent. Let us go to work and prepare for the thousands upon thousands who will come unto us. . . . The day will come when people will gather here by hundreds and by thousands,–yes, fifty thousand in a year; and very many will come trudging along with their bundles under their arms.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:19-23, 1857)
-“We can so live that we can call upon the Lord for His protection and guidance. . . . We cannot expect His help if we are unwilling to keep His commandments. Those of us who read and believe the scriptures are aware of the warnings of prophets concerning catastrophes that have come to pass and are yet to come to pass.
There was the great Flood, when waters covered the earth and when, as Peter says, only “eight souls were saved” (1 Peter 3:20).
If anyone has any doubt concerning the terrible things that can and will afflict mankind, let him read the 24th chapter of Matthew. Among other things the Lord says: “Ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars. . . .
“For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places.
“All these are the beginning of sorrows. . . .
“And woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days! . . .
“For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be.
“And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened” (Matthew 24:6–8, 19, 21–22).
In the Book of Mormon we read of unimaginable destruction in the Western Hemisphere at the time of the Savior’s death in Jerusalem. Again I quote:
“And it came to pass in the thirty and fourth year, in the first month, on the fourth day of the month, there arose a great storm, such an one as never had been known in all the land.
“And there was also a great and terrible tempest; and there was terrible thunder, insomuch that it did shake the whole earth as if it was about to divide asunder.
“And there were exceedingly sharp lightnings, such as never had been known in all the land.
“And the city of Zarahemla did take fire.
“And the city of Moroni did sink into the depths of the sea, and the inhabitants thereof were drowned.
“And the earth was carried up upon the city of Moronihah, that in the place of the city there became a great mountain. . . .
” . . . The whole face of the land was changed, because of the tempest and the whirlwinds, and the thunderings and the lightnings, and the exceedingly great quaking of the whole earth;
“And the highways were broken up, and the level roads were spoiled, and many smooth places became rough.
“And many great and notable cities were sunk, and many were burned, and many were shaken till the buildings thereof had fallen to the earth, and the inhabitants thereof were slain, and the places were left desolate” (3 Nephi 8:5–10, 12–14).
What a terrible catastrophe that must have been.
The plague or Black Death of the fourteenth century took millions of lives. Other pandemic diseases, such as smallpox, have brought untold suffering and death through the centuries.
In the year A.D. 79 the great city of Pompeii was destroyed when Mount Vesuvius erupted.
Chicago was ravaged by a terrible fire. Tidal waves have swamped areas of Hawaii. The San Francisco earthquake in 1906 ruined the city and took some 3,000 lives. The hurricane that hit Galveston, Texas, in 1900 killed 8,000. And more recently, as you know, has been the terrible tsunami of Southeast Asia, where thousands of lives were lost and where relief efforts are still needed.
How portentous are the words of revelation found in the 88th section of the Doctrine and Covenants concerning the calamities that should befall after the testimonies of the elders. The Lord says:
“For after your testimony cometh the testimony of earthquakes, that shall cause groanings in the midst of her, and men shall fall upon the ground and shall not be able to stand.
“And also cometh the testimony of the voice of thunderings, and the voice of lightnings, and the voice of tempests, and the voice of the waves of the sea heaving themselves beyond their bounds.
“And all things shall be in commotion; and surely, men’s hearts shall fail them; for fear shall come upon all people” (D&C 88:89–91).
How interesting are descriptions of the tsunami and the recent hurricanes in terms of the language of this revelation, which says, “The voice of the waves of the sea heaving themselves beyond their bounds.”
Man’s inhumanity to man expressed in past and present conflict has and continues to bring unspeakable suffering. In the Darfur region of Sudan, tens of thousands have been killed and well over a million have been left homeless.
What we have experienced in the past was all foretold, and the end is not yet. Just as there have been calamities in the past, we expect more in the future. What do we do?
Someone has said it was not raining when Noah built the ark. But he built it, and the rains came.
The Lord has said, “If ye are prepared ye shall not fear” (D&C 38:30).
The primary preparation is also set forth in the Doctrine and Covenants, wherein it says, “Wherefore, stand ye in holy places, and be not moved, until the day of the Lord come” (D&C 87:8).
We sing the song:

When the earth begins to tremble,
Bid our fearful thoughts be still;
When thy judgments spread destruction,
Keep us safe on Zion’s hill.
(“Guide Us, O Thou Great Jehovah,” Hymns, no. 83)

We can so live that we can call upon the Lord for His protection and guidance. This is a first priority. We cannot expect His help if we are unwilling to keep His commandments. We in this Church have evidence enough of the penalties of disobedience in the examples of both the Jaredite and the Nephite nations. Each went from glory to utter destruction because of wickedness.
We know, of course, that the rain falls on the just as well as the unjust (see Matthew 5:45). But even though the just die they are not lost, but are saved through the Atonement of the Redeemer. Paul wrote to the Romans, “For whether we live, we live unto the Lord; and whether we die, we die unto the Lord” (Romans 14:8).
We can heed warnings. We have been told that many had been given concerning the vulnerability of New Orleans. We are told by seismologists that the Salt Lake Valley is a potential earthquake zone. This is the primary reason that we are extensively renovating the Tabernacle on Temple Square. This historic and remarkable building must be made to withstand the shaking of the earth.
We have built grain storage and storehouses and stocked them with the necessities of life in the event of a disaster. But the best storehouse is the family storeroom. In words of revelation the Lord has said, “Organize yourselves; prepare every needful thing” (D&C 109:8).
Our people for three-quarters of a century have been counseled and encouraged to make such preparation as will assure survival should a calamity come.
We can set aside some water, basic food, medicine, and clothing to keep us warm. We ought to have a little money laid aside in case of a rainy day.
Now what I have said should not occasion a run on the grocery store or anything of that kind. I am saying nothing that has not been said for a very long time.
Let us never lose sight of the dream of Pharaoh concerning the fat cattle and the lean, the full ears of corn, and the blasted ears; the meaning of which was interpreted by Joseph to indicate years of plenty and years of scarcity (see Genesis 41:1–36).
I have faith, my dear brethren, that the Lord will bless us, and watch over us, and assist us if we walk in obedience to His light, His gospel, and His commandments. He is our Father and our God, and we are His children, and we must be in every way deserving of His love and concern. That we may do so is my humble prayer, in the name of Jesus Christ, amen.” (If Ye Are Prepared Ye Shall Not Fear; by President Gordon B. Hinckley)

 

 

Chapter 15. The Book of Revelation: A Chronology of Events

Based on a simple reading of the text in the order it’s presented.

-Christian martyrs (Rev. 6:11)

-6th seal opens (Rev. 6:12)

-great earthquake (Rev. 6:12)

-stars (appear to) fall like fruits from a tree in great wind (Rev. 6:12)

-moon appears as blood (Rev. 6:12)

-sun blackened (Rev. 6:12)

-islands and mountains flee (Rev. 6:14)

-no hurt to the earth until high priests144,000 sealed to God (Rev. 7:3)

-24 Elders worship God in white robes (Rev. 7:11)

-the righteous serve God in his temple day and night (Rev. 7:15)

-7th seal opens (Rev. 8:1)

-1/2 hour of silence (Rev. 8: 1)

-7 trumpets given to 7 angels begin (Rev. 8:6-7)

-trumpet one is hail with fire and blood. 1/3 of trees destroyed (Rev. 8:7)

-trumpet 2 is fiery mountain into sea. 1/3 of water made bad, 1/3 of sea life dies, 1/3 of ships destroyed (Rev. 8:8)

-trumpet 3 is a star called wormwood (means a bitter herb) falls to the rivers making the sources of water bitter. 1/3 of remaining water becomes bitter. (Rev. 8:10-11)

-trumpet 4 is the sun moon and stars are darkened so there is 1/3 less light or 1/3 shorter days (Rev. 8:12)

-trumpet 5 is locusts tormenting men for 5 months. They are described as human warriors. Perhaps warfare so thick it’s like locusts. Reminiscent of Moses plagues. They only hurt men who don’t have the seal of God in their foreheads. (Rev. 9:1-10)

-the locusts’ king is Apollyon (Greek for the Destroyer). (Rev. 9:11)

-one woe is past 2 more to come (Rev. 9:12)

-trumpet 6 is an army of 200 million kills 1/3 of all humans on earth with fire war machines (Rev. 9:14-19)

-the people still won’t repent (Rev. 9:20-21)

-the temple at Jerusalem is trodden under feet for 3.5 years (Rev. 11:2)

-2 prophets testify in the streets of Jerusalem for 3.5 years (Rev. 11:3) burning whoever oppose them (Rev. 11:5). They can turn water to blood and cause many plagues (Rev. 11:6). After finishing their testimony, they are killed by the beast (Rev. 11:7) at Jerusalem (Rev. 11:8) but 3.5 days later are resurrected and ascend up to heaven. (Rev. 11:11-12)

-the same hour the prophets ascend to heaven, a large earthquake causes 1/10 of “the city” (Jerusalem) to fall, and kills 7,000 people. Survivors feared God and gave him glory (Rev. 11:13)

-the 2nd woe is now accomplished and the 3rd woe is soon to come (Rev. 11:14)

-trumpet 7 by the 7th angel announces that the kingdoms of the world now belong to Christ (Rev. 11:15)

-24 Elders worship God (Rev. 11:16) (*compare with LDS prophets’ visions of these 24 dedicating Missouri for the New Jerusalem temple after Missouri is laid desolate)

-God’s wrath has come (Rev. 11:18)

-lightnings seen, thunder and voices heard, earthquake, great hale (Rev. 11:19)

-Kingdom of God is born (Rev. 12:2).

-10 horned 7 crowned dragon appears. (Rev. 12:3)

-before the woman gave birth, the dragon cast 1/3 of heaven to earth and was waiting to devour the child (Rev. 12:4)

-the child is to rule all nations (Rev. 12:5)

-The child (the kingdom of God) hides in the wilderness for 3.5 years (Rev. 12:6)

-Kingdom of God as with eagles wings flees to the wilderness for 3.5 years to hide where the child is nourished (Rev. 12:14) (*could be referring to what happened in verse 6)

-Satan sends a flood to stop the Kingdom of God but the earth helps the Kingdom of God and swallows it. (Rev. 12:15-16)

-the dragon wages war on the Church (Rev. 12:17)

-beast with 7 crowned heads and 10 horns rises from the sea (Rev. 13:1)

-this beast has power and great authority which the dragon has given it (Rev. 13:2)

-deadly wound of the beast is healed and all the world marvels at it (Rev. 13:3)

-people fear the beast and consider him the most powerful on earth. The worship the dragon and the beast. (Rev. 13:4)

-the beast speaks blasphemies for 3.5 years (Rev. 13:5)

-the beast overcomes the saints (*could be referring to God’s ancient people the Jews, or the LDS, or other Christians) (Rev. 13:7)

-all but they who are written in the lambs book of life worship the beast (Rev. 13:8)

-those who use the sword are killed by the sword. Saints are to be patient and faithful (Rev. 13:10).

-the 2nd beast enlivens the 1st beast (whom was wounded by sword) and does miracles. 2nd beast tells the people to make an image to the 1st beast. Life is given to the image of the beast. (Rev. 13:11-12)

-the beast does miracles to deceive like bringing fire down from heaven (Rev. 13:13-14)

-the image of the beast causes those who won’t worship it to be killed (Rev. 13:15)

-the mark of the beast is imposed upon people to transact in the economy (*mark could be a way of living, or a tattoo etc.) (Rev. 13:16-17). Mark is 666 (Rev. 13:18).

-the Lamb with 144,000 stand upon the mount (of Zion the New Jerusalem) with the mark of God on their foreheads (Rev. 14:1)

-the 144,000 sing a new song (Rev. 14:3) (D&C 84:96-102 is the new song. It’s sang after plagues.)

-the 144,000 are those undefiled (*The Lord often speaks of his covenant people as being virgins, in that they don’t go whoring after false doctrines and false gods and false religions) (Rev. 14:4)

-angel with loud voice preaches (*missionaries have a new type of mission: preaching with loud voice in public places) (Rev. 14:6-7)

-another angel says Babylon is fallen (Rev. 14:8)

-a 3rd angel warns against those who have the mark of the beast they they’ll receive eternal plague (Rev. 14:9-11)

-the Saints patiently keep God’s commandments. That is how you know they have faith. (Rev. 14:12)

-people are judged by their works after they die (Rev. 14:13)

-earth is reaped and many are trodden (Rev. 14:14-20)

-the winepress of God’s wrath is filled with 1600 furlongs of blood (Rev. 14:20)

-7 angels with 7 last plagues (Rev. 15:1)

-those who overcome the beast and his image have the harps of God (Rev. 15:2). They are astounded at what God has done (Rev. 15:3)

-God’s judgements are made manifest (Rev. 15:4)

-The angels who pour out the wrath of God are holy people (*This goes along with the Jewish lore that the archangels who preside over each other 7 dispensations are the ones who pour out the plagues upon the land in the last days!) (Rev. 15:6).

-the vials/plagues to come are God’s wrath (*not just natural disasters!) (Rev. 15:7)

-No one is able to enter the temple until the plagues are poured out in full (*perhaps this is why we should not procrastinate doing our temple work, temple marriages, and work for our dead in the temples) (Rev. 15:8)

-wrath of God plague vial 1 is beast mark people get sores (Rev. 16:2)

-wrath of God plague vial 2 is sea turned to blood all life in it dies (Rev. 16:3)

-wrath of God plague vial 3 is rivers and fountains of waters turn to blood (Rev. 16:4)

-don’t make the mistake of thinking that God is evil because of this wrath. He is righteous. He has judged us (Rev. 16:5). People deserve these plagues because they have slain the prophets and saints of God (Rev. 16:6).

-wrath of God plague 4 is upon the sun which scorches with fire (Rev. 16:8). This causes people to curse God, but still not repent (Rev. 16:9).

-wrath of God plague 5 is extreme pain to those at the seat of the beast. This also causes them to blaspheme God. They still don’t repent (Rev. 16:10-11).

-wrath of God plague 6 is the river Euphrates dried. This also serves to “prepare the way of the kings of the east” (Rev. 16:12). (*perhaps for the Chinese to come participate in Armageddon).

-3 spirits as frogs from the beast the false prophet and the dragon proceed and gather people together by false miracles to the battle or Armageddon (Rev. 16:13-14)

-Christ’s coming will surprise people like a thief (Rev. 16:15)

-people gather at Armageddon (*a place in the east by Jerusalem) (Rev. 16:16).

-wrath of God plague 7 poured out into the air and then voices, thunders, lightnings, and a great earthquake are heard and felt. (Rev. 16:17-18)

-wrath on Babylon (Rev. 16:19)

-islands and mountains cease (Rev. 16:20)

-hale comes the weight of a talent (*1 talent ~ 70 pounds). This makes people blaspheme God, it’s effect being so large (Rev. 16:21).

-kings of the earth have committed fornication with Babylon (Rev. 17:2)

-Babylon is depicted as having 7 heads and ten horns (*chapter summary in LDS scriptures seems to refer to this as showing that Babylon is established all over the earth) (Rev. 17:3)

-Babylon is drunken with the blood of the saints to an astonishing degree (Rev. 17:6).

-the beast “carrying” Babylon “was and is not and yet is” goes to perdition (Rev. 17:8) This is the 8th king (Rev. 17:11).

-the 7 heads of the beast are 7 mountains it’s over (*shows it’s established through the earth) (Rev. 17:9)

-the ten horns are kings. They have 1 hour of power with the beast (Rev. 17:12) to unitedly battle the Lamb’s people (Rev. 17:13-14).

-Babylon has large coverage in many nations, hence the meaning of the water the whore sits upon (Rev. 17:15).

-The horns on the beast turn against the whore and burn her (Rev. 17:16)

-Babylon is fallen (Rev. 18:2)

-merchants were rich because of Babylon. Kings of the earth committed fornication with her. Every nation was involved with Babylon (Rev. 18:3).

-saints called out of Babylon lest they partake of her plagues (Rev. 18: 4)

-God has remembered the iniquities of Babylon (Rev. 18: 5)

-Babylon is punished 2 fold for all it’s evil. Inasmuch as she was happy living “deliciously”, she’ll now be sad (*for all the taking advantage of people etc.) (Rev. 18:6)

-death famine mourning and burning came to Babylon in 1 hour whilst she boasts of being undefeatable (Rev. 18:8)

-merchants weep as Babylon falls (Rev. 18: 9-19)

-heaven and holy people rejoice as Babylon falls (Rev. 18:20)

-Babylon businesses are no more (Rev. 18:22)

-ALL nations were deceived by sorceries of Babylon (Rev. 18:23)

-Babylon is responsible for all the blood spilt on earth (Rev. 18: 24)

-God has avenged the blood of his saints upon Babylon (Rev. 19:2)

-24 elders worship God (Rev. 19:4)

-the Lord God omnipotent reigneth (Rev. 19:6)

-the marriage supper of the Lamb occurs, only the righteous may attend. The white robe is “the righteousness of the saints” and who is found not dressed in the wedding garment is “cast into outer darkness” (Matt. 22:10-14). The wife has made herself ready. (Rev. 19:7-8)

-Jesus Christ comes on a white horse dressed in red and eyes as flames of fire (Rev. 19:11-13). Armies follow him (Rev. 19:14).

-Jesus Christ proceeds to unleash the fierce wrath of the Almighty God. He is in charge (Rev. 19: 15-16).

-the animals eat the slain people. This is called “the supper of the great God” (Rev. 19:17-18, 21)

-all beast people try to fight against the horseman Jesus Christ, but are slain by fire from Jesus Christ, or a sword proceeding from the mouth of Jesus Christ (Rev. 19: 19-21)

-Satan is bound in the pit by the angel who has the keys to such (Jesus Christ) for a Millennium (1000 years) so he can’t tempt people. At the end of the thousand years he will come out and tempt people for a while (Rev. 20: 1-3, 7).

-the righteous reign with Christ on thrones during the Millennium (Rev. 20:4)

-the wicked are not resurrected until after the Millennium (they suffer for their sins 1000 years in hell then rise to a lesser glory than they who were righteous) (Rev. 20:5) (For more information on resurrections and assignments to kingdoms of glory after this life, read Doctrine and Covenants 76)

-after the Millennium Satan is loosed for a little season and gathers an army innumerable as the sands of the sea (Rev. 20: 8)

-Satan’s followers are consumed with fire (Rev. 20:9)

-The Devil goes to fire forever and ever (Rev. 20:10)

-everyone gets judged according to what they did in life (Rev. 20:12)

-People rise from the dead to go to judgement (Rev. 20:13).

-there is a new heaven and a new earth (Rev. 21:1)

-The holy city comes down from the sky to earth (Rev. 21:2)

-God himself rules on earth among men (Rev. 21:3)

-there will be no more death or sorrow. God wipes the tears from our eyes (Rev. 21:4)

-God gives all those who thirst to drink of the waters of life freely (Rev. 21: 6)

-Who overcomes all things becomes a son of God (*and hence will inherit all he has (D&C 84:38)) (Rev. 21:7)

-the holy city has no need of the sun because Jesus Christ is the light there (Rev. 21:23). There will be no night there (Rev. 21:25).

-There are none neither can there be any wicked people in the holy city (Rev. 21:27).

-a pure river flows from under the throne of God (Rev. 22:1).

-the tree of life is here. It’s leaves heal the nations. It bears fruit year-round (Rev. 22:2).

-the earth is no longer cursed (Rev. 22:3)

-they shall see the face of Jesus Christ. His name shall be in their foreheads (Rev. 22:4)

-The servants of Christ reign forever and ever (Rev. 22:5)

-Those who lived lives of filth are still filthy in the next life. Those who lived wholesome lives in the next life, are still wholesome (Rev. 22:11)

-Christ is coming quickly (Rev. 22:12)

-Those who do the commandments of Christ have access to the gate of this holy city and the tree of life there (Rev. 22: 14)

-specific groups of people banned from the holy city are those who lie to their spouse, who use magic, who are idol, who kill, and those who participate in whoredom. (Rev. 22:15)

-whoever wants to come participate in the goodness of Christ, come. It is free (Rev. 22:17).

-the grace of Christ is with those who believe in him (Rev. 22:21).

Chapter 16. The 144,000: Words of the Prophets

-“I am going on in my progress for eternal life. It is not only necessary that you should be baptized for your dead, but you will have to go through all the ordinances for them, the same as you have gone through to save yourselves. There will be 144,000 saviors on Mount Zion, and with them an innumerable host that no man can number. Oh! I beseech you to go forward, go forward and make your calling and your election sure; and if any man preach any other Gospel than that which I have preached, he shall be cursed; and some of you who now hear me shall see it, and know that I testify the truth concerning them.” (Joseph Smith, Journal of Discourses, vol. 6, pg. 365))

-“The waters of life are free; come and partake of them, without money and without price! If you will not partake of them, how can you blame anyone but yourself if you die of thirst in the desert? If you put out the light by persecuting the Saints of God, how can you blame anybody but yourself if you are left in darkness? Could the ancients blame God for taking His Church from the earth, when they took every pains to exterminate it? They destroyed the body of the Church, and the spirit departed, just as naturally as when the body of a man is killed; his spirit has no longer any business upon the earth. It returns to God who gave it, to come again at a more auspicious time, with the Son of God in clouds of glory, provided it be one of the 144,000 faithful ones who follow the Lamb whithersoever He goeth.” (Orson F. Whitney, Journal of Discourses, vol. 26, pg. 268 )

-“Having been shown Satan’s power on earth, John is now shown the power that will overthrow it. He sees the Lamb on Mount Zion with 144,000 special ministers of the gospel. (Rev. 14:1–5.)… 144,000 Sealed (Rev. 7:1–8) A scene shows that angels are held back from sending further judgment until 144,000 high priests can be “sealed” and called to “administer the everlasting gospel.” (See D&C 77:9–11.)” (Ensign, 1983 “Book of Revelation Overview”; see https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

-“How long will they who come from the north countries tarry in the heights of Zion? Sometime. They have got to raise wheat, cultivate the grape, wine and oil, raise flocks and herds, and their souls will have to become as a watered garden. They will dwell in Zion a good while, and during that time, there will be twelve thousand chosen out of each of these ten tribes, besides twelve thousand that will be chosen from Judah, Joseph, and the remaining tribes, one hundred and forty-four thousand in all. Chosen for what? To be sealed in their foreheads. For what purpose? So that the power of death and pestilence and plague that will go forth in those days sweeping over the nations of the earth will have no power over them. These parties who are sealed in their foreheads will go forth among all people, nations and tongues, and gather up and hunt out the house of Israel, wherever they are scattered, and bring as many as they possibly can into the Church of the first-born, preparatory to the great day of the coming of the Lord. One hundred and forty-four thousand missionaries! Quite a host. All this has got to take place. There are persons in this congregation who will be in the midst of Zion, when the ten tribes come to Zion from the north countries, and will assist in bestowing the blessings promised by the Almighty upon the heads of the tribes of Israel. There are servants of God in the midst of this congregation who will lay their hands upon many of each of these twelve thousand, chosen out of the ten tribes, and set them apart as missionaries to visit the nations of the earth and hunt up the remnants of the seed of Jacob.” (O. Pratt, Journal of Discourses, 18:25)

– “The Prophet (Joseph Smith) clearly indicates that the twelve thousand sealed from each of the twelve tribes is not just a symbolic representation of the forces of righteousness, as some scholars maintain. They are a great missionary force of the sixth seal (see D&C 77:10). Joseph Smith shows us that they are ordained high priests chosen from among every nation to carry forth the gospel and bring as many as will come to the true Church (see D&C 77:11). (In another revelation the Prophet indicated that these 144,000 would also stand on Mt. Zion with the Savior. See D&C 133:18 and compare with Revelation 14:1–5.) The Prophet also said, shortly before his death, “I attended prayer-meeting with the quorum in the assembly room, and made some remarks respecting the hundred and forty-four thousand mentioned by John the Revelator, showing that the selection of persons to form that number had already commenced.” [HC, J SMITH 6:196.] This statement would seem to indicate that this great body of missionaries may be composed of mortals and immortals together.” (BYU Religious Studies Center: Insights from the JST into the Book of Revelation By Gerald N. Lund; https://rsc.byu.edu/archived/joseph-smith-translation-restoration-plain-and-precious-things/13-insights-jst-book)

-“D&C 77:9. What Is the Significance of the Angel from the East Sealing the Servants of God?

The four angels who are given power over the earth are kept from sending forth desolations upon the earth until God’s servants are sealed in their foreheads. The Prophet Joseph Smith taught that this sealing “signifies sealing the blessing upon their heads, meaning the everlasting covenant, thereby making their calling and election sure” (Teachings, p. 321).

Elder Orson Pratt gave this additional explanation:

“When the Temple is built [in the New Jerusalem] the sons of the two Priesthoods [Melchizedek and Aaronic] … will enter into that Temple … and all of them who are pure in heart will behold the face of the Lord and that too before he comes in his glory in the clouds of heaven, for he will suddenly come to his Temple, and he will purify the sons of Moses and of Aaron, until they shall be prepared to offer in that Temple an offering that shall be acceptable in the sight of the Lord. In doing this, he will purify not only the minds of the Priesthood in that Temple, but he will purify their bodies until they shall be quickened, and renewed and strengthened, and they will be partially changed, not toimmortality, but changed in part that they can be filled with the power of God, and they can stand in the presence of Jesus, and behold his face in the midst of that Temple.

“This will prepare them for further ministrations among the nations of the earth, it will prepare them to go forth in the days of tribulation and vengeance upon the nations of the wicked, when God will smite them with pestilence, plague and earthquake, such as former generations never knew. Then the servants of God will need to be armed with the power of God, they will need to have that sealing blessing pronounced upon their foreheads that they can stand forth in the midst of these desolations and plagues and not be overcome by them. When John the Revelator describes this scene he says he saw four angels sent forth, ready to hold the four winds that should blow from the four quarters of heaven. Another angel ascended from the east and cried to the four angels, and said, ‘Smite not the earth now, but wait a little while.’ ‘How long?’ ‘Until the servants of our God are sealed in their foreheads.’ What for? To prepare them to stand forth in the midst of these desolations and plagues, and not be overcome. When they are prepared, when they have received a renewal of their bodies in the Lord’s temple, and have been filled with the Holy Ghost and purified as gold and silver in a furnace of fire, then they will be prepared to stand before the nations of the earth and preach glad tidings of salvation in the midst of judgments that are to come like a whirlwind upon the wicked.” (In Journal of Discourses, 15:365–66.) (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“D&C 77:11. Who Are the 144,000?

“Before the Lord shall come … there is to be a great work among the nations. … The ten tribes will have to come forth and come to this land, to be crowned with glory in the midst of Zion by the hands of the servants of God, even the Children of Ephraim; and twelve thousand High Priests will be elected from each of these ten tribes, as well as from the scattered tribes, and sealed in their foreheads, and will be ordained and receive power to gather out of all nations, kindreds, tongues and people as many as will come unto the general assemblage of the Church of the first-born.” (Orson Pratt, in Journal of Discourses, 16:325.)” ( Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, quoted in the Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“John here sees 144,000 of these kings and priests, 12,000 from each tribe, converted, baptized, endowed, married for eternity, and finally sealed up unto eternal life, having their calling and election made sure.” (Bruce R. McConkie, Quorum of the Seventy, Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, 3:492)

 

Chapter 17. 50 Last Days Events: A Chronology from “Understanding the Book of Daniel” by Duane S. Crowther

 

 

These are 50 last days events identified by Duane Crowther. He has done extensive research on this and other gospel subjects and is a renown Latter-day Saint author. In the book there are supporting references from scriptures ancient and modern, as well as supporting and clarifying statements from the prophets. Some of his other books which even further ratify this chronology include “Prophecy: Key to the Future” and “Inspired Prophetic Warnings”. I find this timeline very convincing and suggest that we are around event 7 8 or 9 in the timeline.

 

  1. The apostasy
  2. The coming forth of the Book of Mormon
  3. The restoration of the Church
  4. The beginning of the times of the Gentiles
  5. War poured out upon all nations
  6. The period of preparatory wars

 

  1. The fullness of the times of the Gentiles
  2. The rising of slaves against their masters
  3. WW3
  4. The saints to suffer persecution

 

[11-14 occur concurrently]

  1. The fulfilling of the times of the Gentiles
  2. Saints in foreign lands will gather to the Americas

 

  1. The gospel will be taken from the Gentiles and later given to Israel
  2. God will pour out his judgements upon the Earth

 

  1. Internal wars in the US
  2. World-wide revolutions and deterioration of governments occur as the period of wars of total destruction begins
  3. The saints in America will gather to places of refuge in the western mountains (& other designated places of refuge)
  4. The political kingdom of God will be established
  5. The law of consecration will be established

*20. The New Jerusalem and its temple will be built in Missouri

  1. The conversion of the Lamanites
  2. The 10 tribes of Israel will come from the north to Missouri
  3. Christ will come to the New Jerusalem temple
  4. 144,000 high priests will be called
  5. A period of great plagues & destruction
  6. WW4, a universal conflict
  7. The coming of the Ancient of Days and the Savior to the council at Adam-ondi-Ahman
  8. The fall of the great and abominable Church
  9. The gathering to the New Jerusalem & its rise as a world center of influence
  10. The gathering to the land of Israel of the scattered remnants of Judah

30 & 31. General references to the gathering of the House of Israel

  1. The removal of the 10 tribes from America to the land of Israel
  2. The rule of David the prince
  3. The construction of the temple in Jerusalem
  4. Israel’s political affairs (pre/during Armageddon)

 

[35-38 occur concurrently]

  1. The Battle of Armageddon
  2. The fall of Rome
  3. The appearance of Christ on the Mount of Olives
  4. The conversion of the House of Israel

 

*39. Christ will come to the Jerusalem temple and place His glory upon Zion

  1. A mission to the heathen nations
  2. Israel’s growth following the Battle of Armageddon

*42. Christ’s coming in glory

*43. The 1st resurrection, resurrection of the righteous

  1. The Millennium
  2. The Battle of Gog & Magog
  3. The 2nd resurrection, resurrection of the unrighteous
  4. The final judgement
  5. The crowning & exalting of Christ & the saints
  6. The dissolution of the Earth and its heaven
  7. The re-creation of the Earth as a celestial world

 

 

 

 

Chapter 18. Lecture Notes on Signs & Wonders Presentations on Daniel & Revelation by Jodi Stoddard

The lectures far surpass these notes, so be sure to watch them! I’ll put links to them at the end of this essay. I share these notes with the permission of the author.

Part 1:

 

-7 is bible number, over 800 times in bible, days of week, seals, etc.
12 is 180 times in bible, shows faith the church and divine rule. gods kingdom 12 gates guarded by 12 angels…. 12 priests from each tribe, 144000 is 12k x 12k
-40 bible number……… gestation of child. rain at Noah. years to build SLC temple. Jonah warning to Nineveh 4444440 40 days. Israel 40 years wander. Fasting 40 days
-70 bible number. its 10 and 7. 70 elders, 70 captivity years ; 70 7’s
-seeing sign doesn’t mean you’re there, a sign says sometime soon something is coming. Signs indicate future events, thus they can occur quietly without the notice of people.
-Wendy Nelson Jan 2016 Hawaii talk becoming the person you were (born to be?) at 9:43 min on her talk asks what if you knew Christ already on the earth and meeting held without news or blogosphere knowing, what would you be desperate to do today?
-1260 is about 3.5 years. time times and half a time.
-the time off trouble is 3.5 years, the day of Jehovah and 3.5 more years of great trouble, knowing you are in labor of delivering the child. pains to be delivered.
women don’t know for sure in labor until half way through, thn increased pain.
-if a sign happens on a holy day you know it is what you seek
-1836 on Passover dedication of Kirtland temple. Elijah appears.
-2300 days or 2300 years. units interchangeable
-about 15 min in see Daniel chart the 2300 years.
-destruction of temple 70AD
-Miller, founder of Millerites, says 437? AD , speaks of 23000 years after that for second coming, but that calculation takes you to when 1846 Nauvoo temple dedication, we got temple ordinances and work restored.
-2 on both sides of river,,,, time times and half till the holy people scattered then these accomplished. Daniel saw Joseph Smith and Brigham Young, the power of the holy people scattered when Nauvoo temple burned, Brigham Young preparing to lead saints to go to Utah.
Use a jubilee. 171.5 years would be time times and half a time in jubilees, that takes us to 2017 with the woman in sky constellation and the 1st of 2 total solar eclipses.

 

Part 2:

 

-much about the seals
-each seal is 1000 years as taught Elder Bruce R McConkie and lds.org
-great quake in 6th seal opening, should have been about 1000 years ago. in Africa Asia and Europe over 1 million died in a great quake, 1202AD killed 1.1 million, not counting those in areas we have no record of. smaller population then, so this was a huge deal. from 0 – 1000 about 900k died in quakes this was 5th seal. from 1000-1200 1.5 million die in quakes. about 5 million died in quakes in 6th seal.
rev. 6:15 1132 to 1202 quakes were so bad they hid in the caves
there will be more quakes in 7th seal.
-rev 7:1-3 in 6th seal hurting things withheld until sealed in foreheads the servants of God (note: Mormon doctrine says this happens by laying on of hands)). these echo temple ordinances.
-before year 2000 we had 6888 temples, in 2000 we added 34 temples. so in 1 year we got half as many as we had in 170 years.
-Joel scripture indicating temple dedication
-rev 7:9—–12 all hear temple dedication palmyra.
-apr666 2000 was 170 anniversary of the restoration, so this palmyra dedication fits the Joel and Revelation so then is half hour
-half hour is about 20.83 years about 21, which is 3 7’s.
-rev 13 those in white always in the temple, apostles said this was the 144000 foreordained in heaven.
-1440000 symbolic not fixed, more of a title
-when Enoch city taken up, messengers came down and taught people getting those willing to join them, this was the flood, we will copy this pattern before the baptism of fire on the earth. the elect will be changed translated to assist others during the tribulations.
-President Russel M Nelson “I fear too many” not having privileges they could. footnotes take you to D&C 10777:19 or just9 which speaks of translation. Joseph Smith Translation of Genesis 14 also footnote, more of Enoch etc.
-these scriptures speak of translation, interacting with members of city of Enoch, direct visits with God, etc.
-rev 1-7 chronological, the rest not…
-some 7th seal events have started. rev 12 woman in sky rev 12:1. Jupiter in Virgo 42 weeks, September 2017, the eve of Rosh Hashanah is when Jupiter left. as Jupiter exited Virgo these stars were aligned for 1st time in 7k years. Leo Mercury Mars Venus make the 12, and thee sun, moon at foot.
-crown of 12 stars the apostles. woman the church. child delivered is the kingdom of God on earth says lds.org.
-rev 12:5 speaks of bringing forth the man child. then rev 12:6 speaks of 3.5 yr woman in wilderness, later in rev 12 speaks of another 3.5 years. 1st 3.5 called the time of trouble, 2nd called the great tribulations, or day of Jehovah.

-1948 Israel became a nation. dan 9:::::24 says 70 weeks or years upon thy people to finish the transgression, bring in righteousness, anoint most holy, etc.
this fulfilled in that day with temple destruction but another fulfillment – 70th year of Israel becoming a nation, 70 plus 1948 you get 2018 may 14 the anniversary 70 years to the day we moved the US embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem.

-Daniel said to watch for 69th year too so that’s 2017.
August 2017 total solar eclipse over the US completely, very rare. just after this eclipse were the 3 record breaking hurricanes in US, Jose or Joseph and Maria or Mary, then the rev 12 sign of virgin giving birth to child ….
-2017 was 70th jubilee of Israel leaving Egypt.

-24min. mark chart to note, shows sets of thousands of jubilees and significant events, and how it mirrors.

 

Part 3:

 

-the 2 eclipses more detail: 2017 2024 7 years apart. rev and dan speak of 2 sets of tribulations of 3.5 years each which is 7 yrs.
-the eclipse passed 7 towns with name of Salem. Jerusalem means new Salem, Salem means complete or whole like 7 meaning, and means peace.
-2nd eclipse makes x over heartland of America.
-the 2 eclipses intersect over Missouri. a bit south of Jackson county, but New Madrid fault could change that with an earthquake…
-matt 18:22 70×7 forgive. 7 often means complete. can mean until something complete. could mean continue to forgive until the end until i come again in the 7th period of time.
Israel a nation 70 years prior to 1st eclipse, then 7 years later until the 2nd eclipse. the paths of the eclipses make an x. so we have 70 x 7. so after 2nd eclipse, we are moving on to a new phase.
-Israel mints commemorative coin, Ezra helped the temple be built. Ezra speaks of Cyrus. the temple coin mentions 70 years to fulfill Daniels promise, it say s build a house to the lord.
-more info on holy days presented.
-Rosh Hashanah is the day god is proclaimed king this is the day the Virgo sign delivered the baby

-Something about 40 days after 1st eclipse then day of atonement, which we didn’t honor, so we have to repent for our ow sins.
-Talk by Ezra Taft Benson prepare yourselves for the great day of the Lord, Jodi’s brother in attendance felt the message communicated that they will be at Christ’s coming. This was Elder Benson not yet president.

-Benson that talk says we are living in the days of the signs and wonders, that as sure as the temple thrown down prophecy by Christ, so do we live in the time of the signs and wonders

-That talk Benson has challenging questions for us. He spoke of the rising generation which will not falter. he says to rise in this momentous hour. He says specifically that as it was for the Jesus prophecy 40 years destruction coming, so will it be with our generation. So an hour is 40 years in God’s time if you do the 1000 years is 1 day to God conversion. And 40 years after this talk is 2021 (half way between the tribulations, right at the half hour of silence ending).

-Levi given inheritance forever. Joseph Smith taught (ref in presentation) that the hereditary role of the Levites was forever. (Note: This could mean they don’t need priesthood conferred, they’re born with it, so they can do valid temple offerings even though they don’t know about the restored gospel yet.)
-Cleon Skousen went to Jerusalem years ago and helped them plan their 4th temple. its the 3rd stone temple and 4th if counting the tent temple. Joseph Smith said the animal sacrifice would continue. Skousen says Levi tribe will be responsible for building their own temple. temppleinstitute.org .
D&C 13 is what speaks of sons of levy offer; until offer in righteousness ; so they do sacrifice until they learn to do it without the blood.
-their hereditary priesthood will perhaps become fully effective as they do their sacrifices.
-actual temple in city of David just outside wall of Jerusalem. excavating temple there, a spring runs under it , Ghione spring.
these are the Cohenim. they have kept this blood line pure over 2000 years. they have in the last decade training in the rites. December 2018 they dedicated their altar, invited 70 nations, and gave a wheat offering.
-Ezra 3 speaks of altar laid then about 2.5 years later the[n the] rest, if this repeats then around they finish (review this part)
-something about 40 days before something (review this part)
-Passover 2019 was 40 days after dedicating Rome temple. President Uchtdorf spoke of Paul walking 40 days to Rome.

-1st Passover in our day being carried out in thousands of years
-This group is determined to build a temple on Mt. Moriah

-President Benson talk with references to 40. Then he speaks of an hour of trial, which equals about 40 years, and 40 years from that talk in 1981 is 2021.

-Elder Bednar Christmas Devotional 2015: 5 years from his message the Lord will come (to the Saints). H says to personally apply Samuel the Lamanites message to yourself as though you were hearing a prophet tell you future events today, then he read the passage wherein Samuel the Lamanite makes the 5 year prophecy. 5 years from this talk is December 2020!

 

Part 4:

 

-Elder Ronald A. Rasband quote April 2020 General Conference: we are who will welcome the Lord at his 2nd coming

-change of temple ceremonies of late have purpose, such as showing the invitation era is over. Robe and shoe note. The invitation to a wedding was verbal anciently, and a person would put their robe over the other shoulder to indicate they were already invited. So switching the robe shoulder indicates the period of inviting is over. (Note: Elder Rasband says President Nelson has received very important revelations concerning the temple. This adjustment is surely one of them.)

-bride and groom ancient patterns which will play out again at Lord’s coming (Note: Some say it was ancient tradition for the announcements of the groom coming to be about a half hour)

 

A quick email correspondence with Jodi Stoddard for clarification:

Q: I have been studying doctrine and covenants 88 it seems to say that after the half-hour of silence the resurrections start happening. That would seem to place the half hour after the trumpets and just before the second coming. But Revelation 8 says that the half-hour is just after the seventh seal opens and before the trumpets. perhaps Revelation 8 and doctrine and covenants 88 are serving two different purposes? Perhaps we should give more heed to the doctrine and covenants as it is more modern? Perhaps there is no conflict and doctrine and covenants 88 just doesn’t highlight the trumpets which happened between the 1/2 hour and the second coming? What are your thoughts?

A: I think the problem is when we read that we think it refers to his FINAL coming…. and I believe it is referring to one of his prior advents.
The scriptures are condensed and we tend to look at it as a sequential set of events that happen one immediately after the other… but for some there is time in between – even enough to make it a completely different event…. but we have read and understood it as one.
Christ is mentioned to appear at least 7 times over a period of several years.

The way I see it unfolding, Daniel, Revelation AND D&C are all aligning.
Rev 12 is a great example of that.. it is THREE events involving THREE separate groups of people that happens over a minimum of 3 1/2 year time period….. all in one chapter.
Daniel predicted the sign of the Woman in the Sky (of Rev 12)…. that shows us we really are where we are. Way too many coincidences aligning.

We are in D&C vs 95 right now.. the half hour is in the process of ending. But if you continue reading, it doesn’t say the Second Coming will happen at the end – but that the SAINTS will see his face and be taken up in a cloud (translation time for the 5 wise virgins) and they will come down with him at a later time.
I mean look at everything that has to happen AFTER verse 95!!!
It isn’t just a single event, but several events… not just a single scene in a movie, but several scenes.
I don’t know if that makes sense?

as for trumpets…. they are there after verse 95…. Perhaps they are different trumpets? But perhaps they correspond directly with those from the 7 Angels in Revelation?
The 5 wise virgins go into the wedding feast (fall under translation or some sort of protection) and then the plagues are poured out and the trumps sound….
I see Rev 12 as a side-by-side of D&C 88 …

in Rev 7 JOhn is seeing the future and the foreordained 144K who have NOT yet gone through the tribs (because yes we are still in the 6th seal when he sees them), but he sees them as having already traversed the tribs …
As for the beasts… I look at it as when it was translated they had no idea what John was trying to describe…. John didn’t know how to describe what he was seeing.. .so those who translated his words just used a generic word which ended up being ‘beast’ in English… we kinda use this word for all sorts of things too… like the saying “that is just the nature of the beast”…… it is NOT a particular beast or person or thing when we use it in that vernacular.. .it just is a word that means lots of things…
I would guess that when they tried to translate what he had tried to describe, they had no idea what word to use… if that makes sense.
I have a feeling the word has nothing to do with animals (despite what part of the description is in the topical guide) but rather has to do with different types of ministering angels, guardian angels, warrior angels, healing angels, protecting angels, and whatever else.
Also when he describes animals with different heads, it is obvious that those are nations whose symbols ARE different animals….

 

Concerning the Elder Bednar talk in Dec. 2015 Christmas devotional with the ‘5 years from now’ reference:
He gave it Dec 2015.
Dec 2020 is 5 years later…
5 years is the number we were looking at.
Samuel the Lamanite gave a 5 year warning for the coming of Jesus (his birth).
Dec 21, 2020 is the convergence I mention in the video of two of the assumed stars that made the Star of Bethlehem (the sign Samuel told them to watch for)
So this sign happens 5 years after Bednar’s talk.
5 years after his talk also places us in the middle of the 2 eclipses.
It is close to the end of the half hour of silence.
… and all the other things that pointed to this time at the end of 2020 and spring of 2021.

Note: Here are some Facebook Groups related to these lectures: 1. Signs of the Second Coming of Christ. 2. Isaiah Institute (Avraham Gileadi) 3. The Bridegroom Cometh

Note: Here is another great video by Jodi Stoddard on Translation: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jK0ytbIIgRw&list=PLMFvYACK6oX0U14oLYSnnSEH59W_dNkt1&index=46

 

 

Part 1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=twfZYSV_Xwo&list=PLMFvYACK6oX0U14oLYSnnSEH59W_dNkt1&index=40

Part 2

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b3yngnQAtDw&list=PLMFvYACK6oX0U14oLYSnnSEH59W_dNkt1&index=41

Part 3

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=osHQ2IlPBFg&list=PLMFvYACK6oX0U14oLYSnnSEH59W_dNkt1&index=42
Part 4

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_bueKbHuSqU&list=PLMFvYACK6oX0U14oLYSnnSEH59W_dNkt1&index=43

 

 

 

Chapter 19. Persecution Yet to Come

 

-“Why do we need such resilient faith? Because difficult days are ahead. Rarely in the future will it be easy or popular to be a faithful Latter-day Saint. Each of us will be tested. The Apostle Paul warned that in the latter days, those who diligently follow the Lord ‘shall suffer persecution’ [2 Timothy 3:12]. That very persecution can either crush you into silent weakness or motivate you to be more exemplary and courageous in your daily lives.” (Russell M. Nelson, “Face the Future with Faith,” Ensign or Liahona, May 2011, 35–36.)

 

-“Nor are the days of our greatest sorrows and our deepest sufferings all behind us. They too lie ahead. We shall yet face greater perils, we shall yet be tested with more severe trials, and we shall yet weep more tears of sorrow than we have ever known before…the vision of the future is not all sweetness and light and peace. All that is yet to be shall go forward in the midst of greater evils and perils and desolations than have been known on earth at any time…The way ahead is dark and dreary and dreadful. There will yet be martyrs; the doors in Carthage shall again enclose the innocent. We have not been promised that the trials and evils of the world will entirely pass us by.” (The Coming Tests and Trials of Glory by Elder Bruce R McConkie, April 1980 General Conference; https://www.lds.org/general-conference/1980/04/the-coming-tests-and-trials-and-glory?lang=eng)

 

 

-“After a while the gentiles will gather by the thousands to this place, and Salt Lake City will be classed among the wicked cities of the world. A spirit of speculation and extravagance will take possession of the Saints, and the results will be financial bondage. Persecution comes next and all true Latter-day Saints will be tested to the limit. Many will apostatize and others will be still not knowing what to do.” This does not answer your question directly, in that, it does not say how the persecution will come but it is interesting to note that it follows ‘financial bondage’. (Heber C. Kimball, Desert News, May 23, 1931)

 

-“You who are young will see many things that will try your courage and test your faith. All of the mocking does not come from outside of the Church. Let me say that again: All of the mocking does not come from outside of the Church. Be careful that you do not fall into the category of mocking.” (President Boyd K. Packer, Lehi’s Dream and You, BYU Speech, 2007, https://speeches.byu.edu/talks/boyd-k-packer/lehis-dream/)

 

-“It may be, for instance, that nothing except the power of faith and the authority of the priesthood can save individuals and congregations from the atomic holocausts that surely shall beWe do not say that all of the Saints will be spared and saved from the coming day of desolation. But we do say there is no promise of safety and no promise of security except for those who love the Lord and who are seeking to do all that he commands.” (Bruce R McConkie, Stand Independent above All Other Creatures)

“Our garments worn as instructed will clothe us in a manner as protective as temple walls. The covenants and ordinances will fill us with faith as living fire. In a day of desolating sickness, scorched earth, barren waste, sickening plagues, disease, destruction and death, we as a people will rest in the shade of trees, we will drink from the cooling fountains. We will abide in places of refuge from the storm, we will mount up as on eagles wings, we will be lifted out of an insane and evil world. We will be as fair as the sun and as clear as the moon. The Savior will come and will honor His people. Those who are spared and prepared will be a temple loving people. They will know him. They will cry out, ‘blessed be the name of He that cometh in the name of the Lord. Thou art my God and I will bless thee, Thou art my God and I will exalt thee.’ Our children will bow down at his feet and worship Him as the Lord of Lords, the King of Kings. They will bathe His feet with their tears and He will weep and bless them for having suffered through the greatest trials ever known to man. His bowels will be filled with compassion and His heart will swell as wide as eternity and He will love them. He will bring peace that will last a thousand years and they will receive their reward to dwell with Him.” (Vaughn J. Featherstone, Temple Statement – Given in the Manti Temple April 1987)

 

 

 

 

Chapter We are Wicked as Sodom – Words of the Prophets

 

-“…when I review the performance of this people in comparison with what is expected, I am appalled and frightened. Iniquity seems to abound. The Destroyer seems to be taking full advantage of the time remaining to him in this, the great day of his power. Evil seems about to engulf us like a great wave, and we feel that truly we are living in conditions similar to those in the days of Noah before the Flood.” (President Spencer W Kimball, “The God’s We Worship”)

-Mark Peterson Warnings from the Past from the 70’s said this too

-“Largely because of television, instead of looking over into that spacious building, we are, in effect, living inside of it. That is your fate in this generation. You are living in that great and spacious building.” (President Boyd K. Packer, Lehi’s Dream and You, BYU Speech, 2007, https://speeches.byu.edu/talks/boyd-k-packer/lehis-dream/)

-“our generation will be comparable in wickedness to the days of Noah” (In His Steps by Ezra Taft Benson (then of the 12 Apostles, later president of the church) Mar. 4, 1979, BYU Devotional, https://speeches.byu.edu/talks/ezra-taft-benson_in-christs-steps/)

-the SLC city is prophesied to become one of the best and worst of cities on earth

-Search for “persecution” in recent talks and also read talks on religious freedom. There was a Hales talk I think it was the last one he gave before he died

-“The traditional family is under heavy attack. I do not know that things were worse in the times of Sodom and Gomorrah. … We see similar conditions today. They prevail all across the world. I think our Father must weep as He looks down upon His wayward sons and daughters. (President Gordon B. Hinckley, Worldwide Leadership Training Meeting, 10 Jan. 2004, 20)

-“We live in a season when fierce men do terrible and despicable things. We live in a season of war. We live in a season of arrogance. We live in a season of wickedness, pornography, immorality. All of the sins of Sodom and Gomorrah haunt our society. Our young people have never faced a greater challenge. We have never seen more clearly the lecherous face of evil.” (President Gordon B. Hinckley, Ensign, Nov 2001, 4)

-“Nothing happened in Sodom and Gomorrah which exceeds in wickedness and depravity that which surrounds us now. Words of profanity, vulgarity, and blasphemy are heard everywhere. Unspeakable wickedness and perversion were once hidden in dark places; now they are in the open, even accorded legal protection. At Sodom and Gomorrah these things were localized. Now they are spread across the world, and they are among us.” (Elder Boyd K. Packer, Address to CES religious educators, Feb. 6, 2004, 4)

-“Much of the world is being engulfed in a rising river of degenerate filth, with the abandonment of virtue, righteousness, personal integrity, traditional marriage, and family life. Sodom and Gomorrah was the epitome of unholy life in the Old Testament. It was isolated then; now that condition is spread over the world. Satan skillfully manipulates the power of all types of media and communication. His success has greatly increased the extent and availability of such degrading and destructive influences worldwide. In the past some effort was required to seek out such evil. Now it saturates significant portions of virtually every corner of the world. We cannot dry up the mounting river of evil influences, for they result from the exercise of moral agency divinely granted by our Father. But we can and must, with clarity, warn of the consequences of getting close to its enticing, destructive current.” (Elder Richard G. Scott, How to Live Well Amidst Increasing Evil, Ensign, May 2004)

-“Husbands, be true to your wives. Wives, be true to your husbands. Guard against the great sin of Sodom and Gomorrah. It has been labeled as a sin second only in seriousness to the sin of murder. I speak of the sin of adultery, which as you know, is the name used by the Master as he referred to unlicensed sexual sins of fornication, adultery and besides this, the equally grievious sin of homosexuality which seems to be gaining momentum with social acceptance in the Babylon of today’s world, and with which Church members must not be a party. While we are in the world we must not be of the world. Any attempts being made by the schools or places of entertainment to flaunt sexual perversions, which can do nothing but excite to experimentation, must find among the priesthood in this Church a vigorous and unrelenting foe through every lawful means which can be employed.” (President Harold B. Lee, Decisions for Successful Living, 246)

-“As spoken of in the revelations, pride is the opposite of humility. It is inordinate self-esteem arising because of one’s position, achievements, or possessions; and it has the effect of centering a person’s heart on the things of the world rather than the things of the Spirit. (1 John 2:15-17.) As humility, which is an attribute of godliness possessed by true saints, leads to salvation, so pride, which is of the devil, leads to damnation. (2 Ne. 28:15.) “God resisteth the proud, but giveth grace unto the humble.” (Jas. 4:6; 1 Pet. 5:5.) Latter-day prevalence of pride in the hearts of men is one of the sure proofs that apostasy and unrighteousness prevail on the earth. (Rom. 1:28-32; 2 Tim. 3:1-7; 2 Ne. 28-10- 15; Morm. 8:28-36.) The Lord hates “a proud look.” (Prov. 6:16-19.) “Pride goeth before destruction, and an haughty spirit before a fall.” (Prov. 16:18.) Pride among the inhabitants of Sodom was one of the chief reasons for her destruction. (Ezek. 16:49.) Pride is wickedness, and those who are proud are living a telestial law and will be utterly destroyed at the Second Coming of Christ. (Isa. 2:12; Mal. 4:1; 1 Ne. 22:15; 3 Ne. 25:1; D. & C. 29:9; 64:24; 133:64.) ” (Elder Bruce R. McConkie, Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, 3 vols. [Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1965-1973], 3: 110.)

-“If God cast one-third of the hosts of heaven down to eternal damnation, for their rebellion; if in the flood he destroyed all but Noah and his family, for rejecting the divine will; if he rained brimstone and fire upon Sodom and Gomorrah, utterly destroying all, save Lot and his family only, that dwelt therein, for their sins and abominations—why should false prophets and teachers expect to escape the wrath of Him who is no respecter of persons?” (Elder Bruce R. McConkie, Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, 3 vols. [Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1965-1973], 3: 359.)

-“When men are “ripened in iniquity,” then the fulness of the Lord’s wrath comes upon them, and they are destroyed in the flesh. (Ether 2:8-9; 14:25.) Such was the case with the Jaredites, the Nephites, and the inhabitants of Sodom and Gomorrah, for instance; such will be the case with the wicked at the Second Coming. The “fiery indignation of the wrath of God” will continue to be poured out upon the wicked in hell until the day of their resurrection. (Alma 40:14; Rev. 14:10; D. & C. 19:15; 76:106-107.) Then, to all eternity, those subject to the second death shall be “vessels of wrath, doomed to suffer the wrath of God, with the devil and his angels in eternity.” (D. & C. 76:33, 38.) ” (Elder Bruce R. McConkie, Mormon Doctrine, 2nd ed., p. 851)

-“When we pause to think of nuclear denouement, we find it almost instantly unthinkable. Yet we know that it is avoidable if mankind will keep God’s commandments. If we do not, then again, as God told us (long before man so worried about incinerating the world), the earth can be destroyed by fire. The outcome turns on whether mankind chooses to respond as in Nineveh or as in Sodom, for those are now the choices; Eden is long since behind us!” (Elder Neal A. Maxwell, Even As I Am [Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1982], 106.)

-“It is likewise a grave error to underestimate secularism’s dulling, desensitizing influence on traditional values. Jesus Himself compared the “business as usual” days of Noah and Lot with our own last days: “And as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of man. “They did eat, they drank, they married wives, they were given in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and the flood came, and destroyed them all. “Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot; they did eat, they drank, they bought, they sold, they planted, they; “But the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed them all. “Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed.” (Luke 17:2630.) Cataclysm came!” (Elder Neal A. Maxwell, If Thou Endure It Well [Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1996], 14)

-“Because of this widespread tolerance toward promiscuity, this world is in grave danger. When evil is decried and forbidden and punished, the world still has a chance. But when toleration for sin increases, the outlook is bleak and Sodom and Gomorrah days are certain to return. (Elder Spencer W. Kimball, Faith Precedes the Miracle, 154)

-“The shew of their countenance doth witness against them; and they declare their sin as Sodom, they hide it not. Woe unto their soul! for they have rewarded evil unto themselves. (Isaiah 3:9) Youth leaders, are you holding aloft our standards, or have you compromised them for the lowest common denominator in order to appease the deceived or vile within the Church? Are the dances and music in your cultural halls virtuous, lovely, praiseworthy, and of good report, or do they represent a modern Sodom with short skirts, loud beat, strobe lights, and darkness?” (Elder Ezra Taft Benson, God, Family, Country: Our Three Great Loyalties [Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1974], 229)

-“In recent years, America and most other nations of the free world have been converted into a space-age Sodom and Gomorrah, aided by some publishers and movie producers, and even some so-called educators. Moral principles have been eclipsed by the blind, ungodly pursuit of pleasure at any price.” (Elder David B. Haight, A Light unto the World, 155 – 156)

 

 

 

Chapter 20. Events Preceding the Second Coming of Christ: Words of the Prophets

 

-There is a period of time “after the opening of the seventh seal, before the coming of Christ” (D&C 77:13). This means that The Millennium won’t happen right at year 2,000 AD, but a little bit after!

-The New Jerusalem will be built so that the Lord’s people can be gathered there LOOKING FORWARD to the time of His coming (Moses 7:62)

-“D&C 77:9. What Is the Significance of the Angel from the East Sealing the Servants of God? The four angels who are given power over the earth are kept from sending forth desolations upon the earth until God’s servants are sealed in their foreheads. The Prophet Joseph Smith taught that this sealing “signifies sealing the blessing upon their heads, meaning the everlasting covenant, thereby making their calling and election sure” (Teachings, p. 321). Elder Orson Pratt gave this additional explanation: “When the Temple is built [in the New Jerusalem] the sons of the two Priesthoods [Melchizedek and Aaronic] … will enter into that Temple … and all of them who are pure in heart will behold the face of the Lord and that too before he comes in his glory in the clouds of heaven, for he will suddenly come to his Temple, and he will purify the sons of Moses and of Aaron, until they shall be prepared to offer in that Temple an offering that shall be acceptable in the sight of the Lord. In doing this, he will purify not only the minds of the Priesthood in that Temple, but he will purify their bodies until they shall be quickened, and renewed and strengthened, and they will be partially changed, not to immortality, but changed in part that they can be filled with the power of God, and they can stand in the presence of Jesus, and behold his face in the midst of that Temple.

“This will prepare them for further ministrations among the nations of the earth, it will prepare them to go forth in the days of tribulation and vengeance upon the nations of the wicked, when God will smite them with pestilence, plague and earthquake, such as former generations never knew. Then the servants of God will need to be armed with the power of God, they will need to have that sealing blessing pronounced upon their foreheads that they can stand forth in the midst of these desolations and plagues and not be overcome by them. When John the Revelator describes this scene he says he saw four angels sent forth, ready to hold the four winds that should blow from the four quarters of heaven. Another angel ascended from the east and cried to the four angels, and said, ‘Smite not the earth now, but wait a little while.’ ‘How long?’ ‘Until the servants of our God are sealed in their foreheads.’ What for? To prepare them to stand forth in the midst of these desolations and plagues, and not be overcome. When they are prepared, when they have received a renewal of their bodies in the Lord’s temple, and have been filled with the Holy Ghost and purified as gold and silver in a furnace of fire, then they will be prepared to stand before the nations of the earth and preach glad tidings of salvation in the midst of judgments that are to come like a whirlwind upon the wicked.” (In Journal of Discourses, 15:365–66.) (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“D&C 77:11. Who Are the 144,000? “Before the Lord shall come … there is to be a great work among the nations. … The ten tribes will have to come forth and come to this land, to be crowned with glory in the midst of Zion by the hands of the servants of God, even the Children of Ephraim; and twelve thousand High Priests will be elected from each of these ten tribes, as well as from the scattered tribes, and sealed in their foreheads, and will be ordained and receive power to gather out of all nations, kindreds, tongues and people as many as will come unto the general assemblage of the Church of the first-born.” (Orson Pratt, in Journal of Discourses, 16:325.)” (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“D&C 77:12. What Is the Purpose for the Sounding of Trumpets by Seven Angels? Trumpets were used anciently to herald or announce something or to draw attention to something. The seven angels who sound trumpets in Revelation 8–10will signal events that will take place in the beginning of the seventh thousand years (after the seventh seal is opened; see Revelation 8:1), before the Lord comes in His glory.“ (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“Revelation’s Seven Seals: John’s seven seals give an overview of the seven thousand years of earth’s “temporal existence,” as follows: 1. (Rev. 6:1–2—about 4000 B.C. to 3000 B.C.) John sees a warrior, conquering. 2. (Rev. 6:3–4—about 3000 B.C. to 2000 B.C.) John sees a representation of human contention and death. 3. (Rev. 6:5–6—about 2000 B.C. to 1000 B.C.) John sees images of famine. 4. (Rev. 6:7–8—about 1000 B.C. to A.D. 1) John sees death by war, famine, beasts. 5. (Rev. 6:9–11—about A.D. 1 to A.D. 1000) John sees the martyrs for Christ of the early Christian era. 6. (About A.D. 1000 to A.D. 2000) Great Earthquake (Rev. 6:12–17) John sees a great earthquake; the sun darkens, the moon turns to blood, stars appear to fall; the wicked mistakenly fear that it is the end of the world. (See also JS—M 1:33; D&C 29:14; D&C 88:87.) 144,000 Sealed (Rev. 7:1–8) A scene shows that angels are held back from sending further judgment until 144,000 high priests can be “sealed” and called to “administer the everlasting gospel.” (See D&C 77:9–11.) Rewards for Those Who Endure Tribulations (Rev. 7:9–17) A heavenly scene, “before the throne”; John sees that a “great multitude, which no man could number” will obtain the rewards of the faithful through righteously enduring “tribulation.” 7. (About A.D. 2000 to A.D. 3000) Six Judgments (Rev. 8 and Rev. 9) Six of seven trumps now sound, signaling six coming judgments on the earth: (1) hail and fire mingled with blood are cast upon the earth (cf. Ex. 9:22–26; Ezek. 38:22); (2) a great burning mountain is cast into the sea (cf. Ex. 7:19–25); (3) a great star falls, affecting 1/3 of fresh water; (4) 1/3 of heavenly bodies turn dark (cf. Ex. 10:21–23); (5) sun is darkened by smoke; 5-month battle plagues mankind, of such extent it is called a “woe”; (6) a 13-month war plagues mankind, but men still don’t repent, suggesting clearly the purposes for the “judgments of God.” An Assignment to John (Rev. 10) At this point, an angel informs John of a “sweet” but “bitter” assignment for him to gather Israel “before the time of [Christ’s] coming .” (See D&C 77:12, 14.) Two Witnesses in Jerusalem (Rev. 11:1–14) John sees the gentiles “tread” Jerusalem “under foot” for 42 months. During that same period two witnesses of the Lord testify with great power. The period ends with an earthquake. Conditions now are such that the period is called a second “woe.” (See D&C 77:15.) Seventh Judgment (Rev. 11:14–19) The seventh angel trumps, and voices in heaven proclaim the coming earthly reign of Christ; lightnings, thunderings, an earthquake, and great hail follow—a “third woe” of mankind.” (Oct. 1983 Ensign “Book of Revelation Overview” https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

-“D&C 77:15. Who Are the Two Witnesses Referred to by John? Elder Parley P. Pratt wrote: “John, in the eleventh chapter of Revelation, gives us many more particulars concerning [the great war in Israel after the Jews are gathered there]. He informs us that after the city and temple are rebuilt by the Jews, the Gentiles will tread it under foot forty and two months, during which time there will be two prophets continually prophesying and working mighty miracles. And it seems that the Gentile army shall be hindered from utterly destroying and overthrowing the city, while these two prophets continue. But, after a struggle of three years and a half, they will at length succeed in destroying these two prophets and then overrunning much of the city; they will send gifts to each other because of the death of the two prophets, and in the meantime will not allow their dead bodies to be put in graves, but suffer them to lie in the streets of Jerusalem three days and a half, during which time the armies of the Gentiles, consisting of many kindreds, tongues and nations, passing through the city, plundering the Jews, will see their dead bodies lying in the street. But after three days and a half, on a sudden, the spirit of life from God will enter them; they will arise and stand upon their feet, and great fear will fall upon them that see them. And then they shall hear a voice from heaven saying, ‘Come up hither,’ and they will ascend up to heaven in a cloud, with enemies beholding them.” (Voice of Warning, p. 33.) Elder Bruce R. McConkie identified the two prophets as “followers of that humble man Joseph Smith, through whom the Lord of Heaven restored the fullness of his everlasting gospel in this final dispensation of grace. No doubt they will be members of the Council of the Twelve or of the First Presidency of the Church.” (Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, 3:509.) The two witnesses are raised up “to the Jewish nation” and are not necessarily from the Jewish nation (see D&C 77:15–16; italics added.)” (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“The Savior will make several appearances before His Second Coming to all the world.

  1. Christ will appear at Adam-ondi-Ahman (see Daniel 7:9–10, 13–14; D&C 116).
    2. The Savior will appear to those in the New Jerusalem in America (see 3 Nephi 21:23–25; D&C 45:66–67).
    3. The Savior will appear to the Jews in Jerusalem (see D&C 45:48, 51–53; Zechariah 12:10; 14:2–5).
    4. The Lord will appear in glory to all mankind (see D&C 45:44; 101:23; Matthew 24:30; Isaiah 40:5; JST, Revelation 1:7).”
    (The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch. 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
    –“Before the Lord Jesus descends openly and publicly in the clouds of glory, attended by all the hosts of heaven; before the great and dreadful day of the Lord sends terror and destruction from one end of the earth to the other; before he stands on Mount Zion, or sets his feet on Olivet, or utters his voice from an American Zion or a Jewish Jerusalem; before all flesh shall see him together; before any of his appearances, which taken together comprise the second coming of the Son of God—before all these, there is to be a secret appearance to selected members of his Church. He will come in private to his prophet and to the apostles then living. Those who have held keys and powers and authorities in all ages from Adam to the present will also be present” (Bruce R. McConkie, The Millennial Messiah, 578–79). (The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
    –“This valley will [be filled with] the scene of warfare and bloodshed before the Lord comes….” said President Benson to brother Law referring to Utah. (See “Two Churches Only” by Christian Markham at http://www.twochurchesonly.com)

-gospel preached in all the world (some may reject and McConkie says the gathering of the 10 lost tribes will be a Millennial event, so much of earth may not have come yet.) -McConkie quoted in Parry understanding the signs of the times pg. 108.

-Temple in New and Old Jerusalem to be built pre-millennium. -McConkie quoted in Parry understanding the signs of the times pg. 126.

– Jerusalem temple and walls to be built and water flow from under the temple literally. This will make us need to rebuild the walls of Jerusalem. Will take some good bit of time. JS quoted in Parry understanding the signs of the times pg. 129

-2 prophets testifying in Jerusalem with fire ~3.5 yrs. (Rev 11:3) then killed, brought to life, and taken to heaven as called up by God (Rev 11:3-12). This precedes Millennium but is after opening of the 7th seal (D&C77:12-13). Happens after the Jews “are gathered and have built the city of Jerusalem” (D&C 77:15). This is during the events of the 2nd woe John speaks of.

-D&C 77:12 the beginning o the 7th thousand years is the beginning of the preparing of the way for the coming of the Lord (hence it did not happen at year 2000 AD).

-All nations battle against Jerusalem then it falls and Christ appears and saves them – Parry understanding the signs of the times p 139-141 etc. see refs there of Zech14

-battle against Jerusalem may be at same time as prophets minister there see Ezek. 38:16 and Parry Signs pg. 141.

-earth quakes when mount of Olives splits. Valley is formed and the Jews escape thereby at moment of greatest need. Jesus proclaims his divinity with a voice all earth can hear. -Parry Signs pg. 138-145 for refs.

-the Jews asking what are Jesus’ wounds and He telling them will occur in a Millennial time after the destruction of the wicked. That is when the good are left and will seek and find the Lord. -McConkie quoted in Parry Signs pg. 147

-Zion blossoms like a flower -Parry Signs Ch. 4 p 166-9

-Parry Signs p 161 duties of members before Zion is to be redeemed.

-Great battle between the Saints and the powers of evil see D&C 105 for list of war words and Parry Signs pg. 162.

-If we are to build Zion as the prophets have spoken of we must set aside our consuming selfishness.” Hinckley Ensign Nov 1991 p 59; Parry Signs pg. 165.

-destructions in the U.S. soon to come to prepare the way for the return of the 10 tribes says JS. p107.

*This may be fulfilled already I don’t know, but I feel it has not. Brother Robert Gagnon also feels not, he feels that destructions will prepare the way for baptisms as they’ll humble the people. Donald Parry also suggests this interpretation. If it has been fulfilled I would say it is by way of civil war, for that is the only war inside of America I can think of since the time of JS who spoke this prophecy. Since the civil war had little to do with people of other nations, I think that did not fulfill this requirement. I think there is war to be had on USA soil yet to come. I think a prophet has said that. REF?

–Gathering to New Jerusalem list of things about it i.e. it’s pre-millennial p111-2 of Parry Signs of the times;

– Matt 10:23 won’t reach all Israel before Second Coming

-when Christ come we (LDS) shall be a people all living together as one like was the city of Enoch; Pres. Eyring p172 Parry Signs book (see Ensign Nov. 1989 p13 thereof) (I believe this is also found in one of the books published by Eyring.

-fire to protect New and Old Jerusalem causing wicked to fear Zion; Isa. 31:9; p173 Parry Signs book; also D&C 45:70 & D&C 64:43 on how wicked will be afraid of Zion

-“Judah must return, Jerusalem must be rebuilt, and the temple, and water come out from under the temple, and the waters of the Dead Sea be healed. It will take some time to rebuild the walls of the city and the temple, &c.; and all this must be done before the Son of Man will make his appearance.” (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 286)

-One purpose of the meeting at Adam-ondi-Ahman is to prepare the Saints for the Second Coming (Dahl and Cannon, Teachings of Joseph Smith, 364)

-“I know that there are many, and even some among the Latter-day Saints, who are saying just as the Lord said they would say, ‘The Lord delayeth his coming.‘ One man said: ‘It is impossible for Jesus Christ to come inside of three or four hundred years.’ But I say unto you, Watch.” (President Joseph Fielding Smith, Doctrines of Salvation, 3:52)

-“We are members of a world church, a church that has the plan of life and salvation, a church set up by the Lord himself in these last days to carry his message of salvation to all his children in all the earth…. Not only shall we preach the gospel in every nation before the second coming of the Son of Man, butt we shall make converts and establish congregations of Saints among them.” (President Joseph Fielding Smith, Manchester Area Conference Report, Aug. 1971, p.5) p66

-“[Christ’s] next appearance [after his appearance in the New Jerusalem] will be among the distressed and nearly vanquished sons of Judah. At the crisis of their fate, when the hostile troops of several nations are ravaging the city and all the horrors of war are overwhelming the people of Jerusalem, he will set his feet upon the Mount of Olives, which will cleave and part asunder at his touch. Attended by a host from heaven, he will overthrow and destroy the combined armies of the Gentiles, and appear to the worshipping Jews as the mighty Deliverer and Conqueror so long expected by their race; and while love, gratitude, awe, and admiration swell their bosoms, the Deliverer will show them the tokens of his crucifixion and disclose himself as Jesus of Nazareth, whom they had reviled and whom their fathers put to death. Then will unbelief depart from their souls, and ‘the blindness in part which has happened unto Israel’ be removed” (Charles W. Penrose, “The Second Advent,” Millennial Star, 10 Sept. 1859, 583).
(The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
-“The great and crowning advent of the Lord will be subsequent to these two appearances [to the New Jerusalem and to the Jews]; but who can describe it in the language of mortals? The tongue of man falters, and the pen drops from the hand of the writer, as the mind is rapt in contemplation of the sublime and awful majesty of his coming to take vengeance on the ungodly and to reign as King of the whole earth. “He comes! The earth shakes, and the tall mountains tremble; the mighty deep rolls back to the north as in fear, and the rent skies glow like molten brass. He comes! The dead Saints burst forth from their tombs, and ‘those who are alive and remain’ are ‘caught up’ with them to meet him. The ungodly rush to hide themselves from his presence, and call upon the quivering rocks to cover them. He comes! with all the hosts of the righteous glorified. The breath of his lips strikes death to the wicked. His glory is a consuming fire. The proud and rebellious are as stubble; they are burned and ‘left neither root nor branch.’ He sweeps the earth ‘as with the besom of destruction.’ He deluges the earth with the fiery floods of his wrath, and the filthiness and abominations of the world are consumed. Satan and his dark hosts are taken and bound—the prince of the power of the air has lost his dominion, for He whose right it is to reign has come, and ‘the kingdoms of this world have become the kingdoms of our Lord and of his Christ.’” (Penrose, “Second Advent,” 583).
(The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch. 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
-“His first appearance will be to the righteous Saints who have gathered to the New Jerusalem. In this place of refuge they will be safe from the wrath of the Lord, which will be poured out without measure on all nations. …“The second appearance of the Lord will be to the Jews. To these beleaguered sons of Judah, surrounded by hostile Gentile armies, who again threaten to overrun Jerusalem, the Savior—their Messiah—will appear and set His feet on the Mount of Olives, ‘and it shall cleave in twain, and the earth shall tremble, and reel to and fro, and the heavens also shall shake’ (D&C 45:48).
“The Lord Himself will then rout the Gentile armies, decimating their forces (see Ezek. 38, 39). Judah will be spared, no longer to be persecuted and scattered. …
“The third appearance of Christ will be to the rest of the world. …
“All nations will see Him ‘in the clouds of heaven, clothed with power and great glory; with all the holy angels; …
“‘And the Lord shall utter his voice, and all the ends of the earth shall hear it; and the nations of the earth shall mourn, and they that have laughed shall see their folly.
“‘And calamity shall cover the mocker, and the scorner shall be consumed; and they that have watched for iniquity shall be hewn down and cast into the fire.’ (D&C 45:44, 49–50.)
“Yes, come He will!” (Ezra Taft Benson, “Five Marks of the Divinity of Jesus Christ,” New Era, Dec. 1980, 49–50). (The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch. 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
During Millennial Reign of Christ:

-10 tribes gathered -McConkie above

-gospel preached to the rest of the world -Matt. 28:19-20 and Matt. 10:23

-see also LDS Gospel Principals manual

–“At the time appointed by the Father, the Son of Man will come in the clouds of heaven. It is an unknown day in the beginning of the seventh thousand years of the earth’s temporal continuance. War, such as has not been known from the beginning of time, is in progress. All nations are assembled at Armageddon. “All things are in commotion. Never has there been such a day as this. The newspapers of the world, as well as radio and television, speak only of war and calamity and the dread that hangs like a millstone around every neck. …
“And the signs in heaven above are like nothing man has ever seen. Blood is everywhere; fire and vapors of smoke fill the atmospheric heavens. No man has seen a rainbow this year. …
“And above all are the vexing words of those Mormon Elders! They are everywhere preaching their strange doctrine, saying that the coming of the Lord is near, and that unless men repent and believe the gospel they will be destroyed by the brightness of his coming.
“In this setting, as these and ten thousand like things are in progress, suddenly, quickly, as from the midst of eternity, He comes! Fire burns before him; tempests spread destruction; the earth trembles and reels to and fro as a drunken man. Every corruptible thing is consumed. He sets his foot on the Mount called Olivet; it cleaves in twain. The Lord has returned and the great millennium is here! The year of his redeemed has arrived!” (McConkie, Millennial Messiah, 21–22).
(The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
-“the Book of Mormon, brought forth through the Prophet Joseph Smith, teaches us that we were meant to have John’s description of the events leading up to the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and that it is worthy of our study.” (Dec. 2015 Ensign “Joseph Smith and the Book of Revelation” by David A. Edward Church Magazines; https://www.lds.org/ensign/2015/12/joseph-smith-and-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

 

 

Chapter 21. Time Changer Movie Review

 

This is a great fictional movie about a bible scholar from the 19th century who learned by traveling to the future that we can’t just teach good morals, we need to teach the authority of Christ who gave those morals. When we just teach morals, it becomes open to debate. Instead, teach who gave those morals, name the name of Jesus Christ. Some absurd things this man sees in our day include children disobedience to parents, actors kissing each other without being married, adults kissing in front of children, people being bored at church, people not going to church, people singing songs at church but having no real devotion to Christ, people of Christ claiming his name but being unwilling to obey his commands, women dressing immodestly, children being raised to not know why certain things are right and others wrong, no prayer or mention of scripture in schools, an inability to even discuss the bible in schools, movies taking the Lord’s name in vain, no one being interested in doing missionary work, improper flirtation, television immorality, churches seeking members through the fun social activities they offer rather than a gospel message, children lying to their parents, etc.

 

Chapter 22. Plan for a Normal Life Despite World Chaos says President Boyd K. Packer (short)

“Sometimes you might be tempted to think as I did from time to time in my youth: “The way things are going, the world’s going to be over with. The end of the world is going to come before I get to where I should be.” Not so! You can look forward to doing it right—getting married, having a family, seeing your children and grandchildren, maybe even great-grandchildren.” (“Counsel to Youth,” General Conference, October 2011)

 

 

Chapter 23. Guns, Freaks, & The Zombie Apocalypse: Hidden Anti-Conservative Agenda

It seems people think anyone with a shotgun is afraid of an apocalypse. That’s what students say when guns are brought up in my classes. Have they forgotten the cycle of wars from the beginning of time? what makes us so special that a war won’t happen in our land? Are we so extremely righteous that no wars will come to our land? It used to be considered normal to have guns on hand, especially in one’s home, now those people are seen as radicals and laughed at. Further, I think the zombie narrative is the Devil’s successful strategy to get people to doubt the accounts in the book of Revelation about forthcoming plagues. The funny thing is however that the idea of apocalypse persists in our society. We hold on the idea even if remotely that big things are at our door. They are indeed. The religious man knows it, the secular man believes it.

By the way, I can’t help but mention here Obama’s incendiary comment against those who “cling to guns or religion”.

 

 

 

 

Chapter 24. Excited about The Future!

Excerpt from a letter to a Friend

Frankly [my wife] and I are quite excited about the future, we believe that either in this life (when Jesus comes in person and heals her and everyone), or after death (when our bodies get pulled out of the grave and become perfect), then [my wife’s] body will not be crippled, and there won’t be any pain; we will still have bodies, but they will be made incorruptible. We believe Jesus is going to come to earth to be the king of it, yes, even for a thousand years (we believe he has the right to be king of earth because he created earth). We believe the wicked (child molesters , murderers) will be burned at the time of Jesus’ coming (for evil cannot stand being in the presence of such good), BUT we do not believe that “non-religious” people will be destroyed! We believe as long as you don’t want to kill others, that’s the main requirement to “getting along” with Jesus. We believe Jesus will save us from oppressions of all kinds, and that this will be an era of peace. We believe there will be no physical death at this time (the thousand year rule of Jesus on earth aka Millennium), and thus sorrow will go away. We believe Jesus will make earth into a heaven! We believe Jesus will settle things that have been mysterious for such a long time, like how the universe was created, and what truth is (it’s so hard to find! We believe he will IN PERSON help us with that hard thing. What a relief!). In summary of this paragraph, [my wife] and I deal with how hard this life is largely by our hope for a better time to come in the NEAR future. And we mean near. I can taste it, it’s almost here. The pain level is about to burst, indeed it is bursting and our hearts are dying, now alas, the relief is at the door! Weep for joy! Though our creator has left us here a while so we can grow, he has not forgotten us, and SOON comes for us! And when I say “us” I don’t mean Mormons, I mean every human with a good heart. And I ABSOLUTELY mean you. And if you prefer to not call him Jesus, you can call him something else, though I do believe this will be the name he presents to us when he comes to deliver us and finally bring peace on earth. Yes, I don’t only believe peace on earth will come, my whole psychology revolves around it, and hangs on it, weeping daily, holding on only for her sake. Building things in the confidence that they will not be utterly be destroyed by growing evil forces, trusting that surely as I live victory will absolutely be ours (the good guys) at last.

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 25. Ice Shall Flow Down – Possible Interpretations

Ideas I’ve heard for “The ice shall flow down at their presence” from D&C 133

 

-Ice moving to make a path

-Heat coming from beneath, melting the glaciers and skating them down the hill to the sea.

-Fires of the second coming turn the land into a paradise, not a cold wasteland, similar to the creation of fertile Hawaii as a product of fire.

-The land becoming green again at the 2nd coming of Christ

-Ice = tribes from the north; flowing = going to Zion;

-Take a look at “The Remnant Shall Return” book by Michael Rush. I believe it was he who suggested that this return of the lion of the Lord often spoken of in scripture who would come and rend the enemies of the Lord, could involve much ice from the “north” which would end the desert conditions of the west, making them suitable for a refuge for many in the final days of trial.

-Immigration and Customs Enforcement ICE will flow down/let  them come to America

-Nothing to do with ice.

-Something to do with the continents coming back together into 1 continent as they were before the days of Peleg.

Chapter 26. The Gathering of Israel by Joseph F. McConkie – Lecture Highlights

Here are some highlights of this excellent lecture from the 2008 BYU Education Week, which suggest the lost tribes being scattered throughout the earth, etc.:

-lost in that they don’t know about the covenant of Abraham, not geographically
-gathering occurs first in belief in truth second in baptism third to promised lands
-temples are for people to covenant to be God’s people.
-we gather to our locations now that temples can be put in diverse locations
-temple celestial marriage is the meaning of the Abrahamic covenant
-scripture proving that the promised gathering is to specifically the true church, not an ambiguous belief in Christ
-the gathering of Israel is one thing, the gathering of the lost 10 tribes to a specific place is another. We have the keys to perform both works.
-the prophets who will lead the 10 tribes back are the same prophets who lead the LDS, they hold the keys of salvation for all men, there is only 1 true church on earth, it will perform the work of bringing back the 10 tribes from the north. These prophets include local priesthood leaders whom will help to gather them.
-the highway the lost tribes will return on isn’t a physical one but the spiritual blessings of the fullness of the gospel including temple blessings.
-the lost tribes are scattered, not together as a people; book of Mormon says they’re in the 4 quarters of the earth, on all the face of the earth, referring to ALL the house of Jacob.

 

 

Chapter 27. President Nelson’s Statements About the Return of Christ being Near

 

Several addresses are of particular importance on this subject by President Nelson, here are some highlights from them.

You are True Millennials by President Russell M. Nelson, 2016

In this talk he says that we are living in “the latter part of the latter-days” and that alludes that we will see the Millennium begin: he says this generation is Millennials but in a more bigger sense that the statisticians know, that based on spiritual promptings he has been receiving, he says that we are to help the world prepare for the Millennium. The way he says it it seems that the idea he is passing on is that we will be the ones who see the Millennium begin. Wish I had a transcript of this talk but at least here is the video. He gives a blessing to the audience “as thought I had my hands on your head”. He says it will become less popular to be LDS and that those we thought were our friends, some of them will betray us. We are told to pray for correct sexual feelings and that repentance clears our past slate.

Here is the quote:

Here is the quote: “We are grateful for each time you stand up and speak up for truth—especially when it is not popular. Many people refer to you as Millennials. I’ll admit that when researchers refer to you by that word and describe what their studies reveal about you—your likes and dislikes, your feelings and inclinations, your strengths and weaknesses—I’m uncomfortable. There is something about the way they use the term Millennial that bothers me. And frankly, I am less interested in what the experts have to say about you than what the Lord has told me about you.

When I pray about you and ask the Lord how He feels about you, I feel something far different from what the researchers say. Spiritual impressions I’ve received about you lead me to believe that the term Millennial may actually be perfect for you. But for a much different reason than the experts may ever understand.

The term Millennial is perfect for you if that term reminds you of who you really are and what your purpose in life really is. A True Millennial is one who was taught and did teach the gospel of Jesus Christ premortally and who made covenants with our Heavenly Father there about courageous things—even morally courageous things—that you would do while here on earth.

A True Millennial is a man or woman whom God trusted enough to send to earth during the most compelling dispensation in the history of this world. A True Millennial is a man or woman who lives now to help prepare the people of this world for the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and His millennial reign. Make no mistake about it—you were born to be a True Millennial… Expect and prepare to accomplish the impossible. God has always asked His covenant children to do difficult things. Because you are covenant-keeping sons and daughters of God, living in the latter part of these latter days, the Lord will ask you to do difficult things. You can count on it—Abrahamic tests did not stop with Abraham.“

 

Here some highlights of the full lecture:

Sister Nelson:

-30 days before scrip study ask God plead for question need answered that day and read, anywhere in the scriptures, until you find it.

-when we repent it is “as if we had not succumbed, as if we had not yielded to temptation” said Elder Christofferson

-some need the gift of sexual feelings being in tune with eternity and should pray for that.

-do what you would want to do were Jesus already on the earth today

-be who you were born to be

-the more we are on social media the less good we will feel about ourselves

Elder Nelson:

-spiritual impressions he received tell him that “Millennials” may be a very true title for us.
–you taught of Jesus in pre mortality
-in pre mortality you made commitments to stand up for moral things
-you were taught in pre mortality for anything we would encounter in this life, and that teaching is with us.
-God WILL call gatherers to gather the people from the 4 quarters of the earth.
-expect to complete impossible things
-You’ll make history
-you’ll be asked challenging assignments
-how do the impossible? Learn of Church Doctrine.
-Use “dogged” persistence to fulfill the Lords purposes.
-When discouraged pray for courage to not give up.
-It will become less popular to be LDS and many who you thought were your friends will betray you.
-It will seem unfair to be LDS.
-Much of his life spent doing research. Do research of Church questions, etc.
-Spend much tie in holy places in order to get answers.
-We make new sacramental covenants each week.
Pray for what to add or remove from your life.
-More time in prayer and in family history work.
-Give the Lord a generous portion of your time and he will multiply the remainder.
-tis a sacred process to receive personal revelation just like Apostles.
-Social media won’t give answers to our most important questions.
-We need not wonder if we are in right. You can know. The Holy Ghost will tell you what you should do.
-Learn to speak Mandarin Chinese like President Kimball said
-Those bent on obedience get more privileges.
-He hired a tutor to teach him Mandarin Chinese in obedience to President Kimball and it enabled him with many opportunities in China he would not have otherwise had.
-Satan’s servants are carefully embedded in society so be very careful whose council you choose to follow.
-Seek more exactness in your obedience.
–“I bless you as though I had my hands on your head” that you’ll become who you were born to be, that you will do impossible things, you will solve your problems, get answers to your questions, you’ll follow the prophets with exactness, you will feel and know how much the Lord loves you.

(see Young Adult World Wide Devotional 2016 https://www.lds.org/broadcasts/article/worldwide-devotionals/2016/01/becoming-true-millennials?lang=eng)

 

 

Hope of Israel (In “The Very Latter Days”) by President Nelson, 2018

 

Calling The Youth Battalion of the Lord in The Very Latter Days by President and Sister Nelson

Worldwide Devotional to the Youth, June 2018, “Hope of Israel”

Topics: For the Strength of Youth standards, giving up idle time, gathering Israel as most important event of earth at this time, your life purpose to gather Israel, reality of “latter” day

 

Sister Wendy Nelson:

-Perhaps these latter-days are more “latter” than we ever imagined

-We made agreements with not only God in premortality, but our teachers and mentors.

-Do whatever it takes to fulfill your missions which you were sent to earth to fulfill.

-Perhaps these latter-days are more “latter” than we ever imagined. In 2013 in Moscow Russia, 100 sisters were in a meeting. I asked those present to stand by lineage as declared in Patriarchal Blessing. All tribes were present except Levi in that small group, and later an Elder from Arizona was there who belonged to the tribe of Levi. In the last days the 12 tribes will be gathered. I saw all 12 within a 24 hour period.

President Russel M Nelson:

-The Gathering of Israel is offering the gospel to everyone on both sides of the veil. They can chose weather they accept or not.

-God has reserved his finest team, the best players, the greatest heroes, for these final hours. You are them. The Gathering of Israel is the greatest event taking place on earth at this time. You can make less mistakes than those who went before you. The hymn “Hope of Israel” is all about you.

-Learn how to receive revelation and you’ll have all the direction you’ll ever need in your life. The Gathering of Israel is the reason you were sent to this earth at this time.

-“If there were no Book of Mormon, the Gathering of Israel WOULD NOT OCCUR.”

-President Kimball asked those at a meeting of Saints to learn Chinese. President Nelson went home and told his wife he didn’t hear Kimball say “everyone except Russel Nelson”, so he invited his wife to learn Chinese with him, and they hired a tutor, and blessings came from it.

-I am getting ready to give an accounting to Joseph Smith Brigham Young and the other prophets of the church and ultimately the Lord. I don’t want them to ask me why I didn’t make the youth’s part in the gathering more clear, and enlist them in the gathering. So now, I enlist you.

-Things you could do to help Gather Israel are disengaging from constant reliance on social media doing a 7 day fast from it giving yourself a “7 day break from fake”, finding answers to people’s questions in the scriptures, spending less time hanging out with friends, helping more in the home, inviting friends to go to the temple with you, loaning a Book of Mormon to a friend, eating healthy foods, etc. For 3 weeks give up something you like to do and spend that time helping someone else.

-Anything you do to bring people closer to baptism and other covenants is gathering Israel.

-You have very different standards than the world to help you stay clean of the stain of the world. If you’re sometimes called “wired” be glad that you are shining brightly. Embrace being different.

-The Lord expects all his youth to uphold the standards in “The Strength of Youth”. Prayerfully study this like never before, live your standards with more exactness. If you want to be in the Lord’s battalion, give a copy of this booklet to one of your friends who doesn’t know about your standards or who doesn’t live them.

Pray daily that all of Gods children might receive the blessings of the Gospel of Jesus Christ.

The Future of the Church: Preparing the World for the Savior’s Second Coming – April 2020 Ensign

“We are just building up to the climax of this last dispensation—when the Savior’s Second Coming becomes a reality.”

“The time is coming when those who do not obey the Lord will be separated from those who do (see Doctrine and Covenants 86:1–7). Our safest insurance is to continue to be worthy of admission to His holy house.”

“In fact, if there were no Book of Mormon, the promised gathering of Israel would not occur.”

 

“Spiritual security will always depend upon how one lives, not where one lives.”

“He will govern from two world capitals: one in old Jerusalem (see Zechariah 14) and the other in the New Jerusalem “built upon the American continent” (Articles of Faith 1:10).”

“It is our charge—it is our privilege—to help prepare the world for that day.”

“Rarely in the future will it be easy or popular to be a faithful Latter-day Saint. Each of us will be tested. The Apostle Paul warned that in the latter days, those who diligently follow the Lord “shall suffer persecution” (2 Timothy 3:12). That very persecution can either crush you into silent weakness or motivate you to be more exemplary and courageous in your daily lives.”

 

 

Chapter 29. Emergency Preparation: Basic Equipment List

 

Sections:

Documents

Communication

Electronics

Finance

Food

Medical

Security & Armory

Shelter & Clothing

Transportation

 

Documents

 

-passwords

-passports

-bank account numbers

-key phone number & email & address contacts (don’t depend on social media as your only way to contact someone; use social media to collect needed contact info in case of internet shutdown, or social media companies becoming bugged, closed, or used as spyware (the spying part is of course already here)

-emergency personnel contacts

-check book

-immunization records

-marriage cert

-birth certs

-hard drive with backup journals

-printed journals

-family history charts

-social security cards

-mortgage papers

-temple recommends

-quad scriptures

-maps

-main church books i.e. history of the church, journal of discourses, conferences

-collected works of classic literature

-blank writing notebooks and pencils

-download and print if possible, resources from free book sites like survivorlibrary.com

 

 

Communication

 

-Ham radio license and equipment (can communicate with these without internet, phone lines, etc. so long as receiving end also has ham radio)

-key phone number & email & address contacts (don’t depend on social media as your only way to contact someone; use social media to collect needed contact info in case of internet shutdown, or social media companies becoming bugged, closed, or used as spyware (the spying part is of course already here)

 

Electronics

 

-thumb drive USB storages

-external hard-drives, backup data often; (SSD is much more durable (but more expensive) than disk hard drive)

-sturdy laptop computers (and knowledge of how to maintain/use them)

 

 

Finance

 

-1000 emergency fund, then 3 months of expenses, then 6 months of expenses, then 1 year

-invest in varied methods

-on hand cash for short term & long-term emergency

-pay off debts ASAP, and stop getting in debts. Hear Dave Ramsey, a renown Christian finance advisor, for how and why to do this.

-gold or silver

-bartering items (light bulbs, grabber screws, wheat, and other items people will want)

-get tools to do basic work in many fields, and specialize in tools for your field (yes, everyone should learn a manual trade, often on the side of their day job)

-stop getting in school debt, find other ways to do school

 

 

Food

Joel Skousen, a master of emergency preparation, told me in an email to “Concentrate on cheaper wheat/rice/beans rather than expensive dehydrated.” He said that this would cost significantly less than $,1000 per person. He says to make this year of basic food and water a higher priority than paying a mortgage, etc.

 

-prophets have told us to have a year of food and no debt, most of that have that backwards: a year of debt, and no food

-72-hour kits

-food storage for all family members 1 year

-pet food

-camp stove

-matches

-sanitizer

-utensils/dishes non-glass non-disposable

-metal pots

-(cooking & gardening skills)

-tons of wheat, rice,& other grains. D&C 89 says grains are the key. Focus on the basics that’ll keep you alive

-fishing equipment

-hunting rifles

-be in a position to breed rabbits, chickens, etc. if things start looking bad

-prepare strength by eating little meat and sweets etc. Cut junk food.

-maps of local mountains

-animal traps

 

 

Medical

 

-Lose weight! This will prevent most medical issues. (Easiest methods are WFPB diet, & running)

-AED

-all sizes BP cuffs

-wound dressings various sizes

-braces various sizes/areas

-ointments: burn, antibiotic

-Drugs: ASA (Aspirin), Epinephrine, activated charcoal (for ingested poison), hydrocortisone, IBU, Tylenol

-tourniquet

-ropes

-EKG machine

-endotracheal tubes

-nasopharyngeal airways

-oxygen tanks

-nasal and non-rebreather and bag valve masks

-suture supplies

-slings

-harness & carabiners

-IV’s and saline bags

-narcotics

-herbs

-alcohol

-spare glasses

-scissors: utility sheer

-tweezers

-eye wash

-petroleum jelly

-dust masks

-hygiene: toothbrush, floss, feminine products, etc.

-research storable alternatives which can be stored for a year supply of current medications taken by anyone in your family

-albuterol, aspirin, and other key emergency medications

-chemical ice and heat packs

-learn emergency techniques

-keep a printed list of family medications and allergies in an easy access location

-large cooler bins

-blankets

 

 

Security & Armory

 

-even Joseph Smith had armed body guards. We have no guards so we will arm ourselves

-home security cameras

-fence around home

-shotgun is the best house protector

-big dog

-bomb/fallout shelter

-taser

-pepper spray

-concealed weapons permit

-generator

-slingshots

-knives

-swords

-pistols

-hunting rifles

-military grade rifle semi auto (“don’t bring a knife to a gunfight”; 2nd amendment is in place to defend against a tyrannical government (and what do you think they’ll have? Whatever it is, get one.))

-the hybrid dry compressed air riffles (not have to register, gun laws not apply, can use in yard)

-paintball and airsoft guns for practice in strategy & marksmanship

-bow & arrows (helps to have long range options if guns are confiscated, or ammunition isn’t available (harder to make bullets than arrows). (Store unstrung long-term))

-bullets

-trip wire

-camo

-animal traps

-put cans or other metal clanking things on your fence so you hear if someone tries to come in.

 

 

 

Shelter & Clothing

 

-pay off mortgage & cars (downsize where possible if you have trouble paying them off)

-hammocks

-tent

-sleep bags

-sleep pads

-extra clothes, sturdy

-boots

-ropes

-sun based flashlights

-batteries

-hats

-rain clothes

-bug spray

-mouse traps

-lightbulbs

-grabber screws

-plan for 1 gallon a day per person for cooking and drinking, plus 1 per person per day for bathing. That is 2 gallons a day for one person

-home in a remote location

-tarps

-sleep bags, tents, ground pads, sleep pillows, knives

-sewing supplies (& learn to sew)

-extra boots

 

 

Transportation

 

-reliable car

-work truck

-1-year gas (keep with lid tight)

-reliable bikes & horses

-extra car keys

-passports

-roof of vehicle strap storage bag

-battery jumper (not cables)

-battery jump cables

-spare vehicle batteries

-spare vehicle tires

-engine oil

-maps

-GPS: non-cell phone based

-tow cable

-radios: ham, amateur, walkie talkie

-have a well-functioning bicycle for each member of the family

-perhaps natural gas will be more available

-horses

-oil

-generator

-be able to sprint 9 miles so can run/fight with endurance if needed. This may seem like asking a bit much but it’s actually the standard expectation for a descent soccer player. If they can do it so can we.

 

 

Chapter 30. Millennium / Signs of the Times, Additional Quotes – removed from online, sort

 

-“Christ shall reign as Lord of lords and King of kings for a thousand years. We are looking forward to that time.” (“The Right to Rule,” Deseret News, Feb. 6, 1932, Church section, 8)23 (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Fielding Smith Manual: Ch.26 “Preparing for the Coming of Our Lord”)
-“For one thousand years shall this happy time of peace prevail and in due time all the inhabitants of the earth shall be brought into the fold of the Church.”(“Priesthood—Dispensation of the Fulness of Times,” Deseret News, Aug. 19, 1933, 4; see also Doctrines of Salvation, 3:66.)24 (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Fielding Smith Manual: Ch.26 “Preparing for the Coming of Our Lord”)
-“The gospel will be taught far more intensely and with greater power during [the] millennium, until all the inhabitants of the earth shall embrace it.”(“Churches on Earth During the Millennium,” Improvement Era, Mar. 1955, 176; see also Doctrines of Salvation, 3:64.)25 (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Fielding Smith Manual: Ch.26 “Preparing for the Coming of Our Lord”)
-“Instead of being a time of rest, the Millennium is to be a time for all to labor. Idleness will not be found, better methods will be employed, not so much time will be consumed in the daily pursuits and more time will be given to the things of the Kingdom. The saints will be kept busy in the temples which shall be built in all parts of the land. In fact, so busy will they be that the temples will be occupied most of the time.”(The Way to Perfection (1931), 323–24.)” 26 cu (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Fielding Smith Manual: Ch.26 “Preparing for the Coming of Our Lord”)
-President Joseph Fielding Smith said “The day of the coming of the Lord is near. I do not know when…. I sincerely believe it will come in the very day when some of us who are here today [5 April 1936] will be living upon the face of the earth.” (see Doctrines of Salvation, 3:2-3; also D&C Institute Manual pg. 61.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 31. Personal End Times Dreams eve temple one need insert see ~2.13.21

 

Sections:

  1. Valley’s Exalted: The Sudden Joy of Christ’s Return
  2. Skilled workers doing unskilled labor & joining the military
  3. Forthcoming Zion Refuge City in Rural Utah
  4. Message from Eve in the Closed Temple 2021

 

 

Valley’s Exalted: The Sudden Joy of Christ’s Return

 

 

Nov. 30 2014 taken from my personal journal; this woke me in the middle of the night and sleep fled from before me. I urgently wrote every detail I could recall over the next hour or so.

I remind the readers that these are my own views alone, and that dreams are often representative rather than reality based.

 

key points: earth form change; power via Priesthood; joy via Christ’s return; gathered saints

 

 

Can my heart ever again sorrow? I have been given a key to knowledge wherein my heart does exceedingly rejoice, and surely the angels have declared it unto me. The mountains did cease, the valleys did depart, and things became a new heaven and a new earth, only the righteous were spared. The people of the Lord were gathered together and they survived the earth’s surface changing shape. The entire time my heart did burn within me. Such power was given to the righteous. Only to those who strictly obeyed their priesthood was it given them to stretch forth their hand, and the thing which they commanded to be moved was moved. I did this to a measure, but I also did need training in this. I would also pray for a thing, and there it would be. I needed my journal printed, and when my computer would not work, I prayed, and there came the image of the document in my mind, which I hit the print button to in my mind, and at that time, the document was printed to the nearest printer. I weep even now to tell you- it all happened so so so very suddenly! I compose myself lest I lose my mind- I must continue to relate this unto you. So many scriptures were fulfilled. And the level of the joy of a person was continual, yes my heart did swell within me continually, I was perpetually glad. I saw that no person had time to flee to their homes to grab something they had left behind. No person would have; the earth was changing so quickly, but yet there was organization among the Saints; somehow they knew where to go. The land mass all of a sudden before our eyes became flexible, and formed into the shape that it would. It buried the wicked, etc. I did not see the wicked get buried, I just know that had taken place for after this having happened, everything, and I weep as this i do relate, everything was peace. It was still very real; we still had meetings about what to do. These things are hard to understand, but in my dream it was so real to me that it was like these things were really happening. All through the night, it is now two a.m., I felt as though these things were really happening. And my precious wife was there with me, and with overflowing joy I did speak to her, telling her that these events meant the fulfilling of certain scriptures. It was OBVIOUS that they were, for the entire earth was changed. It was also planned out that we would travel to certain parts of the world for the teaching of the people. We would go to Jerusalem etc. on a journey as we educated the people. It least this is what I gathered as I looked at a map of the world which had several key locations mapped out on them, and I saw that we would travel from ocean to ocean by the means of the mass of land physically moving. We also saw Abraham Lincoln there, and he was in his traditional attire, and he was at the head of a big meeting of government wherein we were planning things to do. He had a stern but divine look upon his face, it was amazing. He was there, so was President Hinckley… as were a few others near of kin that we have worried about pertaining to their spirituality. Those who knew the gospel were at so much the advantage, for it was a delightful dream to them, they knew what was going on. There were military generals there etc. which helped in the planning, some were not of our faith, but they were so upright it was astounding. They were busy helping the plans be made, I presume they would join the faith as they progressed spiritually, and had more opportunity to learn.

My joy was continual in this dream, my heart continually burning; I don’t know what I did to deserve this vision. Some of the aspects of it may be symbolic, and I deem they are, but others are quite literal. Also people were generally with their families. I think we could look into the future or the past with ease, merely to think it and there the vision thereof was before our minds. We had no needs, all was provided by some higher power whom we knew was God, even Jesus Christ. We understood that it would not be long time distant before the Millennium would come. We understood that these things were preparing the world for the Millennium. I saw the portion of the future which included God fighting our battles. I also saw that continual filling of the land occurred, places which had no land became filled therewith. We had to move out of the way. One occasion I was in the way, but nevertheless I could not die. We jumped for joy, and were glad in our hearts, seeing that this was the day of the Lord. This was everything coming together. These were the signs of the times. Not all details are recalled unto me in perfect clarity, but I exclaim them to be a gift from God. I had a hard day yesterday and was persecuted several times. This is like the scripture where God gave persons visions to their sleep, or that prophecy which says that in the last days, the young men would dream dreams. I see to print my journal and other things I’ve read; I see how important it is to obey God right away in all of the good things he impresses you to do immediately, for like turning a corner, that is how sudden the movement of the earth will be. And when the news comes to us that the time for such is upon us, we will have pure joy. There will be no sorrow. It will be the day that the Lord God has finally come for his people in the final deliverance. The Lord’s people were no longer persecuted. I see that all the people of the demeanor of persecuting the Saints were simply no longer around. They must have been slain. In this dream of mine, the flow of the mass of the earth is what mainly occurred for the accomplishing of God’s purposes. I tell you also the people like Abraham Lincoln and President Hinckley, they were seen as brothers, and no person was withheld from speaking with them, nor did they see themselves as higher than other people, they were merely involved in the planning of the people, in the meeting of planning. They were most helpful. There was no time to get anything from home, it was everyone here we go it’s time. There was a great announcement I think. Also these things were shown me to motivate me specifically to continue to become a bible scholar and to continue to share the gospel for I got to do so during my break at work yesterday as well as inviting others to the choir performance. At any rate, these things did happify my heart. These things showed me that there is no need to procrastinate. I saw that getting into debt was not putting me ahead at all, and that such was silly, for I want to be free as a bird. I saw that the only things which really paid off were keeping the council of the prophets. There is a level of joy and light and direction and instruction and knowing of the future that I can’t quite lay my tongue upon, I have forgotten it already. God is testing me. It’s like I’ve been to heaven and back, and now I need to go onward in faith even though I don’t remember everything of heaven or of things to come. I was so filled with joy as I saw these things. It was like every burden was gone. Literally the old earth passed away and a new one was made. We had a new social system, the land mass flow made an ENTIRELY different setting for how the lands were organized and divided, it was all so very beautiful. The good people and the Saints did only so much. It was mostly the doing of the Lord. They did however do their best, and all they could, and when worn out, these things came flowing like a river. I think this thing I’m having difficulty describing is that perhaps the Saints are gathered in one place, and a piece of the earth on which they stood was lifted up into heaven while all the earth was changed, with as it were flowing lava upon the entire face of it, going to make land where such was not before, and filling areas that were before empty. It was like we were lifted up into the sky on an island of earth, and thus were protected. It was interesting, somehow the Saints (the members of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints who cared about their religion) and also the good folks of the earth, were safe in this certain area. The things we saw were majestic, it was as though God was saying alright it’s time that we start things anew. I remember that we had all peace and that we knew with certainty that we were in the hands of the Lord. I could write for hours upon this to try and preserve its memory, but I can only get so close. These things are glorious to me. All the cares of the world are gone there. There is no money to worry about there, it was a barter system. It was actually NO system for the time I was in the vision. We were not trading at the time, there was only standing still and beholding the salvation of God. It seems that joy had swallowed up our appetites, or that such was available because of our preparation but mostly because this was obviously God doing a mighty work. I don’t recall seeing God, I think it was the time just before his coming. Or perhaps God was at a helm of a ship I was riding just out of my view. Certainly he was there, we knew without seeing him all of the time because of the majestic things that were occurring all around us. It was like this: we hereby announce (the leaders of the Church), that the time has come; Then all element would flow, and no one would have to tell you not to go home to get your things, because it was obvious, as one would see the element enfolding itself around us, and hence the need to get going to the secure place which surely was established. The entire thing was peculiarly entransical, I was so entirely swallowed up in the joy that these things were happening, and that the Saints could finally rest without being persecuted more. The serenity of being with family I do recall- my mother was there, and it was part of the greatest joy, for here I was, at the end of days, experiencing with her all of the things which she had long since the days of my childhood prophecies to me would occur. Neither myself, my wife, or mother seemed to have age much. This was not a distant event, not more than five years ahead of now. It was TODAY! It was happening! There was no waiting! It was fall asleep one night and the next day was the end of all things! I long for my pillow that I might see more; or even simply recall that which I saw, for it was so exquisite and real and sweet to me; yes some major aspects I simply know I am neglecting in this account, for had I memory of all of them I peradventure would collapse for joy. This is part of what I saw: I saw that it is well with the souls of them who are trying to do good, but especially well with the souls of them who are learning of and preaching the gospel, and who are not only generally obeying God, but are obeying him NOW. Those who don’t put off the promptings, or I would say even the INCLINATIONS to do good, to prepare, these things in every needful way. The part which I saw was the part where we were no longer on our own as families or individuals, we were brought together back as families, and we were called together. I REMEMBER NOW A PART,  it was that the Saints were called together before the world expected anything, yes we were called together as in the days of Noah before the rain, very soon thereafter, once we had all gathered, then we beheld the changes upon the earth, and that a new heaven and a new earth were coming into play. We saw that the day of the Lord was upon us. It was the President of the Church who called us together. I don’t say whether other groups of Saints met in other places and had their own island or whatever it was, a hub of protection or something, but I do speak from my first person experience. To me, it was as though all were come together to one place, but after the greater part of the torment, I did see persons there whom I did not recognize as having been in the same safety area as I was in, NAMELY the person who were not Saints, but who were honorary, namely that war general that wanted justice. He I say was either an individual, or a representation of all of his class. These persons would withstand all. They were bent on the welfare, and were not merely beholding, but were, after the main events had occurred, at the meeting, and planning, wanting to organize and prepare the people, yes they were involved in our little government of survivors and persons who cared. Perhaps in this vision not all of the wicked were slain at once, or even had been slain by a certain time, but as the scriptures say, in my vision we were protected. The wicked were not a big fear to us anymore, for we were united, and hence powerful, but our main source of power was the OBVIOUS provision that the Lord was extending to us. There were certain benefits and powers that were especially in play that we do not currently enjoy, or that we do not take part in on a regular basis, like power of seeing and traveling and loving and communicating and experiencing things together. I pray to be there again in vision, but not long is my prayer, for I know these things soon, oh how soon I would weep to tell you, will be upon us. I don’t know how this level of joy came, but I tell you this, when it’s so OBVIOUS that God is with you, and confirmed to you in such a way that you are on the right path, and so clear that the Saints are called to act together in a thing, one sees that they can as it ware fall back onto their back, or stand still on their feet as they watch the events of the end of days occur in one setting, watching them occur in the time interval of approximately one day. Yes, of a few hours I would say. It all happened in daylight I think. It was like getting in a space ship and dropping your jaw as you see your world change. It was in every sense marvelous, and beyond my wildest dreams. I have had great expectations for the day of the Lord, but this was surpassing them all. I look forward to this day now with all the more zeal for the joy to be found therein, in this day of fleeing Babylon by coming to Zions camp or the local area or whatever. IT seemed like all the Saints were together although I could not see them all, I only saw a few persons. The number of survivors was small, although filling vast congregations. We were instructed to do something, that the time of the end had come, and we were in the attitude of saying our day has come and we are delivered, make ye haste to the place of thy Lord and with thy family there have peace, and stand still to behold the salvation of God. There were magical occurrences like unlimited supply and receiving according to the thoughts, and these things may have been symbolic of having all we need, but surely they foresee a future day when such powers are upon us. I am speaking of powers we do not currently comprehend or use. Power of seeing things that occur universally, or that all can see what occurs, also the power of being present for such, also the power of receiving a copy of what you desire my meditating thereon. Also the memory with increased power, perhaps to access any document. Like having a computer in the head where a vast library can constantly be accesses, and one can write in the mind, and organize therein, and prepare the most wonderful dissertation or organization of ideas, having all resources at their expense, and no limitations, seeing in the mind’s eye all information as it’s requested, and building therewith, and hence the understanding sky rockets forward. In the vision, and I have no shame in claiming my dream such, not being able to mistake the feelings that I felt, they being clear and undeniable to me, yes I had a vision tonight, it was like I was there, but I was in my bed. I did of coarse not realize I was in my bed. I suppose when these things transpire, not only will I be better prepared for them, but I will be in the nature of saying, yes, this is the place and situation whereupon I did trod in the vision of my eyes and heart and soul not long ago. This is all correct. This is how it indeed ought be. The understanding of occurrences, because of the grace of God, being upon me. In this I have no shame, for it is reality that I am recipient of great things, and this by way of the grace of God. Hence I am not ashamed. It seemed to me in the dream that the time had come for answers to come, all of them, and one by one things were unfolded to my view. Oh the joy as the Saints traveled together! Oh the joy as the Lord was with us and fighting our battles, for is it not written that such will occur? The earth. That is the sector we speak of. Not of fire or wind or water. We speak of moving earth, it’s SURFACE being heaved from one place to another. And it was as an obedient servant marching forward in obedience to it’s God, for mountainous waves did it make, and not those natural. Then the crust of earth would harden, I think, at least for a time or manner, and things would thus be new.

 

Skilled laborers doing unskilled work:

3.26.21 Dreamed that I saw men who usually would do very sophisticated work such as engineers and teachers and they were doing jobs like cleaning floors and joining the army. I suppose it was due to an economic collapse or some other woe. I myself was at a lower station as well I wondered why and I asked God and he said to learn humility. I was either at a new lower job or some reeducation or POW camp of imprisonment, which I did not deserve, and therefore I asked God why. I cannot tell if I was to be there away from my family, but perhaps I was. I saw old friends and family there was sweetness in the connection of knowing that we were going through this together but pain also great pain. There was some sort of crossing taking place, some travel or exodus, but of everyone, the godly and ungodly alike. The ungodly seemed to have more difficulty in it, but many who were astranged became friends and kindred again, or at least bonded with one another during the trial, respect for one another being kindled, despite differences in points of view.

 

Forthcoming Zion Refuge City in Rural Utah

 

 

12.19.20 I dreamed a vivid dream of a revelation. My wife and I were basically hand carting further south into Utah. It was most hard we were unsure if we would live. We were then given a booklet where appeared full color and full detail images of the future.

We saw that the area we were trekking was to become a metropolis, filled with dozens of temples. We saw detailed street maps of the whole thing.

We turned the pages and saw the report of our lifespans, which showed us that we would in fact not die. Mine said something like ending in 430 or 450 Meg’s said something like ending 150, I was lead to understand it meant a new era, that hers went over and into the new era, a new calendar of counting based on a turn such as the millennium beginning. I really don’t remember the dates. But however it worked, I understood that Meg actually perhaps lived longer than me, or that she transitioned soon after me, I don’t know. But the main idea we got from it was that we would not die. But on the page it showed month day and year very specific. I think it was our death date as in when we moved to the next phase, not that we would be entombed, but that there was a set day for when we would be changed to the wonderful state of translation or resurrection. We saw that God knew exactly what would happen in our futures.

One of the maps showed the 12 tribes of Israel and we saw there was much missionary work to be done in the land round about, and that perhaps it was laying out settlements for each tribe. I understood that either the tribes of Israel had been there, or were to be there in the future, or both.

I recall something of distress before getting the notebook pages. We had no time to bury the dead. There were strange explorings. At times I think we were in a hurry due to being pursued. We tried to shield the children from many of these things as they would not understand.

I tried to memorize the pages but was so awe struck that I could not.
We stared at it a while. I wondered if it would disappear at some point. I tried to take photographs of the pages of the booklet as I was desperate to remember their contents and it was way too much information to learn all at once, but when I tried to take photos it disappeared and the photos did not develop. The photos were only gray like ash. Where the revealed pages were they instead became blank as before the miracle.

I was filled with pure joy and could not be stopped. I then knew all would be well. This dream came to me at a trying time when the pressures of managing my family were almost overwhelming. Perhaps the trekking is an allegory of how in raising our children now we are doing great pioneer work and need to press on in it to await glorious fulfillment. Perhaps it means both.

The images of the booklet were so vivid, I could tell you the shapes of the buildings of the metropolises, where the temples were to be built, etc. The place I think was just south of where I now live in a rural area of Utah but I’m not sure. The death dates clearly indicated we would survive and live into the new era.

The location of this was apparently an area in which pioneers had gone before and some remnants of their going were left behind such as old wheels with notes in them from days of pioneers.

In the dream we tried to tell the people around us about the vision but none seemed to care much. Before I had the chance of relating the visions and as I tried writing them, I awoke, realizing I was writing them only in the dream, and then I penned this account to the best of my memory.

The booklet pages were about ten pages. Each page showed the mind and will of God for the future development of the area I was in. We came to understand that we weren’t in the middle of nowhere as we had supposed, but in a most choice promised land. my ideas for the future were dwarfed in comparison to the utopia presented in the booklet. I think part of it was in video and I saw the area just flooding full of buildings temples etc. It was a Zion establishment meaning it was of the righteous. I usually hate big cities as they are so corrupt dirty and nameless and socialist, but this one I looked upon with great anticipation as the company there was to be God fearing people. I almost felt to kiss the soil which seemed so barren then as it was to become a booming zion city of the Lord.

I don’t remember very tall buildings, perhaps some, but lots of temples and zion friendly establishments.

In the baren place we were suddenly it seemed not so barren with the prospect of such a future and the knowledge that we were not the first there as we hitherto had thought. It was perhaps showing the book of Mormon people’s had lived there. And perhaps even people of the Bible. I felt to look for more artifacts.

My impression was that I was to help settle the area and would yet enjoy the culmination of it. There was much missionary work that would need to be done with everyone coming there. I had long hoped of doing much missionary work and it seemed instead of me going out to find them as was the case in my first mission, this time they would come to me (to that place where I was helping with the organization and preaching), in droves. They would come as refugees to this place. That was the impression.

I received a priesthood blessing by my request a few days ago which counseled me to not just study the scriptures, but to take time to ponder and pray vocally. This dream came while I was overwhelmed and resting in the evening and had fallen asleep before I usually retire. I think I push myself so hard sometimes that the Lord can’t give me these communications, me making myself too busy. Hard to say.

My wife and I had just celebrated our 7th wedding anniversary but we were still stressed with our many children and duties. I was upset and worn out and trying to rest, but woke with no more ill feelings after this dream.

Again I cannot say if elements of the dream were symbolic. I do know it will help me to press forward in upcoming days when things may continue to seem trivial. I fear trekking and we were in a desert, but perhaps it meant the trek we are undergoing to raise our family now. In the dream my wife and I saw the pages and the unfolding of the future of the area, and it gave us needed hope.

I do believe many elements of this dream will literally occur. Whatever it’s fulfillment, was beyond a dream.

I am a school teacher and have often wondered what my trade would be in a society of new beginnings and economic collapse. But I saw that things worked out. (Intermediate hard times? I don’t know). I also saw that I would be very busy, and happily so, in helping to organize the city, to help the people there, etc.

I’m quite confident that this city was in Utah, not Missouri. I do live near somewhat where this unfolded but I could not identify the area well. I think there was a barren canyon we were going through when the booklet pages appeared to us in our distress. It was an area of Utah currently barren and uninhabited, but which would become a mighty city.

It’s hard for me to say whereabouts in Utah but it definitely felt like Utah. I live near in a rural area of central Utah and it felt like something sort of close to there or a little bit further south, perhaps not all the way to Cedar City and so forth I don’t know, perhaps the entire area will become a great place of refuge. My dream did indicate very large scale gatherings of the saints in the area.

 

In my studies of the last days I believe there have been several prophets who have said not everyone will go to Missouri; some will stay in Utah and other places and build those places up as places of safety and refuge for many.

 

There are prophecies that the rural areas of Utah will be flooded with inhabitants fleeing from other war-torn areas of the United States. I also recently heard of a prophecy by George Albert Smith (not sure on the source) that Saints from California would come running to Utah but most of them too late.

 

But the general prophecies about Utah as a place of refuge for forthcoming judgments are many.

I found many of them in Dwayne Crowther’s book Prophecy Key to the Future which is a hallmark book on the subject.

 

I think wherever we are called to serve is an honor, it doesn’t need to be in Missouri the New Jerusalem itself. Besides, who’s to say we won’t be translated and able to instantaneously travel?!

 

 

Message from Eve in the Closed Temple 2021 put in

Around 2.13.21

 

 

Chapter 32. Comments: On 7th seal, half silence, etc. edit for sharability

 

The Jodi Flesher Stoddard lectures brought to my attention that we are likely in the 7th seal. I had long suspected that due to obvious hints in D&C, but was reserved until hearing the supporting evidence in her lectures. What insights can you all share on this topic? Further, do you all support the half hour silence 21 year theory, and what do you expect in the near future? Some suggest a pre-millennial coming of Christ around that time, others suggest we are just headed for hard times. A thing tricky for me still is that Revelation 8 speaks of trumpets after the half hour silence, and D&C 88:95 speaks of the face of the Lord unveiled after half hour silence.

Jodi says It does say “SAINTS’ are the ones who will see him…. it doesn’t say everyone will see him…. one must read the scriptures before and after for context.

D&C 88:95……. and the face of the Lord shall be unveiled;

96 And the SAINTS that are upon the earth, who are alive, shall be quickened (TRANSLATED)and be caught up to meet him.

It’s pretty clear.

Compare Revelation 12….

The 7th seal opened in the year 2000. Many signs were given and prophecy fulfilled. The 1/2 of silence began directly. It is 20.8 years. It will be done this fall. If the seventh seal was broken in the spring of 2000, then it stands to reason it will end in the fall of 2020. However, if it was broken at any other time of the year it will likely be finished at the beginning of 2021. Some speculate (through various signs) that the seven years of tribulation began in the year 2017. I just don’t believe this. There is no supporting documents that state the seven-year tribulation will begin within the half hour of silence. Some use the fact the Prophet said we were at a hinge point. However a hinge point can be recognized as a number Of different changes. “A HingePoint is the point where something literally pivots. It’s the turning point where you are going to see a significant change take place.” The Profit mentioned this at the dedication of the Rome, Italy temple. But he mentioned it again later. Very significant statement but didn’t mean that the seven years of tribulation we’re beginning or that we are in the middle of it. I believe that hinge point is the end of the half hour of silence in the beginning of the seven years of tribulation. There are particular things that need to take place within the first 3.5 years of the seven years in such a catastrophic manner the devastation would run across this land as never before seen. That has not happened. But it is coming. Some use astronomical signs as well. It would appear that some of these signs definitely appear to fulfill prophecy. Again, the kind of devastation but it talks about in the seven years of tribulation just has not happened. What I am saying is the beginning stages of that seven years of tribulation. It certainly does not feel or appear that we are in the middle of it. I do believe that is certainly coming and we have less than a year to prepare ourselves for what is about to happen. As far as when the Lord will come in his full glory, he will make three different appearances. The final one being for all the world to see.

Elly Garrison you are very correct. Just one further point it doesnt say in a half an hour but about a half an hour. So things could even take longer before the 7 years of trumibulations begin which I think will be in 2023 and go to 2030. But before that time things can get bad. Psalm 22 is My God my God why hast thou fosaken me. This is to match events that will occur in 2022. And Psalm 23 Walking through the valley of death I will fear no evil. For 2023. Bad events started in 2020 with Covid19 and the lockdowns by the left that were completly unwarented and now the riots. It has begun and we will see the storms (hurricanes) get worse by Sept. We have a summer of riots too. Oh the joy. Not.

I heard an interpretation that the 21 years of silence could be our own brethren preaching nothing but milk for 21 years (do a little better, be a little kinder, say your prayers, etc.). They do this because so few “saints” responded to the bold meaty talks. So few got food storages or worked to get out of debt. So few were serious about repentance and becoming sanctified. So few sought the face of the Lord.
I imagine it could be painful for angels to watch people get bored and passionless about Christ and the fullness of His Gospel in our church meetings and homes…especially knowing what was coming. They knew we’d need oil in our lamps and that time was running out to get it.
Maybe not the whole interpretation but I liked hearing it because it helped make sense as to why our leaders were seeming so…silent.

Jodi agrees, There is a pattern to the teaching of the prophets…
They preach repentance until just prior to destruction and then they preach faith, hope and charity…… we are coming out of 21 years of primarily faith, hope and charity now.

Read About Daniels time line. We need to have a peace treaty signed between Israel and Palestine. He revealed that when the peace treaty is signed there will be 7 years til Christ’s return. There is 3.5 yrs of Peace followed by a period of time. I believe that is when Adam-Ondi-amen will occur and Christ will appear (at a worldwide temple dedication) and will instruct us for the last 3.5 years. Then He will come in “all His glory”. Whew good luck with this. Look it up “Daniels Timeline”
Nate Richardson you can (of course) find it on Utube. And of course there are a lot of different interpretations of it. A lot of the other religions have studied the peace treaty as well as Daniels Timeline. So I like to try and put all studies of last day info from all different religions and see what I come up with. Ya so check Utube for starts and I may have a book or two, but I’ll have to find them. But one clue about the 1/2 hr of silence, most if not al religions have no idea what occurs during that time. I put a few idea together and came up with my own idea. I read in the Deseret news about Adam ondi amen, that it will be one of the biggest sacraments ever. And I remember a time we had a temple dedication on Sunday rather then church so I kinda thot that was odd, but maybe just a nice practice time for Adam Ondi Amen. (Prob spelled wrong🤷🏼‍♀️) anyhow on and on. Too much to write about so have fun studingy

I believe Jesus will be revealed at the Feast of the trumpets sometime after the half-hour of silence is over probably a few years even so actually it’s a special day one of the Jewish holy days we might want to look that up

I just look at the yuga cycles

After the half hour of silence will be a major sign in the sky to the saints that the second coming is at hand. The world will call it a comet a planet exsedra

Harold Rudick there is a comet expected this year. I watched a fascinating and detailed exploration that the 7 years of tribulation would start in 2020, preceded by a comet and what others call “the rapture” where believers will be taken up by to meet the Lord.

Billie Garcia in Isaiah institute said of the 7 trib:::::
I think you mean the two periods of 3.5 years which added together equal the 7 years of Tribulation. See Revelation 7:14, Mark 13:24 & Matt 24:21, 29 for the great tribulation. Daniel 12:1, 4 about the end times. Revelation 12 talks about the woman having to flee into the wilderness for a time, and times, and half a time. This is thought to mean those 3 1/2 years. There are several other scriptures that talk about a period of 3.5 years. Daniel 7:25 talks about a period of a time, and times, and half a time, where believers are persecuted by “the little horn” see also Daniel 12:7. Rev 11:2 talks about the holy city (Jerusalem) being trampled (by armies) for 42 months (which is 3.5 years). See also Rev 12:6 and 13:5. Many people interpret Daniel 9:27 to be the scripture that divides the seven year period of tribulation, sometimes called Daniel’s ’70th week’. Other scriptures refer to a period of 1,260 days, which is also a 3.5 year period (see Rev 11:3). Personally, my belief is that when the woman flees from the serpent, (Rev 12) into the wilderness is the beginning of the 3.5 year start of the tribulation period, which is a period of great judgements upon the earth and persecutions of believers. I believe that the second part occurs when the dragon goes ‘to make war with the remnant of her seed’. I believe the war will begin at Jerusalem in this second half. This is my opinion only. And we know that at the end of this period is the coming of our Savior. (JS-Matthew 1:36) And, as I said before, after the tribulation of those days, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken, then shall appear the sign of the Son of Man in heaven, and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn; and they shall see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of heaven, with power and great glory;

 

 

 

Chapter 33. Comments: The lost 10 tribes, traditional theory, etc. edit for sharability

 

Question
What of the ten lost tribes? I’m familiar with Joseph Fielding mcconkies paper in the search for the Lost tribes which suggests they are just scattered in the nation’s but consider these points which suggest they are still together in the north:

1. DC says Ice will flow down from their return from the north
2. Moses gave Joseph Smith to separate keys, I’ve for gathering Israel, another for the return of the ten tribes
3. Jesus said he was going to visit the ten lost tribes after the Nephites because they weren’t lost to him
4. Apocrypha speaks of the ten tribes having wandered for a year and a half to the north to a certain place unknown to the rest of the world
5. Early church leaders including Joseph Brigham and others spoke of the tribes being in the icey North in a sort of cavern
6. John the revelator was given a mission to help the lost tribes return. John is still alive, potentially with them.
7. The tribes were scattered for being wicked but what if part of them repented and stayed together
8. Just because we have found done from every tribe in Russia etc doesn’t mean there isn’t still a body of the tribes together
9. I think there is a passage on DC which referred to them returning in a might group like Moses lead the Israelites across the red Sea.
10. There are legends of giant people in the North hidden

 

James Prout says this, “(See D&C133)
– they ALL come back from the NORTH. Not from every direction
– they have THEIR prophets leading them.
– they bring their rich treasures with them. Could that be scriptures? maybe
– they come singing?
– they come as a hunter taking down their adversaries? Do they have good military tech? yep.
– they have a MIRACLE ice bridge. That would portend just 1 inbound location. Not several ice bridges.
– they come at one time period event. Not over 100s of years.
If you put that together, it is just as it reads. One people group, coming from the North, and at one coming event.
So, will the scriptures be right? Or will JF McConkie win the day? I don’t know.
However, since the scriptures have been 100% over the last few thousand years…I would go with them.”

Nate Richardson Bruce r was a prophet but when he spoke beyond his keys he is to be subject to the standard of the key holding prophets. I don’t really know what else to say about it. Bruce r as good of an apostle as he was, was never the key holder to override or dismiss anything that couldn’t be argued by appealing to that which he could cite from the actual key holding prophets. I honestly can’t imagine jfm not having uses his best material by his Father to make that argument. I read it. And while yes, he makes some good points, no he doesn’t speak for the Lord or override anything and his comments aren’t good enough to dismiss woodruff, or Pratt, Brigham or Joseph any of the others that recorded this concept. So while yes remnants of the tribes can be scattered and gathered, that doesn’t preclude that several witnesses I believe starting with elder woodruff relate that a larger body of the tribes will return from the north by ice bridge that will overshadow the Israelites crossing the sea in dry ground. It can certainly be both. – Dimitri

The answer is both. Some of the Ten Tribes are among us and indeed most Church members are members of the ‘Lost Tribe’ of Joseph but most are gathered together in one beyond the knowledge of the world in the North countries and will return to the America’s after the cleansing of America to build the New Jerusalem and its 12 temples one for each tribe. It is said they will bring their own prophets, scriptures and history with them.

There was a Report from a Air Force Pilot during WWII who was flying over the North Pole and saw a City. After flying over the same area again he was never able to find what he had again. As we now know the North Pole is Melting, but the South Pole’s Ice Sheet Is Thickening.. Don’t know why I added that.. LOL

James E talmage gave a talk in oct 1916 at General confrence where he said the lost tribes will return from the north in a group. Fyi. I have the talk somewhere in storage but I’m sure u can google it and find it.

There is a book titled ‘The Smoky God’ that you may find very interesting. I downloaded a free PDF file some years ago. Here is a link to a YT video regarding it. It is a true account according to Olaf Janson whose experience it is. It is listed as a novel. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZPcEHSDGbP4

The most obedient went to north country but the old testament indicated that others are scattered in all nations, which explains why when received their patriarchal blessing were from these tribes like Tribes of Joseph

I beleive they are in a group and will return as such from the north with their scriptures.

Wilford Woodruff: “The evening was spent in conversing upon the subject of the Ten tribes in the North Country. … [A] portion of the North Country Containing the ten tribes may be separated from the Earth. O[rson] Hyde & others believed they would soon return.” (Waiting for World’s End [Extracts from The Diaries of Wilford Woodruff], p. 238.)

Bathsheba W. Smith: “I heard Joseph Smith preach baptism for the dead. … I heard him say, ‘the Ten Tribes were not on this globe, but a portion of this earth had cleaved off with them and went flying into space, and when the time comes when the “earth reels to and from like a drunken man and the stars from heaven fall,” it would join on again.'” (“Recollections of the Prophet Joseph Smith,” The Juvenile Instructor, 1 June 1892, vol. 27, p. 34.)

Orson Pratt: “The Prophet Joseph [Smith] once in my hearing advanced his opinion that the Ten Tribes were separated from the Earth; or a portion of the Earth was by a miracle broken off, and that the Ten Tribes were taken away with it, and that in the latter days it would be restored to the Earth or be let down in the Polar regions. Whether the Prophet founded his opinion upon revelation or whether it was a matter of mere speculation with him, I am not able to say.” (Letter to John C. Hall, 13 Dec. 1875, Letter Box of Orson Pratt, LDS Archives.)

Wilford Woodruff: “We had social conversation in the evening. President [Brigham] Young said he heard Joseph Smith say that the Ten Tribes of Israel were on a portion of land separated from the Earth.” (8 September 1867, Wilford Woodruff’s Journal, edited by Scott Kenney [Midvale, Utah: 1983], vol. 6, p. 363); also Wilford Woodruff’s Journal [Salt Lake City, Utah: Kraut‘s Pioneer Press], p. 166.)

Rudger Clawson: “[Franklin D. Richards] said that the ten tribes of Israel were separated from the earth—so Joseph Smith had said.” (Diary of Rudger Clawson, book 10, p. 87, Western Americana, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah.)

Daniel Allen: “I heard Joseph the Prophet say that he had seen John the Revelator, and had a long coversation with him, who told him that he, John, was their leader, Prophet, Priest and King, and said that he was preparing that people to return; and further said there is a mighty host of us. And Joseph further said that men might hunt for them, but they could not find them, for they were upon a portion of this planet that had been broken off, and which was taken away; and the sea rushed in between Europe and America, and that when that piece returns there would be a great shake; the sea would then move to the north, where it belonged in the morning of creation.” (“Minutes of The Parowan, Utah School of the Prophets,” entry 17 Aug. 1872, pp. 156–57, LDS Archives; punctuation revised.)

Martha Cragun Cox: “Coming in one day and seeing my geography on my lap, he [Jacob Hamblin] told that the Prophet said to him that at the North Pole is convex or cup-shaped with the deepest sea resting there. The planet that belonged to that part of the world would in time return to its place, strike the Earth at that part, completing the sphere. The result would be a ‘reeling to and fro like a drunken man’ by the Earth which will assume an upright position before the Sun. The concussion caused by the Earth meeting its long dismembered portion will be a warmth that will cause the mountains to melt and flow down; and the seas change their positions. When this planet nears the Earth astronomers will say a new comet has appeared. In 1927 Prof. Jaager, a Danish astronomer, announced this same law that the Prophet had taught. B. H. Roberts confirmed the fact that the Prophet taught these facts. One of the North Sea voyagers reported later that the border sea was the deepest body of water on Earth.” (“Biographical Record of Martha Cragun Cox,” p. 104, LDS Archives.)

Charles L. Walker: “[11 Feb. 1881] At night went to Prayer Meeting. … Some remarks were made by Sister Green, stating that she heard Eliza Snow speak of the 9 and 1/2 lost tribes being on an orb, and would eventually come back to their former place, and we should know when they came by certain signs. … [6 Mar. 1881]—At night went to meeting. Brother Jacob Gates spoke in a very pleasing manner on a variety of subjects, showing … the power of God being manfiested in the return of the ten lost tribes of Israel, and of their coming to Zion to receive their blessings under the Hands of Ephraim. Said he heard Joseph Smith say, when he was at Bishop Partridge’s house in Far West, Missouri, concering the ten lost tribes, ‘They are hid from us by land and air.’ Said Bishop Partridge, ‘I guess they are by land and water,’ in a doubting manner, as if Joseph did not know what he was talking about. ‘Yes,’ said Joseph, ‘by land and air; they are hid from us in such a manner and at such an angle that the astronomers cannot get their telescopes to bear on them from this Earth.’ He exhorted the Saints to live up to their great privileges and gain power with the heavens. [10 Mar. 1881]—Cold. At the Temple all day. At night paid Sister Eliza R. Snow a short visit, and had some conversation with her on the dividing of the Earth. She told me that she heard the Prophet Joseph say, that when the ten tribes were taken away, the Lord cut the Earth in two—Joseph striking his left hand in the center with the edge of his right, to illustrate the idea—and when they returned with the portion of this Earth that was taken away with them, the coming together of these two bodies or orbs would cause a shock and make the Earth ‘real to and fro like a drunken man.’ She also stated that he said the Earth was ninety times smaller than when first created or organized.” (“Diary of Charles Lowell Walker,” typescript copy, Special Collections, Harold B. Lee Library, BYU, Provo, Utah.)

See this on Europeans being the lost tribes: https://m.youtube.com/watch?feature=youtu.be&v=fbbSVjVWX-4

FYI Ephraim is considered one of the lost tribes… Judah and Benjamin were not lost

I think they are scattered around the world, but they are more concentrated in some parts. & I think part of them are beneath the surface of the earth and some even outside this planet.

Have you ever read Visions of Glory? It’s his near death experience and he talks about something like this.

For the longest time, when I was a youth, I understood the 10 lost tribes were really “lost” to the world. This really intrigued me. I could just imagine they were living life somewhere in the center of the earth. Then I was convinced they are among the world but not fully known. In the past 10-20 years, we know that all the tribes of Israel have been identified – via Patriarchal blessings. Then it donned on me, it could very well be both.

When a person of non-Israelite descent (“Gentile”) has accepted the gospel and is baptized, they are quite literally “adopted” into the House of Israel and identified in a tribe whether or not they are of a specific tribe’s blood. Then in D&C 133:23-34, it talks about the tribes coming forth from the “north countries” directed by their own prophets. In addition, Orson Pratt spoke often of the 10 lost tribes adding their 12,000 to the 144,000 (The Creation—The Seventh Thousand Years, and Events Which Are to Follow the Period of the Millennium. Discourse by Elder Orson Pratt, delivered in the Sixteenth Ward Meeting Rooms, Nov. 22, 1873. Reported By: David W. Evans.).

For these reason, I believe we have the 10 tribes identified among us, but the actual 10 lost tribes, as a group, will join the rest of the Saints when the time is right.

I know a person who’s patriarchal blessing states the 12 tribes will use their land as refuge on their return.

For an interesting exploration of that question read Stephen Collins four books on the subject. https://stevenmcollins.com/ Also check out the Jewish Rabbi who came to the same conclusions researching this. http://britam.org/The-Tribes-by-Yair-Davidiy.html
You can also read Judah’s Sceptre and Joseph’s Birthright. https://reluctant-messenger.com/judahs_sceptre_307.htm

you know who knows a lot about this kind of thing? RC Fisher. yeah he’s done some real studying

A remnant shall return book. Best book yet: https://www.amazon.com/Remnant-Shall-Return-Restoration-Israel/dp/1727160533/ref=sr_1_1?keywords=A+Remnant+Shall+Return+-+2018+Edition%3A+A+Study+of+the+Restoration+of+the+House+of+Israel+A+Remnant+Shall+Return+michael+rush&qid=1589830387&sr=8-1

I listened to a lecture about the Constitution and history surrounding it – in which this was discussed subject was discussed to a point. It’s been awhile and I don’t recall a lot of the details – but basically –
He told how most of the 10 tribes moved out of The land of Israel to flee Babylon conquerors. Some were captured anyway. Most fled into the Caucusus Mountains. (This is why whites who came from there are called Caucasians.) They were called the Celts. I believe it was when they were when another conqueror sought after them, I believe the Romans they went down into the British Isles and took over to a great extext those lands. They brought with them the manner of governing from their heritage as Israelites and governed in that manner. They had so much respect for property rights – for example – that they made their roads along farmers fields taking as little land as possible in order to protect each person’s property. The Romans came and took over these areas eventually. The Roman Catholics were forcing all to be of this religion.
Some of them left for religious freedom – pilgrims etc. and came to America – mostly the house of Ephraim. Our Founding Fathers to a large degree formed the Constitution based on these principles that governed the ancient Israelites.
Some of the Celts went into other areas too.

I understand that some of the Celts went into countries such as Russia, which has had members of all the 10 tribes represented in converts.

——-

Issues with mcconkie tribes document:
1. It says read it how it stand regarding them bringing their treasures (money not records/scriptures), but then on the highway passage he says to use a symbolic interpretation from Isaiah suggesting the highway is righteousness.

I should make a small document summarizing is points

Joseph Smith said, on another occasion, in the hearing of some of the saints still surviving, that the City of Enoch would again take its place in the identical spot from which it had been detached, now forming that chasm of the earth, filled with water, called the Gulf of Mexico. — Joseph Young [Brigham’s brother], “Enoch and His City,” p. 12, footnote

I find it of interest what Brigham young and Joseph Smith say about the city of Enoch being taken up out of the earth too, from the gulf of Mexico. I will find the quote. If some of the tribes were take up on land, it wouldnt be the first time it has happened. Also, throught the scriptures, it’s says different things about the tribes in regards to the scattering. Some are scattered, some are lost and some are hidden.

Nate Richardson yeah read it the jfi mcconkie article on tribes. I don’t know what it is about him, but something about his approach always rubs me the wrong way. In this case, he totally ignores the promise that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word shall be established and then acts as if information from the prophets that meets that standard, but which he doesn’t like, somehow becomes a Jewish perversion of the gospel. So he gives himself permission to blow it off. I can agree with much of what he says but he always seems to find a way to put some nonsense in there that leaves me scratching my head wondering what he’s really all about. I have an entire book of his and my spidey senses are always going off when I read his material. Dunno but I am not comfortable blowing off prophets. I guess he can do it but I don’t recommend it. – Dimitri

I believe the tribe of Dan settled Denmark. Here’s why:
In German, Denmark is Danemark, meaning, the border of Dan.

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 34. Tribulations Will be Small for the Saints says Heber Kimball short

 

“The trials in the last days will be numerous, but to the faithful they will be of but [a] small moment, for they will live above these things, they will increase in power.” (Heber C. Kimball, June 29, 1856, Journal of Discourses 4:6)

 

 

 

Chapter 35. On Daniel weeks calculations edit for sharability

 

Kenneth kelsch says:

The statement of desolations occurs after Daniels 62nd week. That week ended in 1860 and what followed?

US Civil War 1861
WWI 1914
WWII 1939
Korean War 1953
Vietnam War 1955
Cold War 1947-1991
Mass killings attributed to communistic regimes estimate some 79 million people died or killed. The range is 42-161MM people killed
Terrorism 2006-2017 32.5K died as a result of this difficult to find your enemy.

I am not saying there will not be another Great War but a God clearly knew what was to come after the Church or Kingdom of God was restored but without Zion. God was warning us, without Zion or the Kingdom of Heaven wars and desolations will come.

Nate Richardson The 62nd week is described by Daniel.

Old Testament
Daniel 9:27
27 And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.

Restoration of the Church of Jesus Christ began in 1830. In the midst of the week the daily oblation it tithe was changed in August 1844. At the end of the week in 1861 the first of many desolations began by the US Civil War.

This next verse describes what occurs after the 62nd week.

Old Testament
Daniel 9:26
26 And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.

Due to the change in tithing and other doctrines such as polygamy, blood oath, complex Sealings, priesthood authority not given to blacks, and Adam God Theory polluted the early church and it took hundred plus years to correct many of these doctrines. Most important is our early failure NOT to restore Zion is what caused the many wars, plagues and death from communistic rule through the past 100 years is what God was warning.

There is a silver lining in Daniel.

Old Testament
Daniel 9:25
25 Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times.

AGAIN Zion will be redeemed, yet through troublous times in the 69th week which is 2030-2060. I do not know what exact year but within 30 years yes. Zion will be redeemed without the hand of the lord God.
Yep, Daniel prophecy of that as well.

Old Testament
Daniel 2:45
45 Forasmuch as thou sawest that the stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that it brake in pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great God hath made known to the king what shall come to pass hereafter: and the dream is certain, and the interpretation thereof sure.

The Church and man are currently fill filling this prophecy of Daniel.

Old Testament
Daniel 2:42-43
42 And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken.
43 And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay.

Yes the kingdom today is partly strong and partly broken, but the next verse is the most descriptive. The miry clay is the world of man and the church does mingle themselves with the seed of man is correct. What is also correct, we all fail to cleave (LOVE THY NEIGHBOR) one to another. This is true today and the past 100 plus years.

Until we really know Daniels prophecies with Isaiah, converting Jews will be a challenge. The above is an interpretation, so, search out in the scriptures and prayer for your own. I do believe God and his son Jesus Christ will enlighten your mind to help and provide the truth.

 

 

 

 

Chapter 36. Examples of Last Days Calling Good Evil, and Evil Good

 

examples good evil evil good:

Evolution

Planned parenthood, energy healing, “new” church history

Planned parenthood, energy healing, “new” church history

The idea of “equality of outcome”. This can only be imposed by tyranny. This was Satan’s plan in the preexistence. This is the essence of the idea of socialism and communism. We can see today that the war in heaven is truly continuing here on earth.

Skinny jeans

The USA teaming up with the Soviet Bolshevic communists in WWII which were the true enemies of WWII. But we call them good because they were on the “allies” team. Then the world calling Germany evil when in reality they were the only ones smart enough to recognize the communist threat of enslaving all of Europe and tried to fight against them. And virtually every person alive today believes that the Allies were all good and the axis were all bad but in reality quite the opposite was true in terms of who was actually trying to protect the world from the true enemy. That to me is the ultimate example of good being called evil and evil being called good and virtually all the world falling for the lie.
John if I were Churchill or Roosevelt I would have helped the axis to stop the Bolshevic communists from enslaving all of Europe. The Bolshevic were the true threat, not Germany. There’s a lot more to the story that you never learned in school.

BLM

When society as a whole excepts pre maitial relationships (sex) as the ok thing to do and when chilren and parents are killing each other. Out of selfishness. When drugs and alcohol are the go to fun thing to do. I wish there was less

I just saw a sign on Barnes & Noble bookstore that says they will no longer sell the Bible because his teachings are wrong about all men coming from God black white brown yellow red

Diversity killed the Nephites, but Ima let u finish

2 ne 6:15-18 in how good will destroy those who do not believe

Being immoral is good great in fact. Morality is bad-repressive evil. Example pedophilia is ok it’s a lifestyle like being gay. It doesn’t really harm the kids……v/s Thinking pedophilia is evil and harmful to children should be put in prison or in horrid cases death penalty.

Mowing the lawn on a Sunday

Welfare? Medicaid? Student loans?

Fag marriage

Another instance of evil being called good:
Everyone being forced to wear masks during this fake pandemic. It’s real purpose is to destroy liberty. Like the order of Nehor did back in the day.
Alma 8:17 For behold, they do study at this time that they may destroy the liberty of thy people, (for thus saith the Lord) which is contrary to the statutes, and judgments, and commandments which he has given unto his people.

Police departments are not constitutional. Except for an elected sheriff and his deputies. Their job is very much to protect peoples property, liberty, and life, or seek justice after one of those things are violated. It was intended to keep a check on state and federal laws that might infringe on people by NOT enforcing those evil laws.
Most sheriff’s have become law enFORCEment officers and not peace officers.
Reply to this:
They may or may not support their oaths to uphold the Constitution. In fact, most of them probabl don’t know enough about the Constitution in order to live up to it.
But I would not go so far as to say the departments themselves are unconstitutional. You need an enforcement branch, and that’s what police departments do, however imperfectly they do them.
It is our Constitutional right to hire protective forces to represent us. That’s how I derive the notion that police are constitutional, so far as they work within its limits.

Calling for the defunding of the police.
Police departments are within our Constitutional rights.
ON the other hand. health care legislation is NOT constitutional.
So – Federal health care is NOT good but people call it good.
Police departments are good but people call them bad.
Truly our millennial snowflakes believe in nonsense.

“Diversity” or “Inclusion” as pertains to government because it’s fake and forced. It’s not real freedom of association.
The word “investment” when used by politicians because government is a gun and as such cannot “invest” in anything without theft involved.
“Love is love.” When I ask people who say this if they believe in God they say yes. I ask if they also believe in Satan they say no. So there are no proper boundaries on anything people categorize by the word “love.” I’ve seen posts by people advocating the most heinous sexual deviancies under this umbrella.

Vaccines

Feminism

Here’s a good example of “new” church history. William Law is portrayed as a “hero” who had nothing to do with the death of Joseph Smith. Strangely though, William Law got all emotional when asked about his role in the martyrdom in a later interview.
https://www.sunstonemagazine.com/history-derailed-william-law-and-his-detractors/?fbclid=IwAR0lV0KLsPUGhKmlBHvm6n7VqTBRfR-j0fPH5zgVsAYyMatnujBLW2Cg92E

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 37. Translation Quotes Compiled by Jodi Stoddard

 

Shared with permission of the author

Translated beings ARE STILL MORTAL. They no longer have blood in their veins – but they ARE still mortal.
It is VITAL that we understand this and the role of Translated Terrestrial beings (NOT resurrected Terrestrial beings) going forward….. ESPECIALLY if we are to be part of that group.

Orson Pratt
….. he will purify their bodies until they shall be quickened, renewed and strengthened, and they will be PARTIALLY CHANGED, NOT TO IMMORTALITY, but changed in part that they can be filled with the power of God, and they can stand in the presence of Jesus, and behold his face in the midst of that Temple. This will prepare them for further ministrations among the nations of the earth, it will prepare them to go forth in the days
of tribulation and vengeance upon the nations of the wicked, when God will smite them with pestilence, plague and earthquake, such as former generations never knew.

Bruce R. McConkie, The Millennial Messiah, pg. 644.

Some mortals have been translated. In this state, they are not subject to sorrow or to disease or to death. No longer does blood (the life-giving element of our present mortality) flow in their veins
but a terrestrial fluid that affects the changes of translation.

3Nephi 28: 8 And ye shall never endure the pains of death; but when I shall come in my glory ye shall be changed in the twinkling of an eye FROM MORTALITY to immortality; and then shall ye be blessed in the kingdom of my Father.

Think of the City of Enoch…. they are NOT yet resurrected, but they have been alive for 6000 years in a Translated Terrestrial state and will yet be resurrected.
(QUOTE In speaking of Enoch and his city, the Prophet Joseph Smith stated, “Their place of habitation is that of the terrestrial order, and a place prepared for such characters He held in reserve to be ministering angels unto many planets.”

(quote) Translation defines a state of purity and obedience which brings about an altered mortal state that rises above the physical limitations of mortality. In other words, a translated person is still mortal (3 Nephi 28:8) but is not subject to mortal frailities such as sickness, injury, death or even sadness. (TofZ pg.37)
Translation is not the only path to exaltation, but it is the preferred path when it is offered in a dispensation. (TofZ pg.38) Satan cannot tempt them or have power over them. They are sanctified in the flesh. D&C 84: 33 For whoso is faithful unto the obtaining these two priesthoods of which I have spoken, and the magnifying their calling, are sanctified by the Spirit unto the renewing of their bodies.

(quote) Translated beings prolong their labors in the ministry… to bring souls unto Christ is the desire of their hearts.
Translation belongs to the Terrestrial order, and when all of the inhabitants of the earth are translated, it will enter a Terrestrial state. (TofZ pg.40-41)

(quote)Elder Charles Penrose, apostle, made this profound observation reinforcing the nature of the personal quest for Zion…suggesting that those who are allowed to minister in that Holy House will be translated (possible meaning of “renewing of their bodies”)
“The time will come when the servants of the Living God will purify themselves before Him until they will be fit to receive these blessings. When that Holy Temple is built in Zion, God will take away the veil from the eyes of his servants; and the day is yet to dawn when the sons of Moses and Aaron, having become sanctified to the renewing of their bodies will administer in that holy house, and THE VEIL WILL BE TAKEN AWAY. (TofZ pg 46-47)

(quote) The people of Enoch along with 144, 000 will assist in the gathering and building of Zion.
From that moment on, Zion will launch into a great gleaning effort across the globe and bring them to Zion. They will not be converting people to the truth, but will be gathering those who are ready to enter. To what end? So that they may be translated and thus abide the coming of Christ…. And whose souls are already singing the song of redeeming love…
As the millennium begins only a small percentage of mortals will be within the city of Zion. There will be millions of the honorable and good of the earth who will be surviving the continuing trials. (TofZ pg 47)

The Prophet told the Saints that translation belongs to “the powers of the Priesthood and the keys thereof” and that it is one of the “many things … that have been kept hid from before the foundation of the world; they are hid from the wise and prudent to be revealed in the last times” (History of the Church, 4:209). He went on to explain that translated beings are not taken into the presence of God. “Their place of habitation is that of the terrestrial order, and a place prepared for such characters He [God] held in reserve to be MINISTERING ANGELS UNTO MANY PLANETS, and who as yet have not entered into so great a fullness as those who are resurrected from the dead.” The Prophet continued: “Translation obtains deliverance from the tortures and sufferings of the body, but their existence will prolong as to the labors and toils of the ministry, before they can enter into so great a rest and glory” (4:210). ([https://www.lds.](https://www.lds/?fbclid=IwAR28ydWADUv_dxSghlreB_pNLJKBqU8496bXgxoRTjwFusV1nNQ2-Z4I8YE) org/ensign/1998/01/enoch-what-modern-scripture-teaches?lang=eng)

“He that liveth when the Lord shall come, and hath kept the faith, blessed is he; nevertheless, it is appointed to him to die at the age of man. Wherefore, children shall grow up until they become old; old men shall die; but they shall not sleep in the dust, but they shall be changed in the twinkling of an eye” (D&C 63:50-51). (Bruce R. McConkie) “Thus, this change from mortality to immortality, though almost instantaneous, is both a death and a resurrection. Thus, translated beings do not suffer death as we normally define it, meaning the separation of body and spirit; nor do they receive a resurrection as we ordinarily describe it, meaning that the body rises from the dust and the spirit enters again into its fleshly home. But they do pass through death and are changed from mortality to immortality, in the eternal sense, and they thus both die and are resurrected in the eternal sense.”

Millennial man will live in a state akin to translation. His body will be changed so that it is no longer subject to disease or death as we know it, although he will be changed in the twinkling of an eye to full immortality when he is a hundred years of age. He will, however, have children, and mortal life of a millennial kind will continue. (The Millennial Messiah, p. 644) TLDP:699-70

 

 

Chapter Perspective: If You Were Born in 1900

(author unknown)

For a small amount of perspective during these crazy times, imagine you were an American born in 1900. When you are 14, World War I starts, and ends on your 18th birthday with 22 million people killed. Later in the year, a Spanish Flu epidemic hits the planet and runs until you are 20. Fifty million people die from it in those two years. Yes, 50 million.

When you’re 29, the Great Depression begins. Unemployment hits 25%, global GDP drops 27%. That runs until you are 33. The country nearly collapses along with the world economy. When you turn 39, World War II starts. You aren’t even over the hill yet.

When you’re 41, the United States is fully pulled into WWII. Between your 39th and 45th birthday, 75 million people perish in the war and the Holocaust kills six million. At 52, the Korean War starts and five million perish.

At 64 the Vietnam War begins, and it doesn’t end for many years. Four million people die in that conflict. Approaching your 62nd birthday you have the Cuban Missile Crisis, a tipping point in the Cold War. Life on our planet, as we know it, could well have ended. Great leaders prevented that from happening.

As you turn 75, the Vietnam War finally ends. Think of everyone on the planet born in 1900. How do you survive all of that? A kid in 1985 didn’t think their 85 year old grandparent understood how hard school was. Yet those grandparents (and now great grandparents) survived through everything listed above.

Perspective is an amazing art. Let’s try and keep things in perspective. Let’s be smart, help each other out, and we will get through all of this. In the history of the world, there has never been a storm that lasted. This too, shall pass.

 

 

Chapter 38. Comments: The Kingdom of God vs the Church of God edit for sharability

 

A kingdom is a political entity. The church is a 501(c)(3) corporation which cannot enter into politics therefore cannot be a kingdom. Look more closely at the stone in Daniel 2. The stone that rolled forth and smote the image was symbolic of God’s kingdom (Daniel 2:44). Since it is a kingdom that also means that it is a political entity. What was the stone cut from? A mountain (Daniel 2:45). What is that mountain that it was cut from? It is the church. It should be remembered that Joseph Smith specifically taught that the church was NOT the stone in Daniel 2 (see the minutes for the Council of Fifty).

The kingdom that is in prophecy is the Zion Kingdom. Remember this following verse from the hymn “The Spirit of God”?

“The Lord is extending the Saints’ understanding, and restoring their judges and all as at first.”

The judges is a part of the Patriarchal Order. The Patriarchal Order began with Adam and was an essential part of the Mosaic law. The Patriarchal Order is restored with the Zion Kingdom. The church had a stepping stone to that with the sealing of families and the genealogy. Both of those point to the Patriarchal Order.

The Zion Kingdom cannot exist without a Zion people. A Zion person is one that has received the Second Comforter and has become a member of the Church of the Firstborn. The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints has the duty to help members in getting to that church. In D&C 76 we read this about those that make it to the Celestial Kingdom:

“51 They are they who received the testimony of Jesus, and believed on his name and were baptized after the manner of his burial, being buried in the water in his name, and this according to the commandment which he has given-
52 That by keeping the commandments they might be washed and cleansed from all their sins, and receive the Holy Spirit by the laying on of the hands of him who is ordained and sealed unto this power;
53 And who overcome by faith, and are sealed by the Holy Spirit of promise, which the Father sheds forth upon all those who are just and true.
54 They are they who are the church of the Firstborn.”

They are Zion and what is needed to get the Zion Kingdom established on earth.

 

Chapter 37. COVID Restriction Usurpation

 

(author unknown)

 

How did THEY convince the world to:
*social distance
*mask up
*have no funerals
*forcibly homeschool while still taxing us for public education
*stay in our homes
*stop going to church
*forfeit incomes and personal businesses
*turn on our friends and neighbors with a phone call
*hug our grandparents through plastic
*thoroughly have us on the verge of civil war with each other.
All to turn around and tell us that most of it is nixed and completely negated, if we want to:
*protest
*riot
*kill even more people
*loot businesses (many already on the brink of bankruptcy)
*deface national monuments
*destroy our cities
*defund & disband our police
*set everything on fire
…and all the while, we’re allegedly at tremendous risk of an oh-so-deadly virus that can be diagnosed without official testing, or with so-called testing being counted & reported dishonestly, and reported on death certificates even if we die by falling off a cliff…
…and even though it’s super “dangerous”, the things that actually keep us healthy, like:
*health food stores
*farmers markets
*garden nurseries/seeds
*gyms
*health facilities
*chiropractic centers
*naturopathic health centers
*outdoor activities and parks
are taken away. But:
*cigarettes/alcohol
*fast food joints
*Walmarts
*abortion clinics
were deemed “essential”…
And now our children are being forced to go back to schools that will feel like the prison result of a war zone, with a (guaranteed, just wait for it) mandated, un(properly) tested vaccine pushed by yours-truly, BILLionaire Gates – that’s already shown severe reactions in so-called “testers”.
How did America, Home of the Free become a fascist, communist regime – destroying lives and creating dependence so quickly?
Global totalitarianism over a so-called virus that’s becoming more & more questionable to more & more people.
What world are we living in, and how come so many are complying?
Think about it. Think hard. It’s right in front of you.

 

 

Chapter 38. Eclipses of 2017 & 2024: No Coincidence

 

These comments from various persons:

you know when the next total eclipse will be that meets the following criteria?

– its path of totality crosses through the middle of the US
– it crosses over seven cities named Salem
– it’s followed by another total eclipse about seven years later and this second eclipse creates an intersection with the previous eclipse over a road named Salem, close to the New Jerusalem area

It’s possible that another total eclipse like this might exist in the future. Let me know what you find! God speed brother! Thanks for sharing your thoughts with us

what’s insanely unique about these two eclipses vs the normal ones:
– most eclipses aren’t total eclipses
– these two total eclipses cross directly over America right through the middle of her, which never happens
– they are separated by seven years
– the 2017 one goes directly over 7 cities named Salem (“peace”)
– where the paths of the two eclipses intersect is directly over Salem Rd in Illinois, which, as you know, is where the New Jerusalem will be built.

To me these events are very clearly a sign given to us, and no eclipses ever have or ever will again match these two eclipses and their symbolism

Further: 1st vision location, Palmyra temple, etc. are covered by the 2024 eclipse. The X happens where Lachoneus brought his people to escape the overwhelming Gadianton robbers at this location (as taught by Rod Meldrum). So this pinpoints where the Nephites gathered for their final stand, where they had gathered 7 years of plenty and would wait out the robbers. This could symbolize the end of 7 years of plenty which have taken place between the first (2017) eclipse, and this (2024) eclipse. Then we could have the 7 years of famine, the time of plenty ended by 2024. The New Madrid seismic zone went off when Christ came to earth to the Nephites, and went off just before the 1st vision (major quakes of the early 1800s were here as well, in which quakes we can see all of the Book of Mormon events of destruction repeated (the thick darkness, etc. resulted from these major quakes.)), it could go again when Christ returns (this is further insight from Rod Meldrum, as seen in his “Where are we in the Book of Mormon” presentation to the liberty sisters as presented in the Our Awful Situation YouTube channel).

 

 

 

 

41.. Comment on 2020 Temple Closures & 144k Fulfillment

 

An interesting comment (anonymous) on one of my last day fulfillment presentations:

“TWO observations to consider: Are we witnessing the ‘curse’ of Elizah? (Mal 4:5-6) “Turning hearts of children to fathers ” has actually been taken away…. no more ordinances for ancestors can be performed across all Temples on the face of the earth! (And yet ‘exploits’ are being carried out for the living by those dressed in white Dan 11:32). Therefore are we witnessing that “smite the earth with a curse” is being justified? ALSO: The Stake Quorums’ of High Priests have been taken away, similar to when the Seventy was taken from the lower authority of local Stake leadership. The High Priests of the Church (BTW| of which were more than 144,000 from every nation, kindred, tongue, and people at the end of the sixth seal Rev 7. [Symbolic see D&C 77:6]) will be re-organized at a much higher level of quorum presidency? Do not discredit the numberless concourses of ordained (sealed) High Priests already positioned around the world being sanctified and given priesthood power to form this prophesied body of tribes of Israel, of which we are apart!”

 

 

Chapter New Jerusalem: Not in Haste, Not Everyone, But Surely Many pending

 

3rd Nephi assures us that the return to the New Jerusalem will not be in haste, and that the way will be prepared for us by the Lord (ref, see roger young).

Brigham Young taught that many will remain in the west, but that a group will go to Missouri to redeem Zion. The group that goes to Zion will be large. Perhaps the

Eventually those who won’t go to Zion must take up the sword to defend themselves (ref). It is reasonable that millions will go to New Jerusalem to escape this fighting.

There have been visions of thousands going to Zion as refugees, carrying only what they can put in their hands.

 

 

Chapter Enoch’s City Returns pending

 

We must be ready to meet the city of Enoch.

The 2020 October Conference had an address by President Eyring clearly teaching that we (not later generations) will be the people to meet those of Enoch’s city.

 

Chapter The 4 Quarters of the Earth, Pangaea, & Water Returning to the North pending

 

Some say the 4 quarters of the earth are 1. The present lands 2. The 10 tribes lands (gone) 3. The city of Enoch (gone) and 4. The city of Salem of Melchizadec (gone).

Pangaea would wobble at present, but with these quarters added, it  would be more stable.

Water Returning to the north (ref) could be explained by the earth’s rotation slowing down at the return of these lost lands. Like a vessel of water spinning quickly causing water to hang to the sides of the cup would bring water back to the middle when the spinning slows, so could it be with a slowed earth.

 

The 3rd Temple of Jerusalem pending

 

Some have suggested that the Levites in Jerusalem who want to start building the temple are going to fulfill this prophecy due to their lineage in the tribe of Levi. One issue with this group is that they aren’t members, aren’t ordained, no priesthood keys told them to do this, etc. It’s like a latter-day saint temple before it is dedicated – anyone is allowed in because before dedication its just a building.

Chapter The Return of Joseph Smith pending

 

“Noah came before the flood, I have come before the fire.” -Joseph Smith

This is already in part fulfilled in the great work that Joseph initiated in his life, but will further be true as he returns, a resurrected being, to lead the people.

 

 

Chapter Significance of Recent Eclipses of 2017/2024 & 2027/2034 pending

 

 

Chapter Half Hour of Silence: 30 min vs 21yrs vs 3.5 yrs, possible book ends, etc. pending

 

Chapter Blood Moon Tetrarch pending

 

Chapter Daniel’s 70 Weeks pending

 

Chapter The 2 Prophets in the Streets: Future or Past Characters? pending

The Stoddard hypothesis

The Elijah / John hypothesis

The 2 Modern Apostles hypothesis

The 2 of John’s converts hypothesis

 

Chapter The 7 Seals: 1000yr Periods vs Events, etc. pending

 

My view of the 7 seals is that there is dual fulfillment.

One fulfillment is the 1000 year periods of the earth.

Another is based on events.

It could be considered that the “opening” of the seals may not align with the 1000 year periods, but that they align with events of the last days.

Joseph Smith said that some of the events which take place at the openning of the 6th seal had not yet been fulfilled. This would indicate that the opening of the seals is different from the 1000 year times of each event.

It appears that at the opening of the 7th seal, the 144,000 will all be called, the half hour of silence will begin before the major end time events, etc. These things not yet being fulfilled are further indications that the 7th seal isn’t yet opened.

There are evidences which could indicate the 144,000 are already called, but still other events remain unfulfilled for the 6th and 7th seals.

 

 

 

Chapter 144,000: Righteous Last Missionaries, Open Enrollment, Administrator Symbol, etc. pending

 

My view on the 144,000 is that they are a group which will later go out. They are a strong group. They include anyone who wants to serve, just like D&C 4 says. It isn’t a limited number, but it will likely have at least 12,000 from each of the tribes.

 

 

Chapter Church’s Commission to take the gospel to all the world: Fulfilled? Fallen Trumpet, Elder Ballard, etc. pending likely delete

 

Rod Meldrum reported that Elder Ballard was heard to say that the church has now fulfilled its commission to take the gospel to the world.

The internet and other offers to take the gospel to the world can make this commission completion a reality.

The falling of the trumpet of Moroni in the symbolic Salt Lake City temple has deep meaning. The trumpet was symbolic of taking the gospel to the world, and the falling of the trumpet could be symbolic of that phase being over.

 

 

Chapter Religious Holidays as Set Times pending

 

When events take place on holy days, it is great evidence of their being divinely appointed.

The Pickerings at propheticappointments.com have good messages about this.

 

Chapter The 7 Years of Tribulation: Famine after Plenty pending

 

My view is that these years have not yet begun, but will soon.

Perhaps the shmitah of 2022 will trigger them, or perhaps the 2024 eclipse will trigger it.

Some say they began at 2017, and this could be so. There have been some very hard times such as the tens of thousands of Syrian refugees around this time. Spiritually speaking, many have been losing their faith as well. These said, it seems that for the promised land of America and elsewhere, these hard times are more wakeup calls than the big times coming.

Some have suggested that 2017-2024, as marked by the highly symbolic elcipses over America and other indicators, are the times of plenty, which will be followed by the times of trial and famine in 2024-2031.

After these 7 years of trial, the deliverance to the New Jerusalem could take place, in addition to Adam-Ondi-Ahman. These events in the New Jerusalem could keep us safe while the end events in the Old Jerusalem, namely the last plagues, are poured out.

Verses indicating these two 3.5 year periods back to back:

 

Chapter The Great Separation pending

 

Holland neutral time ending

Nelson own testimony or wont survive

Apr 2020 time soon where those who obey the Lord will be separated from those who don’t

Parable of the ten virgins

Parable of the wheat and the tares

 

Chapter The Marvelous Work & A Wonder: Past & Future (causes temporal destruct) pending

 

My view on the marvelous work and a wonder is that there is dual fulfilment.

The work of the early days of the church was truly marvelous and miraculous, but it does not completely fulfill the scriptures.

The scriptures say that the MW&W will lead to those rejecting it being destroyed both spiritually and temporally. So far, those who reject the church aren’t temporally destroyed – Babylon still stands.

Perhaps the MW&W refers to great future events which will result in the full fulfillment of these scriptures.

 

Chapter John the Revelator’s Latter-day Mission pending

 

John received a mission for the latter days.

The must eat a scroll indicating his latter day mission.

The D&C indicates John as a one spoken of in prophecy to fulfil latter-day missions.

 

Chapter Ezra’s Eagle pending

 

Some were discouraged when Trump wasn’t “cut short”, becoming a short feather like the prophecy says. However, the mass fraud which took place at the election to force a win for Biden makes the Trump presidency cut short indeed.

With Biden as the next president, it seems not all the feathers/presidents on the new wing will be anti-establishment, but perhaps there is another meaning. Perhaps it means that by the time presidents come ruling on that wing, the people will have stopped believing in the façade the government has been putting on.

In the Book of Mormon, the end times presidents had increasingly short rulings. We can expect that this will repeat in our time.

James T Prout and Michael Rush have both written a good deal on the Ezras Eagle prophecy as found in the apocrypha.

https://www.ezraseagle.com

 

Chapter Famine & Hard Times pending

 

Chapter Book of Mormon: Sign of the Gathering, Particularly As Lamanites Embrace, New pending Jerusalem is Near

 

Chapter Egypt Events Repeat: Modern Passover, Plagues, & 7 Year Plenty/Famine pending

 

Chapter Jews: Gathering, War, Mt. Olives, Then Conversion pending

 

Chapter The 3rd / Forthcoming Jerusalem Temple: In City of David, Levite Preparations, etc. pending

The one canal to temple leads to city of David, not to Dome of the Rock.

 

Chapter The Anti-Christ / Assyrian / Beast pending

 

Some say this beast is a conglomerate of the major tech powers that be of Apple Google Facebook  etc.

Some say this ruler will reside and disturb the eastern world.

Some say this ruler will be what oppresses the whole world.

The return of the ten tribes as remnant of Jacob will overthrow this tyrant.

A type of this beast was when a statue of Zeus was put in the temple. The abomination of desolation means an abomination that desecrates the temple. It is to be accompanied by great slaughter as well.

 

Chapter 2. The 144,000: Already Fulfilled?

There were more than 144,000 High Priests in the church from every nation, kindred, tongue, and people at the end of the sixth seal around year 2000.

Sure they aren’t wearing capes, but the Lord’s work often goes unnoticed to the world!

When I heard these figures I was thrilled! I feel this great mystery has been concluded at last. Praise the Lord!

They are in place among the leadership of the church, and could be protected against forthcoming plagues particularly so they can keep the infrastructure of the church operational even if other members drop off.

VIRGINS? Some balk at the part of the scripture which says they are virgins, and therefore suggest they are a young missionary fleet (as Cleon Skousen famously taught), but the term virgin in the scriptures also suggests those who are faithful. For one, marriage is a commandment, and those married are ‘not defiled with women’ as they have proper relationships with them. For two, remember the analogy of Christ as bridegroom, and church members as the faithful espoused bride awaiting his coming.

LIMITED NUMBER? Some are also concerned that this interpretation limits the possibility of there being more than 144,000 who can have the blessings of the prophecy. I agree, the number could be symbolic, a 12 squared multiple. We know that there is no cap to heaven or the highest privileges thereof, but that any who qualify in righteousness are included.

WOMEN EXCLUDED? Some also balk at this interpretation possibly not including the women. But as we have seen lately, the brethren are more and more including their wives in their ministries, and President Nelson has made great prophecies about the work of women in the last days to bring about the fullness of the restoration & Zion on earth.

I write more about the 144,000 in my last days events calendar and have another essay here with quotes from the prophets regarding the 144,000.

Chapter 3. 7th Seal Theory Overview edit

For details as to why I’ve placed events where I have, refer to the original full length calendar.

Seals are 1000-year periods of the Earth’s 7000-year temporal lifespan, as revealed in the D&C. 1st seal: 4000-3000BC (bible dictionary places Adam around 4000BC). 2nd seal: 3000-2000BC. 3rd seal: 2000-1000BC. 4th seal: 1000BC-0AD. 5th seal: 0-1000AD. Christian martyrs (see book Foxes Book of the Martyrs). 1000-2000AD 6th seal (the signs of the times). 2000-3000AD 7th (final) seal (the grand millennium). Half hour of silence (God’s time half hour is about 21 years) after 7th seal opens, before final events & Christ’s return.

1000-2000 6th seal. Major earthquake in 1202 in Jerusalem killing over 1 million fulfilled the great quake. Church grows significantly, causing the calling of the 144,000 to be complete.

2000 7th seal opened. Symbolized by world-wide Palmyra Temple dedication, fulfilled Revelation scripture about massive congregation worshiping God at beginning of 7th seal.

2020 Half-hour silence possibly ended. Corona plague drama begins. 7 trumpets of destruction impending. Trumpet falls from SLC Temple during a symbolic earthquake. Missionaries called home from all around the world. Temples close. World shuts down due to a virus, millions of businesses permanently close.

2021 Spring: Half hour of silence certainly ended. US Civil War 2. Europe falls. Saints persecuted. Food storage needed. President Benson’s 40-year warning time fulfilled. Elder Bednar’s 5-year window before one of Christ’s comings is fulfilled, some possibly see Christ & are translated preparing them to endure the forthcoming tribulations.

2024 eclipses of 2017 & 2024 X out Missouri, possible meteor hits it, ground ready for New Jerusalem construction.

2024 Daniel’s ‘70 weeks until the end’ prophecy completed.
Possible meteor hits Utah area, triggering Yellowstone volcano, releasing the abyss, “upon my house (Utah) shall it (desolating scourge) begin”.
New Jerusalem built in Missouri. Christ regularly appears there. Many gathered. Lost tribes return. Much missionary work.

2024 Possible 2nd Coming of Christ in glory if 2021-2024 is Adam-Ondi-Ahman, the battle of Armageddon, the 3rd Temple of Jerusalem, building of New Jerusalem, the return of 10 tribes, etc. 3 prophets at Jerusalem

2027 Armageddon. Then bury dead for 7 years.

2033/34 open Elder Featherstone’s 50 year time capsule which proclaims the Second Coming has occurred already. Eclipses of 2027 & 2034 cross out Old Jerusalem, just like the 2017 & 2024 crossed out New Jerusalem, destruction imminent. More precisely its over Egypt. Could symbolize plagues of Egypt repeating. Christ to Mount of Olives, the grand Second Coming. 1st Resurrection occurs. 2000th anniversary of the resurrection of Christ. Mirrors when resurrected Christ came to America around 33/34AD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Meaning of Elder Featherstone’s Time Capsule for 2033 pending

The Shmitah’s & Covenant Blessing Removal 2001-2022 Theory pending

 

 

 

 

2001 shmita year: security removed from US promised land. Symbolized by 9/11 attack.

2008: shmita year: prosperity removed from US promised land. Symbolized by Market crash.

2015 shmita year: posterity removed from US promised land. Symbolized by homosexual marriage legalization.

2022 shmita year: wicked swept from off the land. Wheat separated from tares.

2029 shmita year: Adam-Ondi-Ahman or other key end time events?

 

 

PART 2: TIMELINES & WRITERS

Chapter President Nelson’s Urgent Messages About the Imminent Return of Christ

Chapter Calendar of Completed Prophecy

Chapter Calendar of Forthcoming Prophecy

Chapter Benson’s 40 Year Warning Fulfilled

Chapter Bednar’s 5 Year Warning Fulfilled

Chapter Events Preceding the Second Coming

Chapter Prophets on the Approximate Timing

Chapter: Bruce R McConkie

Chapter: W. Cleon Skousen

Chapter: Lowell Taylor

Chapter Pickerings

Chapter Macro Timeline by

Chapter Stoddards of the Joseph Smith Foundation

Chapter James T Prout Last Days Timeline

Chapter Roger Young & Hyrum Andrus

Chapter Masa Y & Jodi S & Sum Guy

Chapter Book of Mormon Allegory Guy

Chapter Michael Rush

Chapter Robert Gagnon

Chapter Rod Meldrum & Johnathan Cahn

Chapter Tony Young

Chapter Dan Christiensen

Chapter Anthony Larson

PART: VISIONS

Chapter Gloomy Times Ahead

Chapter Bright Times Ahead

Chapter Visions of Glory Outline

Chapter John Taylor

Chapter George Washington

Chapter Patriarch Evans

Chapter Personal Dreams

Add the 4.1.21 those seeking to kill the saints

Add the

 

 

 

 

Resources to Study the Last Days

 

preparingapeople.com

-Roger K Young books

-Visions of the Latter Days by Kevin Kraut; this is a composition of visions the LDS prophets have had about the last days. See his blog.

– Apocalypse by Miller, Hopkin, and Siegfried; by the Maxwell institute, coming out July 2016. Perhaps it can then be found here: http://publications.mi.byu.edu/book/apocalypse/

-The Millennial Messiah by Bruce R McConkie

-LDS Institute manual on the New Testament, see book of Revelation section

-LDS Institute manual on the Old Testament, see sections on Isaiah, Daniel, Ezekiel, and other last days related parts.

-LDS Institute manual on the Book of Mormon, see section on book of Helaman, as that correlates to our times, namely the last days before the return of Christ

-LDS Institute manual on the Doctrine and Covenants, see sections on the last days, i.e. 42 etc.

-LDS Doctrines of the Gospel manual, see last days sections

-LDS Manual: Teachings of the Presidents of the Church: Brigham Young

-LDS Manual: Doctrines of the Gospel

-Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith by Joseph Fielding Smith; also a book on the last days by Joseph Fielding Smith

-A Marvelous Work and A Wonder by LeGrand Richards; he identifies much of what has already been accomplished in preparation for the Millennium which you may not have recognized. My notes on the book in my book on religion.

-Robert Millett: Living in the 11th Hour, Living in the Millennium

– book “Jerusalem – The Eternal City”.by D Kelly Ogden, see Appendix 6, “A Prophetic Glimpse of Future Jerusalem’s” (speaks of the New Jerusalem, what prophets have said)

-The Birth of the Kingdom of God: The Destruction of America by Dan Christensen

–Matthew B Brown: Prophecies: Signs of the Times, Second Coming, Millennium

-For more on how things are getting bad as it gets closer to the time, see this phenomenal book “Hiding in Plain Sight: Unmasking the Secret Combinations of the Last Days”. My notes of it are in my book on government.

-For more on how Satan operates in these last days, see “The Great and Abominable Church of the Devil” by Hans Verlan Andersen, a Seventy. My notes on this is in my book on government.

-Duane S. Crowther – last days books, scripture analysis

-Video: Prophets Teach Preparedness by Latter-day Conservative.com click here

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Posted in All

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *